Mil STD 461g

Downloaded from www.atecorp.
com
METRIC
MIL-STD-461G
11 December 2015
SUPERSEDING
MIL-STD-461F
10 December 2007
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
INTERFACE STANDARD
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF
ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE
CHARACTERISTICS OF SUBSYSTEMS AND
EQUIPMENT
AMSC 9618 AREA EMCS

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
Downloaded from www.atecorp.com
MIL-STD-461G
FOREWORD
1. This standard is approved for use by all Departments and Agencies of the Department of
Defense.
2. The stated interface requirements are considered necessary to provide reasonable

confidence that a particular subsystem or equipment complying with these requirements will
function within their designated design tolerances when operating in their intended
electromagnetic environment (EME). The procuring activity should consider tailoring the
individual requirements to be more or less severe based on the design features of the intended
platform and its mission in concert with personnel knowledgeable about electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC) issues affecting platform integration.
3. An appendix is included which provides the rationale and background for each requirement
and verification section.
4. A committee consisting of representatives of the Army, Air Force, Navy, other DoD
agencies, and industry prepared this document.
5. Comments, suggestions, or questions on this document should be addressed to

AFLCMC/EZSS, Bldg 28, 2145 Monahan Way, Wright-Patterson AFB OH 45433-7017 or
emailed to AFLCMC/EN_EZ_Engineering.Standards@us.af.mil. Since contact information can
change, you may want to verify the currency of this address information using the ASSIST
Online database at http://quicksearch.dla.mil/.
ii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
FOREWORD .............................................................................................................................. ii
1. SCOPE ................................................................................................................................ 1
1.1 Purpose. ...................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Application. .................................................................................................................. 1
1.2.1 General applicability. .......................................................................................... 1
1.2.2 Tailoring of requirements. .................................................................................. 1
1.3 Structure. ..................................................................................................................... 1
1.4 Emission and susceptibility designations. ..................................................................... 1
2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................... 2
2.1 General. ....................................................................................................................... 2
2.2 Government documents. .............................................................................................. 2
2.2.1 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications. .............................. 2
2.3 Non-Government publications. ..................................................................................... 2
2.4 Order of precedence. ................................................................................................... 3
3. DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 General. ....................................................................................................................... 4
3.1.1 Above deck. ....................................................................................................... 4
3.1.2 Antenna Port. ..................................................................................................... 4
3.1.3 Below deck. ........................................................................................................ 4
3.1.4 Cable bundle. ..................................................................................................... 4
3.1.5 Exposed below deck. ......................................................................................... 4
3.1.6 External installation. ........................................................................................... 4
3.1.7 Flight-line equipment. ......................................................................................... 4
3.1.8 Internal installation. ............................................................................................ 4
3.1.9 Metric units. ........................................................................................................ 5
3.1.10 Non-developmental item (NDI). ........................................................................ 5
3.1.11 Safety critical. ................................................................................................... 5
3.1.12 Test setup boundary. ....................................................................................... 5
3.2 Acronyms used in this standard. .................................................................................. 5
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................. 7
4.1 General. ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Interface requirements. ................................................................................................ 7
4.2.1 Joint procurement. ............................................................................................. 7
4.2.2 Filtering (Navy only). .......................................................................................... 7
4.2.3 Self-compatibility. ............................................................................................... 7
4.2.4 Non-developmental items (NDI). ........................................................................ 7
4.2.4.1 Commercial items (CI)..................................................................................... 7
4.2.4.1.1 Selected by contractor. ......................................................................................7
4.2.4.1.2 Specified by procuring activity. ...........................................................................7
4.2.4.2 Procurement of equipment or subsystems having met other EMI
requirements. ............................................................................................ 7
4.2.5 Government furnished equipment (GFE). .......................................................... 8
4.2.6 Switching transients. .......................................................................................... 8
4.2.7 Interchangeable modular equipment. ................................................................. 8
iii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
4.3 Verification requirements. ............................................................................................ 8

4.3.1 Measurement tolerances. ................................................................................... 8
4.3.2 Shielded enclosures. .......................................................................................... 9
4.3.2.1 Radio frequency (RF) absorber material. ........................................................ 9
4.3.3 Other test sites. .................................................................................................. 9
4.3.4 Ambient electromagnetic level............................................................................ 9
4.3.5 Ground plane. .................................................................................................... 9
4.3.5.1 Metallic ground plane. ..................................................................................... 9
4.3.5.2 Composite ground plane. ...............................................................................10
4.3.6 Power source impedance. .................................................................................10
4.3.7 General test precautions. ..................................................................................10
4.3.7.1 Accessory equipment. ....................................................................................10
4.3.7.2 Excess personnel and equipment. .................................................................10
4.3.7.3 Overload precautions. ....................................................................................10
4.3.7.4 RF hazards.....................................................................................................10
4.3.7.5 Shock hazard. ................................................................................................11
4.3.7.6 Federal Communications Commission (FCC) restrictions. .............................11
4.3.8 EUT test configurations. ....................................................................................11
4.3.8.1 EUT design status. .........................................................................................11
4.3.8.2 Bonding of EUT. .............................................................................................11
4.3.8.3 Shock and vibration isolators..........................................................................11
4.3.8.4 Safety grounds. ..............................................................................................11
4.3.8.5 Orientation of EUTs. .......................................................................................11
4.3.8.6 Construction and arrangement of EUT cables. ...............................................11
4.3.8.6.1 Interconnecting leads and cables.....................................................................12
4.3.8.6.2 Input (primary) power leads. ............................................................................12
4.3.8.7 Electrical and mechanical interfaces. .............................................................12
4.3.9 Operation of EUT. .............................................................................................13
4.3.9.1 Operating frequencies for tunable RF equipment. ..........................................13
4.3.9.2 Operating frequencies for spread spectrum equipment. .................................13
4.3.9.3 Susceptibility monitoring. ................................................................................13
4.3.10 Use of measurement equipment. ....................................................................13
4.3.10.1 Detector. ......................................................................................................13
4.3.10.2 Computer-controlled instrumentation............................................................14
4.3.10.3 Emission testing. ..........................................................................................14
4.3.10.3.1 Bandwidths.....................................................................................................14
4.3.10.3.2 Emission identification. ...................................................................................15
4.3.10.3.3 Frequency scanning. ......................................................................................15
4.3.10.3.4 Emission data presentation. ...........................................................................15
4.3.10.4 Susceptibility testing. ....................................................................................15
4.3.10.4.1 Frequency scanning. ......................................................................................15
4.3.10.4.2 Modulation of susceptibility signals. ...............................................................15
4.3.10.4.3 Thresholds of susceptibility. ...........................................................................16
4.3.11 Calibration of measuring equipment. ...............................................................16
4.3.11.1 Measurement system test. ...........................................................................16
4.3.11.2 Antenna factors. ...........................................................................................16
iv
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................24

5.1 General. ......................................................................................................................24
5.1.1 Units of frequency domain measurements. .......................................................24
5.2 EMI control requirements versus intended installations. ..............................................24
5.3 Emission and susceptibility requirements, limits, and test procedures. .......................24
5.4 CE101, conducted emissions, audio frequency currents, power leads. .......................27
5.4.1 CE101 applicability. ...........................................................................................27
5.4.2 CE101 limits. .....................................................................................................27
5.4.3 CE101 test procedure. ......................................................................................27
5.4.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................27
5.4.3.2 Test equipment. .............................................................................................27
5.4.3.3 Setup..............................................................................................................27
5.4.3.4 Procedures. ....................................................................................................28
5.4.3.5 Data presentation. ..........................................................................................28
5.5 CE102, conducted emissions, radio frequency potential, power leads. .......................35
5.5.2 CE102 limits. .....................................................................................................35
5.5.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................35
5.5.3.2 Test equipment. .............................................................................................35
5.5.3.3 Setup..............................................................................................................35
5.5.3.4 Procedures. ....................................................................................................35
5.6 CE106, conducted emissions, antenna port. ...............................................................40
5.6.2 CE106 limits. .....................................................................................................40
5.6.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................40
5.6.3.2 Test equipment. .............................................................................................41
5.6.3.3 Setup..............................................................................................................41
5.6.3.4 Procedures. ....................................................................................................41
5.6.3.4.1 Transmit mode for transmitters and amplifiers. ................................................41
5.6.3.4.2 Receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers. ........................42
5.6.3.5.1 Transmit mode for transmitters and amplifiers.................................................43
5.6.3.5.2 Receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers. ........................43
5.7 CS101, conducted susceptibility, power leads.............................................................47
5.7.1 CS101 applicability. ...........................................................................................47
5.7.2 CS101 limit. .......................................................................................................47
5.7.3 CS101 test procedure. ......................................................................................47
5.7.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................47
5.7.3.2 Test equipment. .............................................................................................47
5.7.3.3 Setup..............................................................................................................47
5.7.3.4 Procedures. ....................................................................................................48
5.8 CS103, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, intermodulation..................................56
v
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.8.2 CS103 limit. .......................................................................................................56
5.8.3 CS103 test procedures......................................................................................56
5.8.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................56
5.8.3.2 Test requirements. .........................................................................................56
5.9 CS104, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, rejection of undesired
signals. ............................................................................................................57
5.9.2 CS104 limit. .......................................................................................................57
5.9.3 CS104 test procedures......................................................................................57
5.9.3.1 Purpose..........................................................................................................57
5.9.3.2 Test requirements. .........................................................................................57
5.10 CS105, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, cross modulation. ............................58
5.10.1 CS105 applicability. .........................................................................................58
5.10.2 CS105 limit. .....................................................................................................58
5.10.3 CS105 test procedures....................................................................................58
5.10.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................58
5.10.3.2 Test requirements. .......................................................................................58
5.11 CS109, conducted susceptibility, structure current. ...................................................59
5.11.2 CS109 limit. .....................................................................................................59
5.11.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................59
5.11.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................59
5.11.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................59
5.11.3.4 Procedures. ..................................................................................................60
5.11.3.5 Data presentation. ........................................................................................60
5.12 CS114, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection. ...............................................63
5.12.2 CS114 limit. .....................................................................................................63
5.12.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................63
5.12.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................63
5.12.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................64
5.12.3.4 Procedures. ..................................................................................................64
5.13 CS115, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection, impulse excitation. .................72
5.13.2 CS115 limit. .....................................................................................................72
5.13.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................72
5.13.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................72
5.13.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................72
5.13.3.4 Procedures. ..................................................................................................73
vi
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
5.14 CS116, conducted susceptibility, damped sinusoidal transients, cables and

power leads. ....................................................................................................77
5.14.2 CS116 limit. .....................................................................................................77
5.14.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................77
5.14.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................77
5.14.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................77
5.14.3.4 Procedures. ..................................................................................................78
5.15 CS117, conducted susceptibility, lightning induced transients, cables and
power leads. ....................................................................................................84
5.15.2 CS117 limit. .....................................................................................................84
5.15.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................84
5.15.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................84
5.15.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................84
5.15.3.4 Procedures. ..................................................................................................85
5.15.3.5. Data presentation. .......................................................................................86
5.16 CS118, personnel borne electrostatic discharge. ......................................................97
5.16.2 CS118 limits. ...................................................................................................97
5.16.3.1 Purpose. .......................................................................................................97
5.16.3.2 Test equipment. ...........................................................................................97
5.16.3.3 Setup............................................................................................................97
5.16.3.4 Test procedures. ..........................................................................................98
5.17 RE101, radiated emissions, magnetic field..............................................................104
5.17.1 RE101 applicability. .......................................................................................104
5.17.2 RE101 limit. ...................................................................................................104
5.17.3 RE101 test procedures..................................................................................104
5.17.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................104
5.17.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................104
5.17.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................104
5.17.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................105
5.17.3.5 Data presentation. ......................................................................................106
5.18 RE102, radiated emissions, electric field. ................................................................110
5.18.2 RE102 limits. .................................................................................................110
5.18.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................110
5.18.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................110
5.18.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................111
5.18.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................112
vii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE

5.19 RE103, radiated emissions, antenna spurious and harmonic outputs. ...................122
5.19.2 RE103 limits. .................................................................................................122
5.19.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................122
5.19.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................123
5.19.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................123
5.19.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................123
5.20 RS101, radiated susceptibility, magnetic field. ........................................................128
5.20.1 RS101 applicability. .......................................................................................128
5.20.2 RS101 limit. ...................................................................................................128
5.20.3 RS101 test procedures..................................................................................128
5.20.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................128
5.20.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................128
5.20.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................129
5.20.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................129
5.20.4 RS101 alternative test procedures – AC Helmholtz coil.................................130
5.20.4.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................130
5.20.4.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................130
5.20.4.3 Setup..........................................................................................................130
5.20.4.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................131
5.21 RS103, radiated susceptibility, electric field. ...........................................................138
5.21.2 RS103 limit. ...................................................................................................138
5.21.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................138
5.21.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................138
5.21.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................139
5.21.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................139
5.21.4 RS103 alternative test procedures – reverberation chamber (mode-
tuned). ....................................................................................................141
5.21.4.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................141
5.21.4.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................141
5.21.4.3 Setup..........................................................................................................141
5.21.4.4 Procedure. .................................................................................................142
5.22 RS105, radiated susceptibility, transient electromagnetic field. ...............................152
5.22.2 RS105 limit. ...................................................................................................152
5.22.3.1 Purpose. .....................................................................................................152
viii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
5.22.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................152

5.22.3.3 Setup..........................................................................................................152
5.22.3.4 Procedures. ................................................................................................153
6. NOTES..............................................................................................................................158
6.1 Intended use. ............................................................................................................158
6.2 Acquisition requirements. ..........................................................................................158
6.3 Associated Data Item Descriptions (DIDs). ...............................................................158
6.4 Tailoring guidance. ....................................................................................................158
6.5 Subject term (key word) listing. .................................................................................158
6.6 International standardization agreement implementation. .........................................158
6.7 Technical points of contact. .......................................................................................159
6.8 Changes from previous issue. ...................................................................................159
APPENDIX
APPENDIX A APPLICATION GUIDE ....................................................................................160
A.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................160
A.1.1 Scope. ...................................................................................................................160
A.1.2 Structure. ...............................................................................................................160
A.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................................160
A.2.1 General. .................................................................................................................160
A.2.2 Government documents. .......................................................................................160
A.2.2.1 Specifications, standards, and handbooks. ..................................................160
A.2.3 Non-Government publications................................................................................162
A.3 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................164
A.3.1 General. .................................................................................................................164
A.3.2 Acronyms used in this appendix. ...........................................................................164
A.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS..........................................................................................166
A.4.1 (4.1) General. ........................................................................................................166
A.4.2 (4.2) Interface requirements. .................................................................................166
A.4.2.1 (4.2.1) Joint procurement. ............................................................................166
A.4.2.2 (4.2.2) Filtering (Navy only). .........................................................................167
A.4.2.3 (4.2.3) Self-compatibility. .............................................................................167
A.4.2.4 (4.2.4) Non-developmental items (NDI). .......................................................168
A.4.2.4.1 (4.2.4.1) Commercial items (CI). ...............................................................168
A.4.2.4.1.1 (4.2.4.1.1) Selected by contractor...............................................................169
A.4.2.4.1.2 (4.2.4.1.2) Specified by procuring activity. ..................................................169
A.4.2.4.2. (4.2.4.2) Procurement of equipment or subsystems having met
other EMI requirements. .........................................................................170
A.4.2.5 (4.2.5) Government furnished equipment (GFE). .........................................170
A.4.2.6 (4.2.6) Switching transients. .........................................................................170
A.4.2.7 (4.2.7) Interchangeable modular equipment. ...............................................171
A.4.3 (4.3) Verification requirements. ..............................................................................171
ix
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
A.4.3.1 (4.3.1) Measurement tolerances. .................................................................174

A.4.3.2 (4.3.2) Shielded enclosures. ........................................................................174
A.4.3.2.1 (4.3.2.1) Radio frequency (RF) absorber material. ....................................175
A.4.3.3 (4.3.3) Other test sites. ................................................................................175
A.4.3.4 (4.3.4) Ambient electromagnetic level. .........................................................175
A.4.3.5 (4.3.5) Ground plane. ...................................................................................176
A.4.3.5.1 (4.3.5.1) Metallic ground plane. .................................................................177
A.4.3.5.2 (4.3.5.2) Composite ground plane. ............................................................177
A.4.3.6 (4.3.6) Power source impedance. ................................................................178
A.4.3.7 (4.3.7) General test precautions...................................................................180
A.4.3.7.1 (4.3.7.1) Accessory equipment. ................................................................181
A.4.3.7.2 (4.3.7.2) Excess personnel and equipment. ..............................................181
A.4.3.7.3 (4.3.7.3) Overload precautions. .................................................................181
A.4.3.7.4 (4.3.7.4) RF hazards. ................................................................................182
A.4.3.7.5 (4.3.7.5) Shock hazard..............................................................................183
A.4.3.7.6 (4.3.7.6) Federal Communications Commission (FCC) restrictions. ..........183
A.4.3.8 (4.3.8) EUT test configurations. ...................................................................183
A.4.3.8.1 (4.3.8.1) EUT design status. .....................................................................183
A.4.3.8.2 (4.3.8.2) Bonding of EUT. .........................................................................183
A.4.3.8.3 (4.3.8.3) Shock and vibration isolators. .....................................................184
A.4.3.8.4 (4.3.8.4) Safety grounds. ..........................................................................184
A.4.3.8.5 (4.3.8.5) Orientation of EUTs. ...................................................................184
A.4.3.8.6 (4.3.8.6) Construction and arrangement of EUT cables. ...........................185
A.4.3.8.6.1 (4.3.8.6.1) Interconnecting leads and cables. .............................................186
A.4.3.8.6.2 (4.3.8.6.2) Input (primary) power leads. ......................................................187
A.4.3.8.7 (4.3.8.7) Electrical and mechanical interfaces. ..........................................188
A.4.3.9 (4.3.9) Operation of EUT. ............................................................................188
A.4.3.9.1 (4.3.9.1) Operating frequencies for tunable RF equipment. ......................189
A.4.3.9.3 (4.3.9.3) Susceptibility monitoring. ............................................................190
A.4.3.10 (4.3.10) Use of measurement equipment. ..................................................190
A.4.3.10.1 (4.3.10.1) Detector. .................................................................................191
A.4.3.10.2 (4.3.10.2) Computer-controlled instrumentation. .....................................193
A.4.3.10.3 (4.3.10.3) Emission testing. ....................................................................193
A.4.3.10.3.1 (4.3.10.3.1) Bandwidths. ...........................................................................193
A.4.3.10.3.2 (4.3.10.3.2) Emission identification. ..........................................................195
A.4.3.10.3.3 (4.3.10.3.3) Frequency scanning. .............................................................196
A.4.3.10.3.4 (4.3.10.3.4) Emission data presentation. ..................................................200
A.4.3.10.4 (4.3.10.4) Susceptibility testing. ..............................................................202
A.4.3.10.4.1 (4.3.10.4.1) Frequency scanning. .............................................................202
A.4.3.10.4.2 (4.3.10.4.2) Modulation of susceptibility signals. ......................................204
A.4.3.10.4.3 (4.3.10.4.3) Thresholds of susceptibility. ..................................................205
A.4.3.11 (4.3.11) Calibration of measuring equipment. ............................................206
A.4.3.11.1 (4.3.11.1) Measurement system test. ......................................................206
A.4.3.11.2 (4.3.11.2) Antenna factors. .....................................................................207
A.5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................207
A.5.1 (5.1) General. ........................................................................................................207
x
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
PARAGRAPH PAGE
A.5.1.1 (5.1.1) Units of frequency domain measurements. ......................................208

A.5.2 (5.2) EMI control requirements versus intended installations. ................................208
A.5.3 (5.3) Emission and susceptibility requirements, limits, and test procedures. ..........209
A.5.4 (5.4) CE101, conducted emissions, audio frequency currents, power
leads. .............................................................................................................209
A.5.5 (5.5) CE102, conducted emissions, radio frequency potential, power
leads. .............................................................................................................211
A.5.6 (5.6) CE106, conducted emissions, antenna port. .................................................215
A.5.7 (5.7) CS101, conducted susceptibility, power leads. ..............................................218
A.5.8 (5.8) CS103, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, intermodulation. ...................220
A.5.9 (5.9) CS104, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, rejection of undesired
signals. ..........................................................................................................223
A.5.10 (5.10) CS105, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, cross modulation. ............226
A.5.11 (5.11) CS109, conducted susceptibility, structure current. ...................................228
A.5.12 (5.12) CS114, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection. ...............................229
A.5.13 (5.13) CS115, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection, impulse
excitation. ......................................................................................................235
A.5.14 (5.14) CS116, conducted susceptibility, damped sinusoid transients,
cables and power leads. ................................................................................239
A.5.15 (5.15) CS117, conducted susceptibility, lightning transients, cables and
power leads. ..................................................................................................241
A.5.16 (5.16) CS118, personnel borne electrostatic discharge. ......................................247
A.5.17 (5.17) RE101, radiated emissions, magnetic field. ...............................................249
A.5.18 (5.18) RE102, radiated emissions, electric field. ..................................................250
A.5.19 (5.19) RE103, radiated emissions, antenna spurious and harmonic
outputs. .........................................................................................................255
A.5.20 (5.20) RS101, radiated susceptibility, magnetic fields. .........................................256
A.5.21 (5.21) RS103, radiated susceptibility, electric field. ..............................................258
A.5.22 (5.22) RS105, radiated susceptibility, transient, electromagnetic field. ................264
FIGURE
FIGURE 1. RF absorber loading diagram. ...............................................................................17

FIGURE 2. General test setup. ................................................................................................18
FIGURE 3. General test setup for non-conductive surface mounted EUT................................19
FIGURE 4. General test setup for free standing EUT in shielded enclosure. ...........................20
FIGURE 5. General test setup for free standing EUT. .............................................................21
FIGURE 6. LISN schematic. ....................................................................................................22
FIGURE 7. LISN impedance. ...................................................................................................23
FIGURE CE101-1. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, DC. .................29
FIGURE CE101-2. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, 60 Hz. .............30
FIGURE CE101-3. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, 400 Hz. ...........31
FIGURE CE101-4. CE101 limit for Navy ASW aircraft and Army aircraft (including flight line)
applications. ..............................................................................................................................32
xi
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
FIGURE PAGE
FIGURE CE101-5. Measurement system check. .....................................................................33

FIGURE CE101-6. Measurement setup. ..................................................................................34
FIGURE CE102-1. CE102 limit (EUT power leads, AC and DC) for all applications.................37
FIGURE CE102-2. Measurement system check setup. ...........................................................38
FIGURE CE102-3. Measurement setup. ..................................................................................39
FIGURE CE106-1. Setup for low power transmitters and amplifiers. .......................................44
FIGURE CE106-2. Setup for high power transmitters and amplifiers. ......................................45
FIGURE CE106-3. Setup for receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers. ....46
FIGURE CS101-1. CS101 voltage limit for all applications. .....................................................50
FIGURE CS101-2. CS101 power limit for all applications. .......................................................51
FIGURE CS101-3. Calibration. ................................................................................................52
FIGURE CS101-4. Signal injection, DC or single phase AC. ...................................................53
FIGURE CS101-5. Signal injection, 3-phase wye. ...................................................................54
FIGURE CS101-6. Signal injection, 3-phase delta. ..................................................................55
FIGURE CS109-1. CS109 limit. ...............................................................................................61
FIGURE CS109-2. Test configuration. .....................................................................................62
FIGURE CS114-1. CS114 calibration limits. ............................................................................67
FIGURE CS114-2. Insertion loss for injection probes. .............................................................68
FIGURE CS114-3. Calibration setup. .......................................................................................69
FIGURE CS114-5. Bulk cable injection evaluation. ..................................................................71
FIGURE CS115-1. CS115 signal characteristics for all applications. .......................................74
FIGURE CS115-2. Calibration setup. .......................................................................................75
FIGURE CS115-3. Bulk cable injection. ...................................................................................76
FIGURE CS116-1. Typical CS116 damped sinusoidal waveform.............................................80
FIGURE CS116-2. CS116 limit for all applications. ..................................................................81
FIGURE CS116-3. Typical test setup for calibration of test waveform. ....................................82
FIGURE CS116-4. Typical set up for bulk cable injection of damped sinusoidal transients......83
FIGURE CS117-1. Current Waveform 1. .................................................................................89
FIGURE CS117-2. Voltage Waveform 2. .................................................................................89
FIGURE CS117-5. Current Waveform 5A. ...............................................................................91
FIGURE CS117-6. Current Waveform 6. .................................................................................91
FIGURE CS117-7. Multiple stroke application..........................................................................92
FIGURE CS117-8. Multiple burst application. ..........................................................................92
FIGURE CS117-9. Typical test setup for calibration of lightning waveforms. ...........................93
FIGURE CS117-10. Typical setup for bulk cable injection of lightning transients on complete
interconnecting cable bundles. ..................................................................................................94
FIGURE CS117-11. Typical setup for bulk cable injection of lightning transients on complete
power cables (high sides and returns). .....................................................................................95
FIGURE CS117-12. Typical setup for bulk cable injection of lightning transients on power
cables with power returns and chassis grounds excluded from the cable bundle. .....................96
FIGURE CS118-1. Simplified diagram of the ESD generator. ................................................100
FIGURE CS118-2. Discharge electrodes of the ESD generator. ............................................101
FIGURE CS118-3. Sample ESD current target schematic representation. ............................101
FIGURE CS118-4. Ideal contact discharge current waveform at 8 kV. ..................................102
xii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
FIGURE PAGE
FIGURE CS118-5. Measurement system check setup, tip voltage verification. .....................102
FIGURE CS118-6. Measurement system check setup, discharge current verification. ..........103
FIGURE RE101-1. RE101 limit for all Army applications. .......................................................106
FIGURE RE101-2. RE101 limit for all Navy applications. .......................................................107
FIGURE RE101-3. Measurement system integrity check configuration. ................................108
FIGURE RE101-4. Basic test setup. ......................................................................................109
FIGURE RE102-2. RE102 limit for submarine applications. ...................................................115
FIGURE RE102-3. RE102 limit for aircraft and space system applications. ...........................116
FIGURE RE102-4. RE102 limit for ground applications. ........................................................117
FIGURE RE102-5. Basic test setup. ......................................................................................118
FIGURE RE102-6. Antenna positioning. ................................................................................119
FIGURE RE102-7. Multiple antenna positions. ......................................................................120
FIGURE RE102-8. Rod antenna system check. ....................................................................121
FIGURE RE103-1. Measurement system integrity check and test setup for radiated harmonics
and spurious emissions, 10 kHz to 1 GHz...............................................................................126
FIGURE RE103-2. Measurement system integrity check and test setup for radiated harmonics
and spurious emissions, 1 GHz to 40 GHz. .............................................................................127
FIGURE RS101-1. RS101 limit for all Navy applications. .......................................................132
FIGURE RS101-2. RS101 limit for all Army applications. .......................................................133
FIGURE RS101-3. Calibration of the radiating system. ..........................................................134
FIGURE RS101-4. Basic test setup. ......................................................................................135
FIGURE RS101-5. Calibration of Helmholtz coils. ..................................................................136
FIGURE RS101-6. Test setup for Helmholtz coils. .................................................................137
FIGURE RS103-1. Test equipment configuration. .................................................................147
FIGURE RS103-2. Multiple test antenna locations for frequency > 200 MHz. ........................148
FIGURE RS103-3. Multiple test antenna locations for N positions, D > 3 meters. ..................149
FIGURE RS103-4. Reverberation chamber setup. .................................................................150
FIGURE RS103-5. Reverberation chamber overview. ...........................................................151
FIGURE RS105-1. RS105 limit for all applications. ................................................................155
FIGURE RS105-2. Typical calibration setup using parallel plate radiation system. ................156
FIGURE RS105-3. Typical test setup using parallel plate radiation system. ..........................157
FIGURE A-1. Voltage probe for tests at user’s installation. ....................................................173

FIGURE A-2. 5 μH LISN schematic. ......................................................................................179
FIGURE A-3. 5 μH LISN impedance. .....................................................................................180
FIGURE A-4. Peak detector response. ..................................................................................192
FIGURE A-5. Traditional measurement receiver with 10 second scan time (minimum required
by Table II). .............................................................................................................................198
FIGURE A-6. Traditional measurement receiver with 300 second scan time. ........................199
FIGURE A-7. FFT measurement receiver with 15 millisecond dwell time. ..............................199
FIGURE A-8. FFT measurement receiver with 1 second dwell time. ......................................200
FIGURE A-9. Example of data presentation resolution. .........................................................201
FIGURE A-10. CE101 limits for a 5 µH LISN. ........................................................................210
FIGURE A-11. Correction factor for 50 μH LISN coupling capacitor. .....................................214
FIGURE A-12. CS101 power amplifier protection. .................................................................220
FIGURE A-13. CS103 General test setup. .............................................................................222
xiii
MIL-STD-461G
CONTENTS
FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE A-16. Typical CS114 calibration fixture. ...................................................................232
FIGURE A-17. Maximum VSWR of calibration fixture. ...........................................................232
FIGURE A-18. Insertion loss measurement. ..........................................................................234
FIGURE A-19. CS114 alternate test setup, three phase delta power system. ........................235
FIGURE A-20. Circuit diagram of CS115 pulse generator. ....................................................237
FIGURE A-21. Typical CS115 calibration fixture waveform. ...................................................238
FIGURE A-22. Typical CS116 calibration fixture sine and cosine waveforms. .......................241
FIGURE A-23. High frequency noise - Waveform 3 amplitude determination. .......................244
FIGURE A-24. High frequency noise - Waveform 4 amplitude determination. .......................245
FIGURE A-25. Ripple with high frequency noise - Waveform 5A amplitude determination. ...246
FIGURE A-26. Inductive kick effect - Waveform 3 amplitude determination. .........................247
TABLE
TABLE I. Absorption at normal incidence. ................................................................................. 9

TABLE II. Bandwidth and measurement time...........................................................................14
TABLE III. Susceptibility scanning............................................................................................16
TABLE IV. Emission and susceptibility requirements. ..............................................................25
TABLE V. Requirement matrix. ................................................................................................26
TABLE VI. CS114 limit curves. ................................................................................................66
TABLE VII. CS117 Test and limit levels for multiple stroke and multiple burst lightning tests. .88
TABLE VIII. ESD test levels. ....................................................................................................99
TABLE IX. ESD simulator contact discharge current verification values. .................................99
TABLE X. ESD generator general specifications. ..................................................................100
TABLE XI. RS103 limits. ........................................................................................................145
TABLE XII. Required number of tuner positions for a reverberation chamber. .......................146
TABLE A-I. Susceptibility testing times. .................................................................................203
xiv
MIL-STD-461G
1. SCOPE
1.1 Purpose.
This standard establishes interface and associated verification requirements for the control of
the electromagnetic interference (EMI) emission and susceptibility characteristics of electronic,
electrical, and electromechanical equipment and subsystems designed or procured for use by
activities and agencies of the Department of Defense (DoD). Such equipment and subsystems
may be used independently or as an integral part of other subsystems or systems. This
standard is best suited for items that have the following features: electronic enclosures that are
no larger than an equipment rack, electrical interconnections that are discrete wiring harnesses
between enclosures, and electrical power input derived from prime power sources. This
standard should not be directly applied to items such as modules located inside electronic
enclosures or entire platforms. The principles in this standard may be useful as a basis for
developing suitable requirements for those applications. Data item requirements are also
included.
1.2 Application.
1.2.1 General applicability.
The applicability of the emission and susceptibility requirements is dependent upon the types of
equipment or subsystems and their intended installations as specified herein.
1.2.2 Tailoring of requirements.
Application-specific environmental criteria may be derived from operational and engineering
analyses on equipment or subsystems being procured for use in specific systems or platforms.
When analyses reveal that the requirements in this standard are not appropriate for that
procurement, the requirements may be tailored and incorporated into the request-for-proposal,
specification, contract, order, and so forth, prior to the start of the test program. The test
procedures contained in this document are generic test methods and should be adapted as
necessary for each application, while maintaining the intent of the test, and should be approved
by the procuring activity. The adapted test procedures should be documented in the
Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures (EMITP) (see 6.3).
1.3 Structure.
The standard has two primary sections, the main body and the appendix. The main body
contains the interface and verification requirements of this standard. The appendix is non-
contractual and provides rationale for the requirements and guidance on their interpretation and
use. The paragraph numbering scheme for the appendix parallels the numbering for the main
body requirements except that an “A” is included (for example, A.4.2 rather than 4.2).
Occasionally, there are references in the main body to appendix material where an obvious
need exists for the appendix information to be examined.
1.4 Emission and susceptibility designations.
The emissions and susceptibility and associated test procedure requirements in this standard
are designated in accordance with an alphanumeric coding system. Each requirement is
identified by a two letter combination followed by a three digit number. The number is for
reference purposes only. The meaning of the individual letters is as follows:
1
MIL-STD-461G
C = Conducted
R = Radiated
E = Emission
S = Susceptibility
a. Conducted emissions requirements are designated by "CE---."
b. Radiated emissions requirements are designated by "RE---."
c. Conducted susceptibility requirements are designated by "CS---."
d. Radiated susceptibility requirements are designated by "RS---."
e. "---" = numerical order of requirement from 101 to 199.
2. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
2.1 General.
The documents listed in this section are specified in sections 3, 4, or 5 of this standard. This
section does not include documents cited in other sections of this standard or recommended for
additional information or as examples. While every effort has been made to ensure the
completeness of this list, document users are cautioned that they must meet all specified
requirements of documents cited in sections 3, 4, or 5 of this standard, whether or not they are
listed.
2.2 Government documents.
2.2.1 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications.
The following other Government documents, drawings, and publications form a part of this
document to the extent specified herein. Unless otherwise specified, the issues of these
documents are those cited in the solicitation or contract.
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DoD)

DoDI 6055.11 Protecting Personnel from Electromagnetic Fields
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/.)
DEFENSE STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM OFFICE (DSPO)

SD-2 DoD Acquisitions Buying Commercial Items and Nondevelopmental
Items
(Copies of this document are available online at http://quicksearch.dla.mil.)
2.3 Non-Government publications.
The following documents form a part of this document to the extent specified herein. Unless
otherwise specified, the issues of these documents are those cited in the solicitation or
contract.
2
MIL-STD-461G
IEEE/ASTM INTERNATIONAL
IEEE/ASTM SI 10 American National Standard for Metric Practice
(IEEE and ASTM International publish this standard jointly. Copies are available from
http://www.ieee.org/ or http://www.astm.org/.)
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)/IEEE

ANSI C63.2 American National Standard for Electromagnetic Noise and Field
Strength Instrumentation, 10 Hz to 40 GHz Specifications
ANSI C63.14 American National Standard Dictionary of Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC) including Electromagnetic Environmental
Effects (E3)
(ANSI and IEEE publish these documents jointly. Copies are available from
http://www.ieee.org/ or http://www.ansi.org/.)
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)

ISO 10012 Measurement management systems – Requirements for
measurement processes and measuring equipment
ISO/IEC 17025 General requirements for the competence of testing and
calibration laboratories
(Copies of this document are available from http://www.iso.org/.)
SAE INTERNATIONAL
AEROSPACE RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
ARP958 Electromagnetic Interference Measurement Antennas; Standard
Calibration Method
(Copies of this document are available from http://www.sae.org/.)
2.4 Order of precedence.
Unless otherwise noted herein or in the contract, in the event of a conflict between the text of
this document and the references cited herein, the text of this document takes precedence.
Nothing in this document, however, supersedes applicable laws and regulations unless a
specific exemption has been obtained.
3
MIL-STD-461G
3. DEFINITIONS
3.1 General.
The terms used in this standard are defined in ANSI C63.14. In addition, the following
definitions are applicable for the purpose of this standard.
3.1.1 Above deck.
All shipboard areas, outside the skin of the ship or submarine, which are continuously exposed
to the external electromagnetic environment.
3.1.2 Antenna Port.
An antenna port is any connector, terminal or waveguide of a transmitter, receiver or amplifier
which is employed in the transmission and/or reception of RF energy. The antenna port can be
either directly connected to an antenna or indirectly connected to an antenna, such as through
an antenna coupler, power divider, amplifier, etc.
3.1.3 Below deck.
Areas in ships that are surrounded by a metallic structure such as the hull or superstructure of
metallic surface ships, the shielded areas or rooms of non-metallic ships, the shielded areas of
ships utilizing a combination of metallic/non-metallic material for hull and superstructure or a
deck mounted metallic shelter. This also includes inside the pressure hull of submarines.
3.1.4 Cable bundle.
All wires and shields associated with a specific equipment under test (EUT) connector.
3.1.5 Exposed below deck.
Areas within the skin of the ship that have electrically large openings which when open expose
the equipment and cables in those spaces to the external electromagnetic environment. This
can also include spaces that are surrounded by material that does not have at least as much
shielding effectiveness as the structure. Examples of these areas may include the bridge,
hangar, boat bay, within the superstructure but outside the pressure hull of submarines,
mooring stations, intakes, and uptake trunks.
3.1.6 External installation.
An equipment location on a platform which is exposed to the external electromagnetic
environment (EME), such as an aircraft cockpit which does not use electrically conductive
treatments on the canopy or windscreen or electronic systems mounted outside of a tactical
ground platform.
3.1.7 Flight-line equipment.
Any support equipment that is attached to or used next to an aircraft during pre-flight or post-
flight operations, such as uploading or downloading data, maintenance diagnostics, or
equipment functional testing.
3.1.8 Internal installation.
An equipment location on a platform which is totally inside an electrically conductive structure,
such as a typical avionics bay in aluminum skin aircraft or metallic hull of a tactical ground
platform.
4
MIL-STD-461G
3.1.9 Metric units.

Metric units are a system of basic measures which are defined by the International System of
Units based on "Le System International d'Unites (SI)," of the International Bureau of Weights
and Measures. These units are described in IEEE/ASTM SI 10.
3.1.10 Non-developmental item (NDI).
Non-developmental item is a broad, generic term that covers material available from a wide
variety of sources both industry and Government with little or no development effort required by
the procuring activity.
3.1.11 Safety critical.
Unless otherwise defined in the procurement specification, a term applied to a condition, event,
operation, process, or item whose proper recognition, control, performance, or tolerance is
essential to safe system operation or use; for example, safety critical function, safety critical
path, or safety critical component. A term also used when a failure or malfunction of a system
or subsystem can cause death or serious injury to personnel.
3.1.12 Test setup boundary.
The test setup boundary includes all enclosures of the EUT, exposed interconnecting leads and
power leads required by 4.3.8.6.
3.2 Acronyms used in this standard.
AMSCI Acquisition Management System Control
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASW Anti-Submarine Warfare
BIT Built-In-Test
CI Commercial Item
DID Data Item Description
DoD Department of Defense
DSPO Defense Standardization Program Office
E3 Electromagnetic Environmental Effects
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EME Electromagnetic Environment
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
EMICP Electromagnetic Interference Control Procedures
EMITP Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures
EMITR Electromagnetic Interference Test Report
ERP Effective Radiated Power
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
EUT Equipment Under Test
FCC Federal Communications Commission
5
MIL-STD-461G
FFT Fast Fourier Transform

FWHM Full Width Half Maximum
GFE Government Furnished Equipment
ISO International Organization for Standardization
LISN Line Impedance Stabilization Network
MAD Magnetic Anomaly Detectors
NDI Non-Developmental Item
RF Radio Frequency
RMS Root Mean Square
TEM Transverse Electromagnetic
TPD Transient Protection Device
6
MIL-STD-461G
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4.1 General.
Electronic, electrical, and electromechanical equipment and subsystems shall comply with the
applicable general interface requirements in 4.2. General requirements for verification shall be
in accordance with 4.3. These general requirements are in addition to the applicable detailed
emission and susceptibility requirements and associated test procedures defined in 5.
4.2 Interface requirements.
4.2.1 Joint procurement.
Equipment or subsystems procured by one DoD activity for multi-agency use shall comply with
the requirements of the user agencies.
4.2.2 Filtering (Navy only).
The use of line-to-ground filters for EMI control shall be minimized. Such filters establish low
impedance paths for structure (common-mode) currents through the ground plane and can be a
major cause of interference in systems, platforms, or installations because the currents can
couple into other equipment using the same ground plane. If such a filter must be employed,
the line-to-ground capacitance for each line shall not exceed 0.1 microfarads (μF) for 60 Hertz
(Hz) equipment or 0.02 μF for 400 Hz equipment. For DC-powered equipment, the filter
capacitance from each line-to-ground at the user interface shall not exceed 0.075 μF/kW of
connected load. For DC loads less than 0.5 kW, the filter capacitance shall not exceed 0.03
μF. The filtering employed shall be fully described in the equipment or subsystem technical
manual and the Electromagnetic Interference Control Procedures (EMICP) (see 6.3).
4.2.3 Self-compatibility.
The operational performance of an equipment or subsystem shall not be degraded, nor shall it
malfunction, when all of the units or devices in the equipment or subsystem are operating
together at their designed levels of efficiency or their design capability.
4.2.4 Non-developmental items (NDI).
In accordance with the guidance provided by the SD-2, the requirements of this standard shall
be met when applicable and warranted by the intended installation and platform requirements.
4.2.4.1 Commercial items (CI).
4.2.4.1.1 Selected by contractor.
When it is demonstrated that a CI selected by the contractor is responsible for equipment or
subsystems failing to meet the contractual EMI requirements, either the CI shall be modified or
replaced or interference suppression measures shall be employed, so that the equipment or
subsystems meet the contractual EMI requirements.
4.2.4.1.2 Specified by procuring activity.
When it is demonstrated by the contractor that a CI specified by the procuring activity for use in
an equipment or subsystem is responsible for failure of the equipment or subsystem to meet its
contractual EMI requirements, the data indicating such failure shall be included in the
Electromagnetic Interference Test Report (EMITR) (see 6.3). No modification or replacement
shall be made unless authorized by the procuring activity.
4.2.4.2 Procurement of equipment or subsystems having met other EMI requirements.
Procurement of equipment and subsystems electrically and mechanically identical to those
previously procured by activities of DoD or other Federal agencies, or their contractors, shall
7
MIL-STD-461G
meet the EMI requirements and associated limits, as applicable in the earlier procurement,
unless otherwise specified by the Command or agency concerned.
4.2.5 Government furnished equipment (GFE).
When it is demonstrated by the contractor that a GFE is responsible for failure of an equipment
or subsystem to meet its contractual EMI requirements, the data indicating such failure shall be
included in the EMITR. No modification shall be made unless authorized by the procuring
activity.
4.2.6 Switching transients.
Switching transient emissions that result at the moment of operation of manually actuated
switching functions are exempt from the requirements of this standard. Other transient type
conditions, such as automatic sequencing following initiation by a manual switching function,
shall meet the emissions requirements of this standard.
4.2.7 Interchangeable modular equipment.
The requirements of this standard are verified at the Shop Replaceable Unit, Line Replaceable
Unit, or Integrated Equipment Rack assembly level. When modular equipment such as line
replaceable modules are replaced or interchanged within the assembly, additional testing or a
similarity assessment is required. The type of assessment shall be approved by the procuring
agency.
4.3 Verification requirements.
The general requirements related to test procedures, test facilities, and equipment stated
below, together with the detailed test procedures included in section 5, shall be used to
determine compliance with the applicable emission and susceptibility requirements of this
standard. Any procuring activity approved exceptions or deviations from these general
requirements shall be documented in the Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures
(EMITP) (see 6.3). Equipment intended to be operated as a subsystem shall be tested as such
to the applicable emission and susceptibility requirements whenever practical. Formal testing is
not to commence without approval of the EMITP by the Command or agency concerned. Data
that is gathered as a result of performing tests in one electromagnetic discipline may be
sufficient to satisfy requirements in another. Therefore, to avoid unnecessary duplication, a
single test program should be established with tests for similar requirements conducted
concurrently whenever possible.
4.3.1 Measurement tolerances.
Unless otherwise stated for a particular measurement, the tolerance shall be as follows:
a. Distance: ±5%
b. Frequency: ±2%
c. Amplitude, measurement receiver: ±2 dB
d. Amplitude, measurement system (includes measurement receivers, transducers,
cables, and so forth): ±3 dB
e. Time (waveforms): ±5%
f. Resistors: ±5%
g. Capacitors: ±20%
8
MIL-STD-461G
4.3.2 Shielded enclosures.

To prevent interaction between the EUT and the outside environment, shielded enclosures will
usually be required for testing. These enclosures prevent external environment signals from
contaminating emission measurements and susceptibility test signals from interfering with
electrical and electronic items in the vicinity of the test facility. Shielded enclosures shall have
adequate attenuation such that the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 are satisfied. The
enclosures shall be sufficiently large such that the EUT arrangement requirements of 4.3.8 and
antenna positioning requirements described in the individual test procedures are satisfied.
4.3.2.1 Radio frequency (RF) absorber material.
RF absorber material (carbon impregnated foam pyramids, ferrite tiles, and so forth) shall be
used when performing electric field radiated emissions or radiated susceptibility testing inside a
shielded enclosure to reduce reflections of electromagnetic energy and to improve accuracy
and repeatability. The RF absorber shall be placed above, behind, and on both sides of the
EUT, and behind the radiating or receiving antenna as shown on Figure 1. Minimum
performance of the material shall be as specified in Table I. The manufacturer's certification of
their RF absorber material (basic material only, not installed) is acceptable.
TABLE I. Absorption at normal incidence.
Frequency Minimum absorption

80 MHz - 250 MHz 6 dB
above 250 MHz 10 dB
4.3.3 Other test sites.

If other test sites are used, the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 shall be met.
4.3.4 Ambient electromagnetic level.
During testing, the ambient electromagnetic level measured with the EUT de-energized and all
auxiliary equipment turned on shall be at least 6 dB below the allowable specified limits when
the tests are performed in a shielded enclosure. Ambient conducted levels on power leads
shall be measured with the leads disconnected from the EUT and connected to a resistive load
which draws the same rated current as the EUT. When tests are performed in a shielded
enclosure and the EUT is in compliance with required limits, the ambient profile need not be
recorded in the EMITR. When measurements are made outside a shielded enclosure, the tests
shall be performed during times and conditions when the ambient is at its lowest level. The
ambient shall be recorded in the EMITR and shall not compromise the test results.
4.3.5 Ground plane.
The EUT shall be installed on a ground plane that simulates the actual installation. If the actual
installation is unknown or multiple installations are expected, then a metallic ground plane shall
be used. Unless otherwise specified below, ground planes shall be 2.25 square meters or
larger in area with the smaller side no less than 76 centimeters (cm). When a ground plane is
not present in the EUT installation, the EUT shall be placed on a non-conductive table, such as
wood or foam.
4.3.5.1 Metallic ground plane.
When the EUT is installed on a metallic ground plane, the ground plane shall have a surface
resistance no greater than 0.1 milliohms per square. The DC resistance between metallic
9
MIL-STD-461G
ground planes and the shielded enclosure shall be 2.5 milliohms or less. The metallic ground
planes shown on Figures 2 through 5 shall be electrically bonded to the floor or wall of the basic
shielded room structure at least once every 1 meter. The metallic bond straps shall be solid
and maintain a five-to-one ratio or less in length to width. Metallic ground planes used outside
a shielded enclosure shall extend at least 2.5 meters beyond the test setup boundary in each
direction.
4.3.5.2 Composite ground plane.
When the EUT is installed on a conductive composite ground plane, the surface resistivity of
the typical installation shall be used. Composite ground planes shall be electrically bonded to
the enclosure with means suitable to the material.
4.3.6 Power source impedance.
The impedance of power sources providing input power to the EUT shall be controlled by Line
Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISNs) for all measurement procedures of this document
unless otherwise stated in a particular test procedure. LISNs shall not be used on output power
leads. The LISNs shall be located at the power source end of the exposed length of power
leads specified in 4.3.8.6.2. LISNs shall be electrically bonded to the test ground plane or
facility ground as required and the bond resistance shall not exceed 2.5 milliohms. The LISN
circuit shall be in accordance with the schematic shown on Figure 6. The LISN impedance
characteristics shall be in accordance with Figure 7. LISN impedance plots shall be provided in
the EMITR. If a LISN impedance needs to be verified, it is measured under the following
conditions:
a. The impedance shall be measured between the power output lead on the load side of
the LISN and the metal enclosure of the LISN.
b. The signal output port of the LISN shall be terminated in fifty ohms.
c. The power input terminal on the power source side of the LISN shall be unterminated.
4.3.7 General test precautions.
4.3.7.1 Accessory equipment.
Accessory equipment used in conjunction with measurement receivers shall not degrade
measurement integrity.
4.3.7.2 Excess personnel and equipment.
The test area shall be kept free of unnecessary personnel, equipment, cable racks, and desks.
Only the equipment essential to the test being performed shall be in the test area or enclosure.
Only personnel actively involved in the test shall be permitted in the enclosure. All equipment
and ancillary gear including antennas that are not being actively used for a particular subset of
radiated tests shall be removed from the test area or shielded enclosure.
4.3.7.3 Overload precautions.
Measurement receivers and transducers are subject to overload, especially receivers without
pre-selectors and active transducers. Periodic checks shall be performed to assure that an
overload condition does not exist. Instrumentation changes shall be implemented to correct
any overload condition.
4.3.7.4 RF hazards.
Some tests in this standard will result in electromagnetic fields which are potentially dangerous
to personnel. The permissible exposure levels in DoDI 6055.11 shall not be exceeded in areas
10
MIL-STD-461G
where personnel are present. Safety procedures and devices shall be used to prevent
accidental exposure of personnel to RF hazards.
4.3.7.5 Shock hazard.
Some of the tests require potentially hazardous voltages to be present. Extreme caution must
be taken by all personnel to assure that all safety precautions are observed.
4.3.7.6 Federal Communications Commission (FCC) restrictions.
Some of the tests require high level signals to be generated that could interfere with normal
FCC approved frequency assignments. All such testing should be conducted in a shielded
enclosure. Some open site testing may be feasible if prior FCC coordination is accomplished.
4.3.8 EUT test configurations.
The EUT shall be configured as shown in the general test setups of Figures 1 through 5 as
applicable. These setups shall be maintained during all testing unless other direction is given
for a particular test procedure.
4.3.8.1 EUT design status.
EUT hardware, software and firmware shall be representative of production. Software may be
supplemented with additional code that provides diagnostic capability to assess performance.
4.3.8.2 Bonding of EUT.
Only the provisions included in the design of the EUT shall be used to bond units such as
equipment case and mounting bases together, or to the ground plane. When bonding straps
are required, they shall be identical to those specified in the installation drawings. Bonding of
the EUT to the ground plane shall be verified to be in accordance with the installation drawings
or equipment specification before connecting cables and EMI testing. The verification process
and results shall be recorded in the EMITR.
4.3.8.3 Shock and vibration isolators.
EUTs shall be secured to mounting bases having shock or vibration isolators if such mounting
bases are used in the installation. The bonding straps furnished with the mounting base shall
be connected to the ground plane. When mounting bases do not have bonding straps, bonding
straps shall not be used in the test setup.
4.3.8.4 Safety grounds.
When external terminals, connector pins, or equipment grounding conductors are available for
safety ground connections and are used in the actual installation, they shall be connected to the
ground plane. Arrangement and length shall be in accordance with 4.3.8.6.1.
4.3.8.5 Orientation of EUTs.
EUTs shall be oriented such that surfaces which produce maximum radiated emissions and
respond most readily to radiated signals face the measurement antennas. Bench mounted
EUTs shall be located 10 ±2 cm from the front edge of the ground plane subject to allowances
for providing adequate room for cable arrangement as specified below.
4.3.8.6 Construction and arrangement of EUT cables.
Electrical cable assemblies shall simulate actual installation and usage. Shielded cables or
shielded leads within cables shall be used only if they have been specified in installation
requirements. Input (primary) power leads, returns, and wire grounds shall not be shielded.
Cables shall be checked against installation requirements to verify proper construction
11
MIL-STD-461G
techniques such as use of twisted pairs, shielding, and shield terminations. Details on the cable
construction used for testing shall be included in the EMITP.
4.3.8.6.1 Interconnecting leads and cables.
Individual leads shall be grouped into cables in the same manner as in the actual installation.
Total interconnecting cable lengths in the setup shall be the same as in the actual platform
installation. If a cable is longer than 10 meters, at least 10 meters shall be included. When
cable lengths are not specified for the installation, cables shall be sufficiently long to satisfy the
conditions specified below. At least the first 2 meters (except for cables which are shorter in
the actual installation) of each interconnecting cable associated with each enclosure of the EUT
shall be run parallel to the front boundary of the setup. Remaining cable lengths shall be routed
to the back of the setup, positioned 5 cm above the ground plane, and shall be placed in a zig-
zagged arrangement, minimizing cable overlap or crossing. When the setup includes more
than one cable, individual cables shall be separated by 2 cm measured from their outer
circumference. For bench top setups using ground planes, the cable closest to the front
boundary shall be placed 10 cm from the front edge of the ground plane. All cables shall be
supported 5 cm above the ground plane with non-conductive material such as wood or foam. If
the EUT is a tall cabinet and the cables are routed from top or near the top, then the cables
shall be routed down to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters shall be run parallel to the
front edge of the boundary. If the EUT is a floor standing unit and the cables are routed from
the top, then the cables shall be routed down to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters
shall be run parallel to the front edge of the boundary. If the cables are routed from the bottom,
then the cables shall be routed up to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters shall be run
parallel to the front edge of the boundary.
4.3.8.6.2 Input (primary) power leads.
Two meters of input power leads (including neutrals and returns) shall be routed parallel to the
front edge of the setup in the same manner as the interconnecting leads. Each input power
lead, including neutrals and returns, shall be connected to a LISN (see 4.3.6). Power leads that
are bundled as part of an interconnecting cable in the actual installation shall be separated from
the bundle and routed to the LISNs (outside the shield of shielded cables). After the 2 meter
exposed length, the power leads shall be terminated at the LISNs in as short a distance as
possible. The total length of power lead from the EUT electrical connector to the LISNs shall
not exceed 2.5 meters, except for large EUTs, where the cables are routed from the top of a tall
EUT or bottom of a floor standing cabinet, then the total length may exceed 2.5 meters, but
shall be kept at a minimum. All power leads shall be supported 5 cm above the ground plane
with non-conductive material such as wood or foam. If the power leads are twisted in the actual
installation, they shall be twisted up to the LISNs.
4.3.8.7 Electrical and mechanical interfaces.
All electrical input and output interfaces shall be terminated with either the actual equipment
from the platform installation or loads which simulate the electrical properties (impedance,
grounding, balance, and so forth) present in the actual installation. Signal inputs shall be
applied to all applicable electrical interfaces to exercise EUT circuitry. EUTs with mechanical
outputs shall be suitably loaded. When variable electrical or mechanical loading is present in
the actual installation, testing shall be performed under expected worst case conditions. When
active electrical loading (such as a test set) is used, precautions shall be taken to insure the
active load meets the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 when connected to the setup, and that the
active load does not respond to susceptibility signals. Antenna ports on the EUT shall be
terminated with shielded, matched loads.
12
MIL-STD-461G
4.3.9 Operation of EUT.

During emission measurements, the EUT shall be placed in an operating mode which produces
maximum emissions. During susceptibility testing, the EUT shall be placed in its most
susceptible operating mode. For EUTs with several available modes (including
software/firmware controlled operational modes), a sufficient number of modes shall be tested
for emissions and susceptibility such that all circuitry is evaluated. The rationale for modes
selected shall be included in the EMITP.
4.3.9.1 Operating frequencies for tunable RF equipment.
Measurements shall be performed with the EUT tuned to not less than three frequencies within
each tuning band, tuning unit, or range of fixed channels, consisting of one mid-band frequency
and a frequency within ±5 percent from each end of each band or range of channels.
4.3.9.2 Operating frequencies for spread spectrum equipment.
Operating frequency requirements for two major types of spread spectrum equipment shall be
as follows:
a. Frequency hopping. Measurements shall be performed with the EUT utilizing a hop
set which contains a minimum of 30% of the total possible frequencies. This hop set
shall be divided equally into three segments at the low, mid, and high end of the EUT’s
operational frequency range.
b. Direct sequence. Measurements shall be performed with the EUT processing data at
the highest possible data transfer rate.
4.3.9.3 Susceptibility monitoring.
The EUT shall be monitored during susceptibility testing for indications of degradation or
malfunction. This monitoring is normally accomplished through the use of built-in-test (BIT),
visual displays, aural outputs, and other measurements of signal outputs and interfaces.
Monitoring of EUT performance through installation of special circuitry in the EUT is
permissible; however, these modifications shall not influence test results.
4.3.10 Use of measurement equipment.
Measurement equipment shall be as specified in the individual test procedures of this standard.
Any frequency selective measurement receiver may be used for performing the testing
described in this standard provided that the receiver characteristics (that is, sensitivity, selection
of bandwidths, detector functions, dynamic range, and frequency of operation) meet the
constraints specified in this standard and are sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the
applicable limits. Typical instrumentation characteristics may be found in ANSI C63.2.
Measurement receivers using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) time domain measurement
techniques are acceptable for use, as long as Table II parameters are directly user accessible
and can be verified.
4.3.10.1 Detector.
A peak detector shall be used for all frequency domain emission and susceptibility
measurements. This device detects the peak value of the modulation envelope in the receiver
bandpass. Measurement receivers are calibrated in terms of an equivalent Root Mean Square
(RMS) value of a sine wave that produces the same peak value. When other measurement
devices such as oscilloscopes, non-selective voltmeters, or broadband field strength sensors
are used for susceptibility testing, correction factors shall be applied for test signals to adjust
the reading to equivalent RMS values under the peak of the modulation envelope.
13
MIL-STD-461G
4.3.10.2 Computer-controlled instrumentation.

A description of the operations being directed by software for computer-controlled
instrumentation shall be included in the EMITP. Verification techniques used to demonstrate
proper performance of the software shall also be included. If commercial software is being
used then, as a minimum, the manufacturer, model, and revision of the software shall be
provided. If the software is developed in-house, then documentation shall be included that
describes the methodology being used for the control of the test instrumentation and how the
software revisions are handled.
4.3.10.3 Emission testing.
4.3.10.3.1 Bandwidths.
The measurement receiver bandwidths listed in Table II shall be used for emission testing.
These bandwidths are specified at the 6 dB down points for the overall selectivity curve of the
receivers. Video filtering shall not be used to bandwidth limit the receiver response. If a
controlled video bandwidth is available on the measurement receiver, it shall be set to its
greatest value. Larger receiver bandwidths may be used; however, they may result in higher
measured emission levels. No bandwidth correction factors shall be applied to test data due to
the use of larger bandwidths.
TABLE II. Bandwidth and measurement time.
Minimum Dwell Time

6 dB FFT Receiver Minimum Measurement Time
Resolution Stepped- 2/
Frequency Range Tuned Analog-Tuned Measurement
Bandwidth (Seconds/ Receiver 1/
Receiver 1/ Measurement
(Seconds) Bandwidth)
30 Hz - 1 kHz 10 Hz 0.15 1 0.015 sec/Hz
1 kHz - 10 kHz 100 Hz 0.015 1 0.15 sec/kHz
10 kHz - 150 kHz 1 kHz 0.015 1 0.015 sec/kHz
150 kHz - 10 MHz 10 kHz 0.015 1 1.5 sec/MHz
10 MHz - 30 MHz 10 kHz 0.015 0.15 1.5 sec/MHz
30 MHz - 1 GHz 100 kHz 0.015 0.15 0.15 sec/MHz
Above 1 GHz 1 MHz 0.015 0.015 15 sec/GHz
1/ Alternative scanning technique. Multiple faster sweeps with the use of a maximum hold
function may be used if the total scanning time is equal to or greater than the Minimum
Measurement Time defined above.
2/ FFT Receivers. FFT measurement techniques may be used provided that FFT operation is
in accordance with ANSI C63.2. The user interface of the measurement receiver must allow for
the direct input of the parameters in Table II for both FFT Time Domain and Frequency Stepped
modes of measurement in the same manner, without the necessity or opportunity to control
FFT functions directly.
14
MIL-STD-461G
4.3.10.3.2 Emission identification.

All emissions regardless of characteristics shall be measured with the measurement receiver
bandwidths specified in Table II and compared against the applicable limits. Identification of
emissions with regard to narrowband or broadband categorization is not applicable.
4.3.10.3.3 Frequency scanning.
For emission measurements, the entire frequency range for each applicable test shall be
scanned. Minimum measurement time for analog measurement receivers during emission
testing shall be as specified in Table II. Synthesized measurement receivers shall step in one-
half bandwidth increments or less, and the measurement dwell time shall be as specified in
Table II. For equipment that operates such that potential emissions are produced at only
infrequent intervals, times for frequency scanning shall be increased as necessary to capture
any emissions.
4.3.10.3.4 Emission data presentation.
Amplitude versus frequency profiles of emission data shall be automatically generated and
displayed at the time of test and shall be continuous. The displayed information shall account
for all applicable correction factors (transducers, attenuators, cable loss, and the like) and shall
include the applicable limit. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for verification of
the validity of the output. Plots of the displayed data shall provide a minimum frequency
resolution of 1% or twice the measurement receiver bandwidth, whichever is less stringent, and
minimum amplitude resolution of 1 dB. The above resolution requirements shall be maintained
in the reported results of the EMITR.
4.3.10.4 Susceptibility testing.
4.3.10.4.1 Frequency scanning.
For susceptibility measurements, the entire frequency range for each applicable test shall be
scanned. For swept frequency susceptibility testing, frequency scan rates and frequency step
sizes of signal sources shall not exceed the values listed in Table III. The rates and step sizes
are specified in terms of a multiplier of the tuned frequency (f o) of the signal source. Analog
scans refer to signal sources which are continuously tuned. Stepped scans refer to signal
sources which are sequentially tuned to discrete frequencies. Stepped scans shall dwell at
each tuned frequency for the greater of 3 seconds or the EUT response time. Scan rates and
step sizes shall be decreased when necessary to permit observation of a response.
4.3.10.4.2 Modulation of susceptibility signals.
Susceptibility test signals for CS114 and RS103 shall be pulse modulated (on/off ratio of 40 dB
minimum) at a 1 kHz rate with a 50% duty cycle.
15
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE III. Susceptibility scanning.
Analog Scans Stepped Scans

Frequency Range Maximum Scan Rates Maximum Step Size
30 Hz - 1 MHz 0.0333 fo/sec 0.05 fo
1 MHz – 30 MHz 0.00667 fo/sec 0.01 fo
30 MHz - 1 GHz 0.00333 fo/sec 0.005 fo
1 GHz - 40 GHz 0.00167 fo/sec 0.0025 fo
4.3.10.4.3 Thresholds of susceptibility.

Susceptibilities and anomalies that are not in conformance with contractual requirements are
not acceptable. However, all susceptibilities and anomalies observed during conduct of the test
shall be documented. When susceptibility indications are noted in EUT operation, a threshold
level shall be determined where the susceptible condition is no longer present. Thresholds of
susceptibility shall be determined as follows and described in the EMITR:
a. When a susceptibility condition is detected, reduce the interference signal until the EUT
recovers.
b. Determine the worst-case failure frequency within the failure bandwidth by manually
tuning the frequency, iteratively reducing the step size by a factor of two until the lowest
threshold is determined.
c. Reduce the interference signal by an additional 6 dB.
d. Gradually increase the interference signal until the susceptibility condition reoccurs. The
resulting level is the threshold of susceptibility.
e. Record this level, frequency range of occurrence, frequency and level of greatest
susceptibility, and other test parameters, as applicable.
4.3.11 Calibration of measuring equipment.
Primary measurement devices and accessories required for measurement in accordance with
this standard shall be calibrated in accordance with ISO/IEC 17025 or ISO 10012 or under an
approved calibration program traceable to the National Institute for Standards and Technology.
After the initial calibration passive devices such as measurement antennas, current probes, and
LISNs, require no further formal calibration unless the device is repaired. The measurement
system integrity check in the procedures is sufficient to determine acceptability of passive
devices.
4.3.11.1 Measurement system test.
At the start of each emission test, the complete test system (including measurement receivers,
cables, attenuators, couplers, and so forth) shall be verified by injecting a known signal, as
stated in the individual test procedure, while monitoring system output for the proper indication.
When the emission test involves an uninterrupted set of repeated measurements (such as
evaluating different operating modes of the EUT) using the same measurement equipment, the
measurement system test needs to be accomplished only one time.
4.3.11.2 Antenna factors.
Factors for test antennas shall be determined in accordance with SAE ARP958.
16
MIL-STD-461G
RF absorber placed above,

behind and on both sides of
test setup boundary, from
ceiling to ground plane
> 30 cm
TEST SETUP
BOUNDARY
> 30 cm
> 50 cm
30 cm
Test
Antenna
> 30 cm
RF absorber placed
behind test antenna,
from ceiling to floor
FIGURE 1. RF absorber loading diagram.
17
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE 2. General test setup.
18
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE 3. General test setup for non-conductive surface mounted EUT.
19
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE 4. General test setup for free standing EUT in shielded enclosure.
20
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE 5. General test setup for free standing EUT.
21
MIL-STD-461G
To 50 H
Power To EUT
Source
8 F 0.25 F
To 50  Termination
Or 50  Input Of
Measurement
Receiver
5 1k 
Signal Output
Port
FIGURE 6. LISN schematic.
22
MIL-STD-461G
Tolerance ±20%
100
Impedance (Ohms)
10
1
10k 100k 1M 10M 100M
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE 7. LISN impedance.
23
MIL-STD-461G
5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS
5.1 General.
This section specifies detailed emissions and susceptibility requirements and the associated
test procedures. Table IV is a list of the specific requirements established by this standard
identified by requirement number and title. General test procedures are included in this section.
Specific test procedures are implemented by the Government approved EMITP (see 6.3). All
results of tests performed to demonstrate compliance with the requirements are to be
documented in the EMITR (see 6.3) and forwarded to the Command or agency concerned for
evaluation prior to acceptance of the equipment or subsystem. Design procedures and
techniques for the control of EMI shall be described in the EMICP (see 6.3). Approval of design
procedures and techniques described in the EMICP does not relieve the supplier of the
responsibility of meeting the contractual emission, susceptibility, and design requirements.
5.1.1 Units of frequency domain measurements.
All frequency domain limits are expressed in terms of equivalent Root Mean Square (RMS)
value of a sine wave as would be indicated by the output of a measurement receiver using peak
envelope detection (see 4.3.10.1).
5.2 EMI control requirements versus intended installations.
Table V summarizes the requirements for equipment and subsystems intended to be installed
in, on, or launched from various military platforms or installations. When an equipment or
subsystem is to be installed in more than one type of platform or installation, it shall comply with
the most stringent of the applicable requirements and limits. An "A" entry in the table means
the requirement is applicable. An "L" entry means the applicability of the requirement is limited
as specified in the appropriate requirement paragraphs of this standard; the limits are contained
herein. An "S" entry means the procuring activity must specify the applicability, limit, and
verification procedures in the procurement specification. Absence of an entry means the
requirement is not applicable.
5.3 Emission and susceptibility requirements, limits, and test procedures.
Individual emission or susceptibility requirements and their associated limits and test
procedures are grouped together in the following sections. The applicable frequency range and
limit of many emission and susceptibility requirements varies depending on the particular
platform or installation. The test procedures included in this section are valid for the entire
frequency range specified in the procedure; however, testing only needs to be performed over
the frequency range specified for the particular platform or installation.
24
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE IV. Emission and susceptibility requirements.
Requirement Description
CE101 Conducted Emissions, Audio Frequency Currents, Power Leads
CE102 Conducted Emissions, Radio Frequency Potentials, Power Leads
CE106 Conducted Emissions, Antenna Port
CS101 Conducted Susceptibility, Power Leads
CS103 Conducted Susceptibility, Antenna Port, Intermodulation
CS104 Conducted Susceptibility, Antenna Port, Rejection of Undesired
Signals
CS105 Conducted Susceptibility, Antenna Port, Cross-Modulation
CS109 Conducted Susceptibility, Structure Current
CS114 Conducted Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection
CS115 Conducted Susceptibility, Bulk Cable Injection, Impulse Excitation
CS116 Conducted Susceptibility, Damped Sinusoidal Transients, Cables and
Power Leads
CS117 Conducted Susceptibility, Lightning Induced Transients, Cables and
Power Leads
CS118 Conducted Susceptibility, Personnel Borne Electrostatic Discharge
RE101 Radiated Emissions, Magnetic Field
RE102 Radiated Emissions, Electric Field
RE103 Radiated Emissions, Antenna Spurious and Harmonic Outputs
RS101 Radiated Susceptibility, Magnetic Field
RS103 Radiated Susceptibility, Electric Field
RS105 Radiated Susceptibility, Transient Electromagnetic Field
25
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE V. Requirement matrix.
Equipment and Subsystems Requirement Applicability

Installed In, On, or Launched
From the Following Platforms or
Installations
CE101
CE102
CE106
CS101
CS103
CS104
CS105
CS109
CS114
CS115
CS116
CS117
CS118
RE101
RE102
RE103
RS101
RS103
RS105
Surface Ships A A L A S L S L A S A L S A A L L A L
Submarines A A L A S L S L A S L S S A A L L A L
Aircraft, Army, Including Flight A A L A S S S A A A L A A A L A A L
Line
Aircraft, Navy L A L A S S S A A A L A L A L L A L
Aircraft, Air Force A L A S S S A A A L A A L A
Space Systems, Including A L A S S S A A A L A L A
Launch Vehicles
Ground, Army A L A S S S A A A S A A L L A
Ground, Navy A L A S S S A A A S A A L L A L
Ground, Air Force A L A S S S A A A A A L A
Legend:
A: Applicable
L: Limited as specified in the individual sections of this standard.
S: Procuring activity must specify in procurement documentation.
26
MIL-STD-461G
5.4 CE101, conducted emissions, audio frequency currents, power leads.

5.4.1 CE101 applicability.
This requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 10 kHz for power leads, including returns, that
obtain power from other sources not part of the EUT for surface ships, submarines, Army
aircraft& (including flight line) and Navy aircraft*&
*For equipment intended to be installed on Navy aircraft, this requirement is applicable only
if the platform contains Anti-Submarine Warfare (ASW) equipment, which operate
between 30 Hz and 10 kHz, such as Acoustic (Sonobouy) Receivers or Magnetic Anomaly
Detectors (MAD).
&
For AC applications, this requirement is applicable starting at the second harmonic of the
EUT power frequency.
5.4.2 CE101 limits.
Conducted emissions on power leads shall not exceed the applicable values shown on Figures
CE101-1 through CE101-3, as appropriate, for surface ships and submarines; and Figure
CE101-4 for Army aircraft (including flight line) and Navy ASW aircraft.
5.4.3 CE101 test procedure.
5.4.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that electromagnetic emissions from the EUT do not
exceed the specified requirements for power input leads including returns.
5.4.3.2 Test equipment.
The test equipment shall be as follows:
a. Measurement receivers
b. Current probes
c. Signal generator
d. Data recording device
e. Oscilloscope
f. Resistor (R)
g. LISNs
5.4.3.3 Setup.
The test setup shall be as follows:
a. Maintain a basic test setup for the EUT as shown and described on Figures 2 through
5 and 4.3.8. The LISN may be removed or replaced with an alternative stabilization
device when approved by the procuring activity.
b. Measurement system integrity check. Configure the test setup for the measurement
system check as shown on Figure CE101-5.
c. EUT testing.
(1) Configure the test setup for compliance testing of the EUT as shown on Figure
CE101-6.
(2) Position the current probe 5 cm from the LISN.
27 CE101
MIL-STD-461G
5.4.3.4 Procedures.
The test procedures shall be as follows:
a. Turn on the measurement equipment and allow a sufficient time for stabilization.
b. Measurement system integrity check. Evaluate the overall measurement system from
the current probe to the data output device.
(1) Apply a calibrated signal level, which is at least 6 dB below the applicable limit at
1.1 kHz, 3 kHz, and 9.9 kHz, to the current probe.
(2) Verify the current level, using the oscilloscope and load resistor; also, verify that
the current waveform is sinusoidal.
(3) Scan the measurement receiver for each frequency in the same manner as a
normal data scan. Verify that the data recording device indicates a level within
±3 dB of the injected level.
(4) If readings are obtained which deviate by more than ±3 dB, locate the source of
the error and correct the deficiency prior to proceeding with the testing.
c. EUT testing. Determine the conducted emissions from the EUT input power leads,
including returns.
(1) Turn on the EUT and allow sufficient time for stabilization.
(2) Select an appropriate lead for testing and clamp the current probe into position.
(3) Scan the measurement receiver over the applicable frequency range, using the
bandwidths and minimum measurement times specified in Table II.
(4) Repeat 5.4.3.4c(3) for each power lead.
5.4.3.5 Data presentation.
Data presentation shall be as follows:
a. Continuously and automatically plot amplitude versus frequency profiles on X-Y axis
outputs. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for plot verification.
b. Display the applicable limit on each plot.
c. Provide a minimum frequency resolution of 1% or twice the measurement receiver
bandwidth, whichever is less stringent, and a minimum amplitude resolution of 1 dB for
each plot.
d. Provide plots for both the measurement and system check portions of the procedure.
28 CE101
MIL-STD-461G
100
95
90
80
Limit Level (dBA)
76
70
60 LIMIT SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:

1. For load currents  3 amperes, use the limit
curve as shown.
2. For load currents between 3 and 185
amperes, relax the limit curve by 20 log (I/3).
3. For load currents  185 amperes, relax the
50 limit curve by 35 dB.
10 100 1k 2.6 10k 100k

Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CE101-1. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, DC.
29 CE101
LIMIT SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:
Input power < 1 kVA. 1. For equipment and subsystems operating < 1kVA, use the
130
limit line connecting points a, b, and c.
For equipment and subsystems with a fundamental* current
greater than 1 ampere the limit shall be relaxed as follows:
dB relaxation = 20 Log (fundamental* current).
120 a
2. For equipment and subsystems operating  1kVA, use the
limit line connecting d, b, and c.
For equipment and subsystems with a fundamental* current
greater than 1 ampere the limit shall be relaxed as follows:
110 *Load current at the power frequency
30
100
MIL-STD-461G
Limit Level (dB A)

90 d
b
80
76
Input power  1 kVA.
c
70
120 1.92
10 100 1k 10k 100k
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CE101-2. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, 60 Hz.
CE101
130 Input power < 0.2 kVA
on a multi-phase source,
or < 2 amperes on a
single-phase source.
120
110 Cu
rv
e
#1
31
LIMIT SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:
100 1. For equipment and subsystems operating < 0.2
kVA on a multi-phase source or < 2 amperes on
a single-phase source, use limit curve #1.
For equipment and subsystems with a Curve #2 92
MIL-STD-461G
fundamental* current greater than 1 ampere
Limit Level (dB A)

90 the limit shall be relaxed as follows:

2. For equipment and subsystems operating  0.2
kVA on a multi-phase source or 2 amperes on
a single phase source, use limit curve #2.
80 Input power  0.2 kVA
For equipment and subsystems with a
fundamental* current greater than 1 ampere on a multi-phase source,
the limit shall be relaxed as follows: or  2 amperes on a
dB relaxation = 20 Log (fundamental* current). single-phase source.
70 *Load current at the power frequency
10 100 1k 10k 100k

Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CE101-3. CE101 limit for surface ships and submarine applications, 400 Hz.
CE101
MIL-STD-461G
120
CURVE #1
110
CURVE #2
100
90
80 NOMINAL EUT SOURCE VOLTAGE APPLICABLE

(AC AND DC) CURVE
ABOVE 28 VOLTS #1
70
28 VOLTS OR BELOW #2
1 10 100 1k 10k 100k

Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CE101-4. CE101 limit for Navy ASW aircraft and Army aircraft (including flight
line) applications.
32 CE101
MIL-STD-461G
Signal
Generator
Amplifier
(As Required)
Oscilloscope R
Current Probe
Data Recorder Measurement

Receiver
FIGURE CE101-5. Measurement system check.
33 CE101
MIL-STD-461G
50  Termination on
Signal Output Port
(One for Each LISN)
LISN
Power
EUT
Leads
LISN
Current Probe
5 cm
Measurement
Receiver
Data Recorder
FIGURE CE101-6. Measurement setup.
34 CE101
MIL-STD-461G
5.5 CE102, conducted emissions, radio frequency potential, power leads.

This requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 10 MHz for all power leads, including returns,
which obtain power from other sources not part of the EUT.
5.5.2 CE102 limits.
Conducted emissions on power leads shall not exceed the applicable values shown on Figure
CE102-1.
5.5.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that electromagnetic emissions from the EUT do not
exceed the specified requirements for power input leads, including returns.
a. Measurement receiver
b. Data recording device
c. Signal generator
d. Attenuator, 20 dB, 50 ohm
e. Oscilloscope
f. LISNs
5.5.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Measurement system integrity check.
(1) Configure the test setup for the measurement system check as shown on Figure
CE102-2. Ensure that the LISN power source is disconnected.
(2) Connect the measurement receiver to the 20 dB attenuator on the signal output
port of the LISN.
c. EUT testing.
(1) Configure the test setup for compliance testing of the EUT as shown on Figure
CE102-3.
(2) Connect the measurement receiver to the 20 dB attenuator on the signal output
port of the LISN.
5.5.3.4 Procedures.
a. Measurement system integrity check. Perform the measurement system check using
the measurement system check setup of Figure CE102-2.
(1) Turn on the measurement equipment and allow a sufficient time for stabilization.
35 CE102
MIL-STD-461G
(2) Apply a signal level of 90 dBµV at 10.5 kHz and 100 kHz to the power output
terminal of the LISN. At 10.5 kHz and 100 kHz, use an oscilloscope, in high
impedance mode, to verify that there is a proper signal level at the LISN and
verify that it is sinusoidal. After establishing the proper signal at the LISN,
disconnect LISN and measure resulting voltage using an oscilloscope with 50
ohm input impedance. The ratio of the LISN voltage to the 50 ohm voltage
measurement must be within the following tolerances: at 10.5 kHz = -14 dB (+1
dB/-2 dB) and at 100 kHz = -3 dB (+1 dB/-2 dB).
(3) Apply a signal level that is at least 6 dB below the limit at 10.5 kHz, 100 kHz,
1.95 MHz and 9.8 MHz to the power output terminal of the LISN. At 10.5 kHz
and 100 kHz, use an oscilloscope to calibrate the signal level. At 1.95 MHz and
9.8 MHz, use a calibrated output level directly from a 50 Ω signal generator.
(4) Scan the measurement receiver for each frequency in the same manner as a
normal data scan. Verify that the measurement receiver indicates a level within
±3 dB of the injected level. Correction factors shall be applied for the 20 dB
attenuator and the voltage drop due to the LISN 0.25 μF coupling capacitor (see
Figure 6).
(6) Repeat 5.5.3.4a(2) through 5.5.3.4a(5) for each LISN.
b. EUT testing. Perform emission data scans using the measurement setup of Figure
CE102-3.
(1) Turn on the EUT and allow a sufficient time for stabilization.
(2) Select an appropriate lead for testing.
bandwidths and minimum measurement times in the Table II.
(4) Repeat 5.5.3.4b(2) and 5.5.3.4b(3) for each power lead.
a. Continuously and automatically plot amplitude versus frequency profiles on X-Y axis
outputs. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for plot verification.
each plot.
d. Provide plots for both the measurement system check and measurement portions of
the procedure.
36 CE102
MIL-STD-461G
NOMINAL EUT LIMIT

SOURCE VOLTAGE (AC&DC) RELAXATION
100
28V BASIC CURVE
115V 6dB
94 220V 9dB
=/> 270V 10dB
90 440V 12dB
Limit Level (dBV)
80
70
BASIC CURVE
60
50
10k 100k 1M 10M 100M

Frequency (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CE102-1. CE102 limit (EUT power leads, AC and DC) for all applications.
37 CE102
MIL-STD-461G
10.5 kHz and 100 kHz

Measurement System
Integrity Check Only
FIGURE CE102-2. Measurement system check setup.
38 CE102
MIL-STD-461G
50 
Termination Power
Lead Power Cable
Power
Input
LISN
EUT
LISN
Signal
20 dB
Output
Attenuator Power
Port
Lead
Measurement
Receiver
Data
Recording
Device
FIGURE CE102-3. Measurement setup.
39 CE102
MIL-STD-461G
5.6 CE106, conducted emissions, antenna port.

This requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 40 GHz for the antenna ports of transmitters,
receivers, and amplifiers. The requirement is not applicable to equipment designed with
antennas permanently mounted to the EUT. The transmit mode portion of this requirement is
not applicable within the bandwidth of the EUT transmitted signal or within ±5 percent of the
fundamental frequency, whichever is larger. For Navy shipboard applications with peak
transmitter power greater than 1 kW, the 5% frequency exclusion will be increased by an
additional 0.1% of the fundamental frequency for each dB above 1 kW of peak power.
Frequency Exclusion = ± f * (0.05 + (0.001/dB) * (PtPk [dBm] – 60 [dBm]))
Depending on the operating frequency range of the EUT, the start frequency of the test is as
follows:
EUT Operating Frequency Range Start Frequency of Test
10 kHz to 3 MHz 10 kHz
3 MHz to 300 MHz 100 kHz
300 MHz to 3 GHz 1 MHz
3 GHz to 40 GHz 10 MHz
The equipment will be tested to an upper frequency limit based on the highest frequency
generated or received by the EUT. For systems with the frequencies generated or received
less than 1 GHz, the upper frequency limit will be 20 times the highest frequency or 18 GHz
whichever is greater. For systems with frequencies generated or received greater than or equal
to 1 GHz, the upper frequency limit will be 10 times the highest frequency or 40 GHz whichever
is less. For equipment using waveguide, the requirement does not apply below eight-tenths of
the waveguide's cutoff frequency. RE103 may be used as an alternative for CE106 for testing
transmitters with their operational antennas.
5.6.2 CE106 limits.
Conducted emissions at the EUT antenna port shall not exceed the values given below.
a. Receivers: 34 dBμV
b. Transmitters and amplifiers (standby mode): 34 dBμV
c. Transmitters and amplifiers (transmit mode): Harmonics, except the second and third,
and all other spurious emissions shall be at least 80 dB down from the level at the
fundamental. The second and third harmonics shall be suppressed to a level of -20
dBm or 80 dB below the fundamental, whichever requires less suppression. For Navy
shipboard applications, the second and third harmonics will be suppressed to a level of
-20 dBm and all other harmonics and spurious emissions shall be suppressed to -40
dBm, except if the duty cycle of the emissions are less than 0.2%, then the limit may
be relaxed to 0 dBm.
5.6.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that conducted emissions appearing at the antenna port of
the EUT do not exceed specified requirements.
40 CE106
MIL-STD-461G

b. Attenuators, 50 ohm
c. Rejection networks
d. Directional couplers
e. Dummy loads, 50 ohm
f. Signal generators. For amplifier testing, a signal generator is required to drive the
amplifier that provides the modulation used in the intended application and that has
spurious and harmonic outputs that are at least 6 dB below the applicable limit.
g. Data recording device
5.6.3.3 Setup.
It is not necessary to maintain the basic test setup for the EUT as shown and described on
Figures 2 through 5 and 4.3.8. The test setup shall be as follows:
a. Measurement system integrity check. Configure the test setup for the signal generator
path shown on Figures CE106-1 through CE106-3 as applicable. The choice of Figure
CE106-1 or CE106-2 is dependent upon the capability of the measuring equipment to
handle the transmitter power.
b. EUT testing. Configure the test setup for the EUT path shown on Figures CE106-1
through CE106-3 as applicable. The choice of Figure CE106-1 or CE106-2 is
dependent upon the capability of the measuring equipment to handle the transmitter
power.
5.6.3.4 Procedures.
5.6.3.4.1 Transmit mode for transmitters and amplifiers.
The test procedure shall be as follows:
(1) Apply a known calibrated signal level from the signal generator through the
system check path at a mid-band fundamental frequency (fo).
(2) Scan the measurement receiver in the same manner as a normal data scan.
Verify the measurement receiver detects a level within ±3 dB of the expected
signal.
the error and correct the deficiency prior to proceeding with the test.
(4) Repeat 5.6.3.4.1b(1) through 5.6.3.4.1b(3) at the end points of the frequency
range of test.
c. EUT testing.
(2) For transmitters, tune the EUT to the desired test frequency and apply the
appropriate modulation for the EUT as indicated in the equipment specification.
41 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
For amplifiers, apply an input signal to the EUT that has the appropriate
frequency, power level, and modulation as indicated in the equipment
specification. For transmitters and amplifiers for which these parameters vary,
test parameters shall be chosen such that the worst case emissions spectrum
will result.
(3) Use the measurement path to complete the rest of this procedure.
(4) Tune the test equipment to the operating frequency (f o) of the EUT and adjust for
maximum indication.
(5) Record the power level of the fundamental frequency (f o) and the measurement
receiver bandwidth.
(6) Insert the fundamental frequency rejection network, when applicable.
(7) Scan the frequency range of interest and record the level of all harmonics and
spurious emissions. Add all correction factors for cable loss, attenuators and
rejection networks. Maintain the same measurement receiver bandwidth used to
measure the power level of the fundamental frequency (f o) in 5.6.3.4.1c(5).
(8) Verify spurious outputs are from the EUT and not spurious responses of the
measurement system.
(9) Repeat 5.6.3.4.1c(2) through 5.6.3.4.1c(8) for other frequencies as required by
4.3.9.1 and 4.3.9.2.
(10) Determine measurement path losses at each spurious frequency as follows:
(a) Replace the EUT with a signal generator.
(b) Retain all couplers and rejection networks in the measurement path.
(c) Determine the losses through the measurement path. The value of
attenuators may be reduced to facilitate the end-to-end check with a low
level signal generator.
5.6.3.4.2 Receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers.
The test procedure shall be as follows:
(1) Apply a calibrated signal level, which is 6 dB below the applicable limit, from the
signal generator through the system check path at a midpoint test frequency.
Verify the measurement receiver detects a level within ±3 dB of the injected
signal.
(4) Repeat 5.6.3.4.2b(1) through 5.6.3.4.2b(3) at the end points of the frequency
range of test.
c. EUT testing.
42 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
(2) Tune the EUT to the desired test frequency and use the measurement path to
complete the rest of this procedure.
bandwidths and minimum measurement times of Table II.
(4) Repeat 5.6.3.4.2c(2) and 5.6.3.4.2c(3) for other frequencies as required by
4.3.9.1 and 4.3.9.2.
5.6.3.5.1 Transmit mode for transmitters and amplifiers.
The data presentation shall be as follows:
a. Continuously and automatically plot amplitude versus frequency profiles for each tuned
frequency. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for plot verification.
b. Provide a minimum frequency resolution of 1% or twice the measurement receiver
each plot.
c. Provide tabular data showing fo and frequencies of all harmonics and spurious
emissions measured, power level of the fundamental and all harmonics and spurious
emissions, dB down level, and all correction factors including cable loss, attenuator
pads, and insertion loss of rejection networks.
d. The relative dB down level is determined by subtracting the level in 5.6.3.4.1c(7) from
that obtained in 5.6.3.4.1c(5).
5.6.3.5.2 Receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers.
The data presentation shall be as follows:
a. Continuously and automatically plot amplitude versus frequency profiles for each tuned
frequency. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for plot verification.
each plot.
43 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
Transmitter Amplifier Signal

EUT EUT Generator
Path for
Measurement
Signal
Generator
Path for
System Check
Attenuator
Rejection
If Required Network
Measurement
Receiver
FIGURE CE106-1. Setup for low power transmitters and amplifiers.
44 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
Transmitter Amplifier Signal

EUT EUT Generator
Path for
Measurement
Signal
Generator
Path for
System Check
Dummy Load
or Coupler
Shielded
Antenna
Attenuator
Rejection
If Required Network
Measurement
Receiver
FIGURE CE106-2. Setup for high power transmitters and amplifiers.
45 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
EUT
Path for
Measurement
Signal
Generator
Path for Attenuator

System Check
Measurement
Receiver
Data
Recording
Device
FIGURE CE106-3. Setup for receivers and stand-by mode for transmitters and amplifiers.
46 CE106
MIL-STD-461G
5.7 CS101, conducted susceptibility, power leads.

5.7.1 CS101 applicability.
This requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 150 kHz for equipment and subsystem AC, limited
to current draws ≤ 30 amperes per phase, and DC input power leads, not including returns.
This is also applicable to systems that draw more than 30 amps if the system has an operating
frequency 150 kHz or less and an operating sensitivity of 1 µV or better (such as 0.5 µV). If the
EUT is DC operated, this requirement is applicable over the frequency range of 30 Hz to 150
kHz. If the EUT is AC operated, this requirement is applicable starting from the second
harmonic of the EUT power frequency and extending to 150 kHz.
5.7.2 CS101 limit.
The EUT shall not exhibit any malfunction, degradation of performance, or deviation from
specified indications, beyond the tolerances indicated in the individual equipment or subsystem
specification, when subjected to a test signal with voltage levels as specified on Figure CS101-
1. The requirement is also met when the power source is adjusted to dissipate the power level
shown on Figure CS101-2 in a 0.5 ohm load and the EUT is not susceptible.
5.7.3 CS101 test procedure.
5.7.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand signals coupled onto
input power leads. There are two methods provided for making measurements of the applied
signal. The first uses an oscilloscope with a power input isolation transformer. The second
uses a measurement receiver together with a transducer. The transducer electrically isolates
the receiver from the EUT power and reduces the levels to protect the receiver.
a. Signal generator
b. Power amplifier
c. Oscilloscope or measurement receiver
d. Coupling transformer
e. Capacitor, 10 μF
f. Isolation transformer for oscilloscope use or transducer for measurement receiver use
g. Resistor, 0.5 ohm
h. LISNs
5.7.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Calibration. Configure the test equipment in accordance with Figure CS101-3. Set up
the oscilloscope or measurement receiver/transducer to monitor the voltage across the
0.5 ohm resistor.
c. EUT testing.
47 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
(1) For DC or single phase AC power, configure the test equipment as shown on
Figure CS101-4.
(2) For three phase wye power (four power leads), configure the test setup as
shown on Figure CS101-5.
(3) For three phase delta power, configure the test setup as shown on Figure
CS101-6.
5.7.3.4 Procedures.
a. Turn on the measurement equipment and allow sufficient time for stabilization.
b. Calibration.
(1) Set the signal generator to the lowest test frequency.
(2) Increase the applied signal until the oscilloscope or measurement receiver
indicates the voltage level corresponding to the maximum required power level
specified for the limit on Figure CS101-2. Verify the output waveform is
sinusoidal for oscilloscope measurements.
(3) Record the setting of the signal source.
(4) Scan the required frequency range for testing and record the signal source
setting needed to maintain the required power level.
c. EUT testing.
(1) Turn on the EUT and allow sufficient time for stabilization. CAUTION: Exercise
care when performing this test since the "safety ground" of the oscilloscope is
disconnected due to the isolation transformer and a shock hazard may be
present.
(2) Set the signal generator to the lowest test frequency. Increase the signal level
until the required voltage or power level is reached on the power lead. (NOTE:
Power is limited to the level calibrated in 5.7.3.4b(2).)
(3) While maintaining at least the required signal level, scan through the required
frequency range at a rate no greater than specified in Table III.
(4) Susceptibility evaluation.
(a) Monitor the EUT for degradation of performance.
(b) If susceptibility is noted, determine the threshold level in accordance with
4.3.10.4.3.
(5) Repeat 5.7.3.4c(2) through 5.7.3.4c(4) for each power lead, as required. For
three phase delta power, the measurements shall be made as specified below:
48 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
Coupling Transformer Voltage Measurement

in Line From
A A to B
B B to C
C C to A
For three phase wye power (four leads) the measurements shall be made as
specified below:
Coupling Transformer Voltage Measurement

in Line From
A A to neutral
B B to neutral
C C to neutral
a. Provide graphical or tabular data showing the frequencies and amplitudes at which the
test was conducted for each lead.
b. Provide data on any susceptibility thresholds and the associated frequencies that were
determined for each power lead.
c. Provide indications of compliance with the applicable requirements for the
susceptibility evaluation specified in 5.7.3.4c for each lead.
49 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
150
140
CURVE #1
136
130
CURVE #2
126
Limit Level (dBV)
120
110
106.5
NOMINAL EUT APPLICABLE

100 SOURCE VOLTAGE CURVE
96.5
ABOVE 28 VOLTS #1
90 28 VOLTS OR BELOW #2
80
150k
10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CS101-1. CS101 voltage limit for all applications.
50 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
100
80
10
Limit level (Watts)
0.1 0.09
0.01 150k
10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CS101-2. CS101 power limit for all applications.
51 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE CS101-3. Calibration.
52 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
Isolation Transformer
Receiver/Transducer
Oscilloscope with
or Measurement
FIGURE CS101-4. Signal injection, DC or single phase AC.
53 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
Receiver/Transducer
Oscilloscope with
Transformer or
Measurement
Isolation
FIGURE CS101-5. Signal injection, 3-phase wye.
54 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
Isolation Transformer
Receiver/Transducer
Oscilloscope with
or Measurement
FIGURE CS101-6. Signal injection, 3-phase delta.
55 CS101
MIL-STD-461G
5.8 CS103, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, intermodulation.

This receiver front-end susceptibility requirement is applicable from 15 kHz to 10 GHz for
equipment and subsystems, such as communications receivers, RF amplifiers, transceivers,
radar receivers, acoustic receivers, and electronic warfare receivers as specified in the
individual procurement specification.
5.8.2 CS103 limit.
The EUT shall not exhibit any intermodulation products beyond specified tolerances when
subjected to the limit requirement provided in the individual procurement specification.
5.8.3 CS103 test procedures.
5.8.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to determine the presence of intermodulation products that may be
caused by undesired signals at the EUT antenna input ports.
5.8.3.2 Test requirements.
The required test equipment, setup, procedures, and data presentation shall be determined on
a case-by-case basis in accordance with the guidance provided in A.5.8 of the appendix of this
standard.
56 CS103
MIL-STD-461G
5.9 CS104, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, rejection of undesired signals.

This receiver front-end susceptibility requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 20 GHz for
equipment and subsystems, such as communications receivers, RF amplifiers, transceivers,
radar receivers, acoustic receivers, and electronic warfare receivers as specified in the
individual procurement specification. For Navy ships and submarines, this requirement is
applicable for all receivers. The applicable frequencies are a function of the front-end design of
the unit being evaluated.
5.9.2 CS104 limit.
The EUT shall not exhibit any undesired response beyond specified tolerances when subjected
to the limit requirement provided in the individual procurement specification.
5.9.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to determine the presence of spurious responses that may be
caused by undesired signals at the EUT antenna input ports.
The required test equipment, setup, procedures, and data presentation shall be determined on
a case-by-case basis in accordance with the guidance provided in A.5.9 of the appendix of this
standard.
57 CS104
MIL-STD-461G
5.10 CS105, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, cross modulation.

This receiver front-end susceptibility requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 20 GHz only for
receivers that normally process amplitude-modulated RF signals, as specified in the individual
procurement specification.
5.10.2 CS105 limit.
The EUT shall not exhibit any undesired response, due to cross modulation, beyond specified
tolerances when subjected to the limit requirement provided in the individual procurement
specification.
5.10.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to determine the presence of cross-modulation products that may
be caused by undesired signals at the EUT antenna ports.
The required test equipment, setup, procedures, and data presentation shall be determined in
accordance with the guidance provided in A.5.10 of the appendix of this standard.
58 CS105
MIL-STD-461G
5.11 CS109, conducted susceptibility, structure current.

This requirement is applicable from 60 Hz to 100 kHz for equipment and subsystems that have
an operating frequency of 100 kHz or less and an operating sensitivity of 1 μV or better (such
as 0.5 μV). Handheld equipment is exempt from this requirement.
5.11.2 CS109 limit.
specification, when subjected to the values shown on Figure CS109-1.
5.11.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand structure currents.
a. Signal generator
b. Amplifier (if required)
c. Isolation transformers
d. Current probe
e. Measurement receiver
f. Resistor, 0.5 ohm
g. Coupling transformer
5.11.3.3 Setup.
a. It is not necessary to maintain the basic test setup for the EUT as shown and
described on Figures 2 through 5 and in 4.3.8.
b. Calibration. No special calibration is required.
c. EUT testing.
(1) As shown on Figure CS109-2, configure the EUT and the test equipment
(including the test signal source, the test current measurement equipment, and
the equipment required for operating the EUT or measuring performance
degradation) to establish a single-point ground for the test setup using the EUT
ground terminal.
(a) Using isolation transformers, isolate all AC power sources. For DC power,
isolation transformers are not applicable.
(b) Disconnect the safety ground leads of all input power cables.
(c) Place the EUT and the test equipment on non-conductive surfaces to enable
a single point ground to be established.
(2) The test points for the injected currents shall be as follows:
59 CS109
MIL-STD-461G
(a) Equipment that will not be rack mounted: At diagonal extremes across only
the mounting surface.
(b) Rack mounted equipment: At diagonal extremes across all surfaces of the
equipment.
(c) Deck resting equipment: At diagonal extremes across all surfaces of the
equipment.
(d) Bulkhead mounted equipment: At diagonal extremes across rear surface of
the equipment.
(e) Cables (all mounting methods): Between cable armor, which is terminated
at the EUT, and the single point ground established for the test setup. This
requirement shall also apply to cable shields and conduit, unless they have
a single point ground.
(3) Connect the signal generator and resistor to a selected set of test points.
Attachment to the test points shall be by conductors that are perpendicular to the
test surface for a length of at least 50 cm.
5.11.3.4 Procedures.
a. Turn on the EUT and measurement equipment and allow sufficient time for
stabilization.
b. Set the signal generator to the lowest required frequency. Adjust the signal generator
to the required level as a minimum. Monitor the current with the current probe and
measurement receiver.
c. Scan the signal generator over the required frequency range in accordance with Table
III while maintaining the current level at least to the level specified in the applicable
limit. Monitor the EUT for susceptibility.
d. If susceptibility is noted, determine the threshold level in accordance with 4.3.10.4.3.
e. Repeat 5.11.3.4b through 5.11.3.4d for each diagonal set of test points on each
surface of the EUT to be tested.
a. Provide a table showing the mode of operation, susceptible frequency, current
threshold level, current limit level, and susceptible test points.
b. Provide a diagram of the EUT showing the location of each set of test points.
60 CS109
MIL-STD-461G
130
120
110
103
100
90
80
70
60
10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M

Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE CS109-1. CS109 limit.
61 CS109
MIL-STD-461G
AC DC
Power Power
Input Input
EUT
Ground Isolation
Terminal Transformer
Single-Point
Ground
EUT
Conductors must be
perpendicular to surface
for at least 50 cm
0.5 
Current
Probe Coupling
Transformer
Measurement
Receiver
Amplifier
Signal
Generator
FIGURE CS109-2. Test configuration.
62 CS109
MIL-STD-461G
5.12 CS114, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection.

This requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 200 MHz for all interconnecting cables, including
power cables. For EUTs intended to be installed on ships or submarines, an additional
common mode limit of 77 dBμA is applicable from 4 kHz to 1 MHz on complete power cables
(highs and returns - common mode test).
5.12.2 CS114 limit.
specified indications beyond the tolerances indicated in the individual equipment or subsystem
specification, when subjected to an injection probe drive level which has been pre-calibrated to
the appropriate current limit shown on Figure CS114-1 and is modulated as specified below.
The appropriate limit curve on Figure CS114-1 shall be selected from Table VI. Requirements
are also met if the EUT is not susceptible at forward power levels sensed by the directional
coupler that are below those determined during calibration provided that the actual current
induced in the cable under test is Curve 5 = 115 dBµA, Curve 4 = 103 dBµA, Curve 3 = 95
dBµA, Curve 2 = 89 dBµA and Curve 1 = 83 dBµA across the frequency range.
The requirement is not applicable for coaxial cables to antenna ports of antenna-connected
receivers except for surface ships and submarines.
5.12.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand RF signals coupled onto
EUT associated cabling.
b. Current injection probes (maximum and recommended minimum insertion loss shown
on Figure CS114-2)
c. Current probes
d. Calibration fixture: coaxial transmission line with 50 ohm characteristic impedance,
coaxial connections on both ends, and space for an injection probe around the center
conductor.
e. Directional couplers
f. Signal generators
g. Plotter
h. Attenuators, 50 ohm
i. Coaxial loads, 50 ohm
j. Power amplifiers
k. LISNs
63 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
5.12.3.3 Setup.
5 and in 4.3.8.
b. Calibration. Configure the test equipment in accordance with Figure CS114-3 for
calibrating injection probes.
(1) Place the injection probe around the center conductor of the calibration fixture
and the monitor probe around a second fixture. Terminate the monitor probe
with a 50 ohm load.
(2) Terminate one end of the calibration fixture with a 50 ohm load and terminate the
other end with an attenuator connected to measurement receiver A.
c. EUT testing. Configure the test equipment as shown on Figure CS114-5 for testing of
the EUT.
(1) Place the injection and monitor probes around a cable bundle interfacing with
EUT connector.
(2) To minimize errors, maintain the same signal circuit that was used for calibration
between the attenuator at the calibration fixture (oscilloscope, coaxial cables,
bulkhead connectors, additional attenuators, etc.) and connect the circuit to the
monitor probe. Additional attenuation may be used, if necessary.
(3) Locate the monitor probe 5 cm from the connector. If the overall length of the
connector, backshell or backshell extension exceeds 5 cm, position the monitor
probe as close to the connector's backshell or backshell extension as possible.
(4) Position the injection probe 5 cm from the monitor probe.
b. Calibration. Perform the following procedures using the calibration setup.
(1) Set the signal generator to 10 kHz, unmodulated.
(2) Increase the applied signal until measurement receiver A indicates the current
level specified in the applicable limit exists in the center conductor of the
calibration fixture.
(3) Record the "forward power" to the injection probe indicated on measurement
receiver B.
(4) Scan the frequency band from 10 kHz to 200 MHz and record the forward power
needed to maintain the required current amplitude.
c. Verification. With the probes still in the calibration setup, configure the verification of
the test system using Figure CS114-4. Conduct a scan as though this is a test of an
EUT cable.
(1) Set the signal generator to 10 kHz (modulation is optional and should not have
an effect).
64 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
(2) Apply the forward power level determined under 5.12.3.4b(4) to the injection
probe while monitoring the induced current on the monitor probe.
(3) Scan the required frequency range with minimal dwell times and step sizes twice
those in Table II while maintaining the forward power level at the calibrated level
determined under 5.12.3.4b(4). Verify that the forward power follows the
calibration and that the developed current is within a 3 dB tolerance of the
current test limit.
d. EUT testing. Configure the test as indicated on Figure CS114-5. Perform the
following procedures on each cable bundle interfacing with each electrical connector
on the EUT including complete power cables (high sides and returns). Also perform
the procedures on power cables with the power returns and chassis grounds (green
wires) excluded from the cable bundle. For connectors which include both
interconnecting leads and power, perform the procedures on the entire bundle, on the
power leads (including returns and grounds) grouped separately, and on the power
leads grouped with the returns and grounds removed.
(a) Set the signal generator to 10 kHz with 1 kHz pulse modulation, 50% duty
cycle. Verify that the modulation is present on the drive signal for each
signal generator/modulation source combination. Ensure that the
modulation frequency, waveform and depth (40 dB minimum from peak to
baseline) are correct.
(b) Apply the forward power level determined under 5.12.3.4b(4) to the injection
probe while monitoring the induced current. For shielded cables or low
impedance circuits, it may be preferable to increase the signal gradually to
limit the current.
(c) Scan the required frequency range in accordance with 4.3.10.4.1 and Table
III while maintaining the forward power level at the calibration level
determined under 5.12.3.4b(4), or the maximum current level for the
applicable limit, whichever is less stringent.
(d) Monitor the EUT for degradation of performance during testing.
(e) Whenever susceptibility is noted, determine the threshold level in
accordance with 4.3.10.4.3.
(f) For EUTs with redundant cabling for safety critical reasons such as multiple
data buses, use simultaneous multi-cable injection techniques.
a. Provide amplitude versus frequency plots for the forward power levels required to
obtain the calibration level as determined in 5.12.3.4b.
b. Provide tables showing scanned frequency ranges and statements of compliance with
the requirements for the susceptibility evaluation of 5.12.3.4d(2) for each interface
connector. Provide any susceptibility thresholds that were determined, along with their
associated frequencies.
65 CS114
TABLE VI. CS114 limit curves.
LIMIT CURVE NUMBERS SHOWN IN FIGURE CS-114-1 AND LIMITS
ALL SHIPS
PLATFORM (ABOVE DECK
AIRCRFAFT SHIPS (NON-
& EXPOSED SHIPS
(EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT METALLIC) SUBMARINE
BELOW DECK) (METALLIC) GROUND SPACE
OR SAFETY INTERNAL (BELOW (INTERNAL)
AND (BELOW DECKS)
FREQUENCY CRITICAL) DECK)**
SUBMARINES
RANGE (EXTERNAL)*
4 kHz to N - - 77 dBµA 77 dBµA 77 dBµA 77 dBµA - -

1MHz
A 5 5 2 2 2 1 3 3
66
10 kHz
to N 5 3 2 2 2 1 2 3
2 MHz
AF 5 3 - - - - 2 3
MIL-STD-461G
A 5 5 5 2 4 1 4 3
2 MHz
to N 5 5 5 2 4 1 2 3
30 MHz
AF 5 3 - - - - 2 3
A 5 5 5 2 2 2 4 3
30 MHz
to N 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 3
200 MHZ
AF 5 3 - - - - 2 3
KEY: A = Army * For equipment located external to the pressure hull of a submarine but within the
N= Navy superstructure, use SHIPS (METALLIC) (BELOW DECKS)
AF= Air Force ** For equipment located in the hangar deck of Aircraft Carriers
CS114
120
CURVE #5
110 109
100 101
CURVE #4
97
CURVE #3
90 89
CURVE #2
83
80 CURVE #1 81
77
67
75
70 69 69

MIL-STD-461G
60
57
50 49
THE APPROPRIATE LIMIT CURVE SHALL
FIGURE CS114-1. CS114 calibration limits.

43 BE DETERMINED FROM TABLE VI.
40
37
10k 100k 1M 10M 100M 1G

Frequency (Hz)
CS114
MIL-STD-461G
45
40
35
Insertion Loss (dB)
30 Maximum insertion loss

25
20
15
10
Recommended minimum
5 insertion loss
0
0.001 0.01 0.1 1 10 100 1000
Frequency (MHz)
FIGURE CS114-2. Insertion loss for injection probes.
68 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE CS114-3. Calibration setup.
69 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
Measurement
A
Receiver
FIGURE CS114-4. Verification setup.
70 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
Power
Input
LISN
Injection
Probe
5 cm
Monitor
Probe
5 cm
EUT
5 cm Measurement
Monitor Receiver
Probe A
5 cm
Injection
Probe Directional
Amplifier
Coupler
Interconnecting
Cables
Measurement
Receiver Signal
Actual or Simulated Generator
B
Loads and Signals
FIGURE CS114-5. Bulk cable injection evaluation.
71 CS114
MIL-STD-461G
5.13 CS115, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection, impulse excitation.

This requirement is applicable to all aircraft, space, and ground system interconnecting cables,
including power cables. The requirement is also applicable for surface ship and submarine
subsystems and equipment when specified by the procuring activity.
5.13.2 CS115 limit.
specified indications, beyond the tolerances indicated in the individual equipment or
subsystems specification, when subjected to a pre-calibrated signal having rise and fall times,
pulse width, and amplitude as specified on Figure CS115-1 at a 30 Hz rate for one minute.
5.13.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand impulse signals coupled
onto EUT associated cabling.
a. Pulse generator, 50 ohm, charged line (coaxial)
b. Current injection probe
c. Drive cable, 50 ohm, 2 meters, 0.5 dB or less insertion loss at 500 MHz
d. Current probe
e. Calibration fixture: coaxial transmission line with 50 ohm characteristic impedance,
conductor.
f. Oscilloscope, 50 ohm input impedance
g. Attenuators, 50 ohm
h. Coaxial loads, 50 ohm
i. LISNs
5.13.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
calibrating the injection probe.
(1) Place the injection probe around the center conductor of the calibration fixture.
(2) Terminate one end of the calibration fixture with a coaxial load and terminate the
other end with an attenuator connected to an oscilloscope with 50 ohm input
impedance.
c. EUT testing. Configure the test equipment as shown on Figure CS115-3 for testing of
the EUT.
72 CS115
MIL-STD-461G
(1) Place the injection and monitor probes around a cable bundle interfacing with an
EUT connector.
b. Calibration. Perform the following procedures using the calibration setup.
(1) Adjust the pulse generator source for the risetime, pulse width, and pulse
repetition rate requirements specified in the requirement.
(2) Increase the signal applied to the calibration fixture until the oscilloscope
indicates that the current level specified in the requirement exists in the center
conductor of the calibration fixture.
(3) Verify that the rise time, fall time, and pulse width portions of the waveform have
the correct durations and that the correct repetition rate is present. The precise
pulse shape will not be reproduced due to the inductive coupling mechanism.
(4) Record the pulse generator amplitude setting.
c. EUT testing.
(a) Adjust the pulse generator, as a minimum, for the amplitude setting
determined in 5.13.3.4b(4).
(b) Apply the test signal at the pulse repetition rate and for the duration
specified in the requirement.
(c) Monitor the EUT for degradation of performance during testing.
(d) Whenever susceptibility is noted, determine the threshold level in
accordance with 4.3.10.4.3.
(e) Record the peak current induced in the cable as indicated on the
oscilloscope.
(f) Repeat 5.13.3.4c(2)(a) through 5.13.3.4c(2)(e) on each cable bundle
interfacing with each electrical connector on the EUT. For power cables,
perform 5.13.3.4c(2)(a) through 5.13.3.4c(2)(e) on complete power cables
(high sides and returns) and on the power cables with the power returns and
chassis grounds (green wires) excluded from the cable bundle. For
73 CS115
MIL-STD-461G
connectors which include both interconnecting leads and power, perform

5.13.3.4c(2)(a) through 5.13.3.4c(2)(e) on the entire bundle, on the power
leads (including returns and grounds) grouped separately, and on the power
leads grouped with the returns and grounds removed.
a. Provide tables showing statements of compliance with the requirement for the
susceptibility evaluation of 5.13.3.4c(2) and the induced current level for each interface
connector.
b. Provide any susceptibility thresholds that were determined.
c. Provide graphical representation of injected waveforms with test data.
30 ns. (Minimum)
5
90%
4 REPETITION RATE = 30Hz

Limit Level (Amps)
10%
0
2 2
Nanoseconds
FIGURE CS115-1. CS115 signal characteristics for all applications.
74 CS115
MIL-STD-461G
Coaxial Load
Drive
Injection Cable
Probe
Pulse
Generator
Calibration
Fixture
Attenuator
Oscilloscope
(50  Input)
FIGURE CS115-2. Calibration setup.
75 CS115
MIL-STD-461G
Power
Input
LISN
Injection
Probe
5 cm
Monitor
Probe
5 cm
EUT
5 cm
Oscilloscope
Monitor (50  Input)
Probe
5 cm
Injection
Probe Pulse
Generator
Interconnecting
Cables
Drive Cable
Actual or Simulated
Loads and Signals
FIGURE CS115-3. Bulk cable injection.
76 CS115
MIL-STD-461G
5.14 CS116, conducted susceptibility, damped sinusoidal transients, cables and power
leads.
This requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 100 MHz for all interconnecting cables, including
power cables, and individual high side power leads. Power returns and neutrals need not be
tested individually. For submarine applications, this requirement is applicable only to cables
and leads external to or that exit the pressure hull.
5.14.2 CS116 limit.
specification, when subjected to a signal having the waveform shown on Figure CS116-1 and
having a maximum current as specified on Figure CS116-2. The limit is applicable across the
entire specified frequency range. Compliance shall be demonstrated at the following
frequencies: 0.01, 0.1, 1, 10, 30, and 100 MHz. If there are other frequencies known to be
critical to the equipment installation, such as platform resonances, compliance shall also be
demonstrated at those frequencies. The test signal repetition rate shall be no greater than one
pulse per second and no less than one pulse every two seconds. The pulses shall be applied
for a period of five minutes.
5.14.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand damped sinusoidal
transients coupled onto EUT associated cables and power leads.
a. Damped sinusoid transient generator,  100 ohm output impedance
b. Current injection probe
c. Oscilloscope, 50 ohm input impedance
d. Calibration fixture: Coaxial transmission line with 50 ohm characteristic impedance,
conductor
e. Current probes
f. Waveform recording device
g. Attenuators, 50 ohm
h. Measurement receivers
i. Coaxial loads, 50 ohm
j. LISNs
5.14.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
77 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
verification of the waveform.
c. EUT testing:
(1) Configure the test equipment as shown on Figure CS116-4.
(3) Place the injection and monitor probes around a cable bundle interfacing an EUT
connector.
b. Calibration. Perform the following procedures using the calibration setup for waveform
verification.
(1) Set the frequency of the damped sine generator at 10 kHz.
(2) Adjust the amplitude of the signal from the damped sine generator to the level
specified in the requirement.
(3) Record the damped sine generator settings.
(4) Verify and record that the waveform complies with the requirements. Calculate
and record the damping factor (Q).
(5) Repeat 5.14.3.4b(2) through 5.14.3.4b(4) for each frequency specified in the
requirement.
c. EUT testing. Perform the following procedures, using the EUT test setup on each
cable bundle interfacing with each connector on the EUT including complete power
cables. Also perform tests on each individual high side power lead (individual power
returns and neutrals are not required to be tested). For delta configured power leads,
test each power lead separately in addition to bulk cable.
(1) Turn on the EUT and measurement equipment to allow sufficient time for
stabilization.
(2) Set the damped sine generator to a test frequency.
(3) Apply the calibrated test signals to each cable or power lead of the EUT
sequentially. Reduce the signal, if necessary, to produce the required current.
For shielded cables or low impedance circuits, it may be preferable to increase
the signal gradually to limit the current. Record the peak current obtained.
(4) Monitor the EUT for degradation of performance.
78 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
(5) If susceptibility is noted, determine the threshold level in accordance with

4.3.10.4.3.
(6) Repeat 5.14.3.4c(2) through 5.14.3.4c(5) for each test frequency as specified in
the requirement.
a. Provide a list of the frequencies and amplitudes at which the test was conducted for
each cable and lead.
b. Provide data on any susceptibility thresholds and the associated frequencies that were
determined for each connector and power lead.
c. Provide indications of compliance with the requirements for the susceptibility
evaluation specified in 5.14.3.4c for each interface connector.
d. Provide graphical representation of calibrated (with Q values) and injected waveforms
with test data.
79 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
IP
CURRENT
TIME
1/f 2/f 3/f
f t)/Q
NOTES: 1. Normalized waveform: e -( sin(2ft)
Where:
f = Frequency (Hz)
t = Time (sec)
Q = Damping factor, 15 5
2. Damping factor (Q) shall be determined as follows:

(N - 1)
Q = ln(I /I )
P N
Where:
Q = Damping factor
N = Cycle number (i.e. N = 2, 3, 4, 5,…)
IP = Peak current at 1st cycle
IN = Peak current at cycle closest to 50% decay
ln = Natural log
3. IP as specified in Figure CS116-2
FIGURE CS116-1. Typical CS116 damped sinusoidal waveform.
80 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
100
Peak current (Amperes)
10
0.1
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
Frequency (MHz)
FIGURE CS116-2. CS116 limit for all applications.
81 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
Coaxial Load
Injection
Probe
Damped Sinusoid
Transient Generator
Calibration
Fixture
Attenuator
Storage
Oscilloscope
FIGURE CS116-3. Typical test setup for calibration of test waveform.
82 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
Power
Input
LISN
Injection
Probe
5 cm
Monitor
Probe
5 cm
EUT
5 cm Storage
Monitor Oscilloscope
Probe
5 cm
Damped
Injection
Sinusoid
Probe
Generator
Interconnecting
Cables
Actual or Simulated
Loads and Signals
FIGURE CS116-4. Typical set up for bulk cable injection of damped sinusoidal
transients.
83 CS116
MIL-STD-461G
5.15 CS117, conducted susceptibility, lightning induced transients, cables and power
leads.
This requirement is applicable to all safety-critical equipment interconnecting cables, including
complete power cables, and individual high side power leads. It is also applicable to non-safety
critical equipment with interconnecting cables/electrical interfaces that are part of or connected
to equipment performing safety critical functions. It may be applicable to equipment performing
non-safety critical functions when specified by the procuring activity. This requirement also has
limited applicability to surface ship equipment which have cables routed above deck.
5.15.2 CS117 limit.
specification, when subjected to the levels and lightning transients specified in Table VII and
supplemented by the waveform and timing definitions shown on Figures CS117-1 through
CS117-8. The applicable transients of Table VII are considered default values and waveforms
based upon previous experience and shall be used for the defined equipment functionality when
the host platform lightning transient data does not exist. In the event that there is platform
lightning transient data available, this data may be used to tailor the requirements with different
selected levels or waveforms, pending approval by the procuring activity. Note that the power
lines are tested separately as well as within the bundle as defined in the test procedures section
and are tested at the levels defined in Table VII.
5.15.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand lightning transients
coupled onto EUT associated cables and power leads.
a. Lightning transient generator
b. Injection Transformers
c. Oscilloscope
d. Current monitor probes
e. Attenuators, 50 ohm, as needed on current monitor probes
f. Voltage monitor probes, high impedance
g. Monitor loop, low impedance wire loop
h. Calibration loop, low impedance wire loop
i. Capacitors, ≥ 28,000 µF for DC power inputs and 10 µF for AC power inputs
j. LISNs
5.15.3.3 Setup.
5 and section 4.3.8. The power input side of the LISN shall have a ≥ 28,000 µF
84 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
capacitor between the high and return for DC power and a 10 µF capacitor from high
and return to ground plane for AC power.
verification of the waveform, both short circuit current and open circuit voltage.
c. EUT testing:
(1) Configure the test equipment as shown on Figure CS117-10, Figure CS117-11 or
Figure CS117-12.
(2) Place the injection transformer and current monitor probe(s) around a cable
bundle interfacing an EUT connector.
(3) Locate the current monitor probe 5-15 cm from the connector. If the overall length
of the connector and backshell exceeds 15 cm, position the current monitor probe
as close to the connector’s backshell as possible.
(4) Position the injection transformer 5-50 cm from the current monitor probe.
(5) Place a monitor loop in the injection transformer and connect a voltage monitor
probe.
b. Calibration. Perform the following procedures using the calibration setup for waveform
verification.
(1) Connect the transient generator to the primary input of the injection transformer.
(2) For each waveform, at the designated test level (VT or IT), record the voltage
waveform with the calibration loop open or the current waveform with the
calibration loop shorted, as applicable. Verify that each waveform complies with
the relevant waveshape parameters shown on Figure CS117-1 through Figure
CS117-6. It is not necessary for the transient generator to produce the associated
voltage or current limit level (VL or IL) and waveshape. However, if the transient
generator is capable of reaching the designated limit level (VL or IL), record and
verify the limit waveform at that generator setting.
(3) For the Multiple Stroke and Multiple Burst tests, also verify the applicable pulse
patterns and timing identified on Figure CS117-7 and Figure CS117-8.
(4) Reverse the transient generator polarity and repeat 5.15.3.4b(2) through
5.15.3.4b(3).
c. EUT testing.
(1) Turn on the EUT and measurement equipment to allow sufficient time for
stabilization.
(2) While applying transients, increase the generator setting until the designated test
level (VT or IT) or the limit level (VL or IL) is reached. Adjustments shall be made in
the generator settings and/or injection transformer configuration as necessary to
enable the required test level (VT or IT) to be achieved in the tested cable unless
the corresponding limit level (VL or IL) is reached first. Calibration shall then be
85 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
repeated if changes are made to the injection transformer configuration. Record

the waveforms and amplitude levels obtained. If the limit level (VL or IL) is reached
before the test level (VT or IT), the test shall be reevaluated to determine if the test
is acceptable as follows:
(a) If the transient generator produced a compliant limit waveform (amplitude
and waveshape) during calibration, the test is acceptable.
(b) If the specified limit waveform is achieved during the test and is within the
waveshape tolerances shown on Figure CS117-1 through Figure CS117-6,
the test is acceptable.
(c) If one of the above criteria is not met, then the test shall be repeated for that
cable bundle using another transient generator that can meet the limit
waveform requirements. In this case, the associated limit level (VL or IL) now
becomes the test level (VT or IT) and the test level now becomes the limit
level. Calibration shall be repeated using the substitute transient generator.
When measuring voltage or current waveform levels, short duration spikes or
high frequency noise due to instrument noise, switching transients, or loading
effects shall be ignored.
(3) For the Multiple Stroke test, at the generator setting established in 5.15.3.4c(2),
apply a minimum of ten multiple stroke applications while monitoring the operation
of the EUT. The maximum time between application of each Multiple Stroke
transient shall be no greater than 5 minutes.
(4) For the Multiple Burst test, at the generator setting established in 5.15.3.4c(2),
apply a multiple burst application every 3 seconds (3 seconds between the start of
each set of three bursts) continuously for a minimum of 5 minutes.
(5) Reverse the transient generator polarity and repeat 5.15.3.4c(2) through
5.15.3.4c(4).
(6) Repeat 5.15.3.4c(2) through 5.15.3.4c(5) on each cable bundle interfacing with
each electrical connector on the EUT. For power cables, perform 5.15.3.4c(2)
through 5.15.3.4c(5) on complete power cables (high sides and returns) and on
the power cables with the power returns and chassis grounds (green wires)
excluded from the cable bundle. For connectors which include both
interconnecting leads and power, perform 5.15.3.4c(2) through 5.15.3.4c(5) on the
entire bundle, on the power leads (including returns and grounds) grouped
separately, and on the power leads grouped with the returns and grounds
removed.
5.15.3.5. Data presentation.
a. Provide a list of the waveforms and amplitudes at which the test was conducted for
each cable and lead.
b. Provide graphical representation of calibration waveforms.
c. Provide graphical representation of test waveforms for each cable and lead tested; one
sample for each polarity.
86 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
d. Provide data on any susceptibility thresholds and the associated waveforms that were
determined for each connector and power lead.
e. Provide probe correction factors and attenuator data (if used) on the data plots if not
automatically applied to the displayed waveforms.
f. Provide indications of compliance with the requirements for the susceptibility
evaluation specified in 5.15.3.4c for each interface connector.
87 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE VII. CS117 Test and limit levels for multiple stroke and multiple burst lightning
tests.
Multiple Stroke
Internal External
Applicability Test Description
Equipment Levels** Equipment Levels**
First Stroke First Stroke
VL = 300 V (WF2) VL = 750 V (WF2)
IT = 600 A (WF1) IT = 1500 A (WF1)
Waveform 2 (WF2)/ IT = 60 A* IT = 150 A*
All equipment installations
Waveform 1 (WF1) Subsequent Strokes Subsequent Strokes
VL = 150 V (WF2) VL = 375 V (WF2)
IT = 150 A (WF1) IT = 375 A (WF1)
IT = 30 A* IT = 75 A*
VT = 600 V (WF3) VT = 1500 V (WF3)
IL = 120 A (WF3) IL = 300 A (WF3)
Waveform 3 (WF3) – IL = 24 A* IL = 60 A*
1 MHz and 10 MHz Subsequent Strokes Subsequent Strokes
VT = 300 V (WF3) VT = 750 V (WF3)
IL = 60 A (WF3) IL = 150 A (WF3)
IL = 12 A* IL = 30 A*
VL = 300 V (WF4) VL = 750 V (WF4)
IT = 1000 A (WF5A) IT = 2000 A (WF5A)
Equipment installations
Waveform 4 (WF4)/ IT = 300 A* IT = 750 A*
routed in areas with
Waveform 5A (WF5A) Subsequent Strokes Subsequent Strokes
composite skin/structure.
VL = 75 V (WF4) VL = 187.5 V (WF4)
IT = 200 A (WF5A) IT = 400 A (WF5A)
IT = 150 A* IT = 375 A*
Multiple Burst
Internal External
Applicability Test Description
Equipment Levels** Equipment Levels**
Waveform 3 (WF3) – VT = 360 V (WF3) VT = 900 V (WF3)
1 MHz and 10 MHz IL = 6 A (WF3) IL = 15 A (WF3)
Equipment installations that
utilize short, low VL = 600 V (WF6) VL = 1500 V (WF6)
Waveform 6 (WF6)
impedance cable bundle IT = 30 A (WF6) IT = 75 A (WF6)
installations.
Notes:
*These current levels are intended for individual power leads or low count wire bundles. When multiple
leads are tested together, this current shall be increased to the full bundle level or to the number of leads
multiplied by the appropriate individual current test or limit level, whichever is less.
**Amplitude Tolerance is +20%,-0% for all waveforms, except the tolerance is relaxed to +50%,-0% for
the Subsequent Strokes. VT represents the test voltage level in volts and IT represents the test current
level in amperes. VL (volts) and IL (amperes) represent limits intended to prevent over-stressing the EUT
beyond the requirements.
88 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
I
Peak
T1 = 6.4 microseconds ± 20%
T2 = 69 microseconds ± 20%
50%
0 t
T1 T2
FIGURE CS117-1. Current Waveform 1.
V
Peak
T1 = 340 nanoseconds maximum
0 t
T1 T2
FIGURE CS117-2. Voltage Waveform 2.
89 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
V 25% to 75%
Largest of Largest Peak
Peak
50%
0 t
NOTE:
The waveshape may have either a damped sine or cosine waveshape.
V
Peak
50%
0 t
T1 T2
90 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
I
Peak
50%
0 t
T1 T2
FIGURE CS117-5. Current Waveform 5A.
I
Peak
50%
0 t
T1 T2
FIGURE CS117-6. Current Waveform 6.
91 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
First Subsequent Subsequent Subsequent Subsequent

First
Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke
Stroke
Level 10 ms ≤ ∆t ≤ 200 ms
Subsequent
Stroke
Level
1 2 3 13 14
1.5 seconds
One first transient followed by thirteen subsequent transients distributed over a period
of up to 1.5 seconds.
FIGURE CS117-7. Multiple stroke application.
50 µs ≤ ∆t ≤ 1000 µs
Test Level or 1 2 3 19 20
Limit Level
t
One burst is 20 transients spaced 50-1000 microseconds

30 ms ≤ ∆t ≤ 300 ms 20 Transients
Test Level or
Limit Level
t
1 2 3
One burst application is 3 sets of bursts spaced 30-300 milliseconds
FIGURE CS117-8. Multiple burst application.
92 CS117
MIL-STD-461G
Oscilloscope
Voltage
Monitor Probe
Monitor Loop
Current Injection
Shorted Monitor Probe Transformer
Loop
Open
Loop
Calibration Loop
Transient
Generator
FIGURE CS117-9. Typical test setup for calibration of lightning waveforms.
93 CS117
Oscilloscope
Voltage
Monitor Probe
Monitor Loop
Actual or
Current Injection Interconnecting Cables Simulated
EUT
Monitor Probe Transformer Loads and
94
Signals
5-15 cm 5-50 cm
MIL-STD-461G
LISN Transient
Generator
Capacitor
complete interconnecting cable bundles.

Power
Input
FIGURE CS117-10. Typical setup for bulk cable injection of lightning transients on
CS117
Oscilloscope
Voltage
Monitor Probe DC Power Inputs
Monitor Loop
LISN High
EUT Current Injection
95
Monitor Probe Transformer
LISN Return
28,000 µF
Minimum
5-15 cm 5-50 cm
MIL-STD-461G
10 µF
Transient LISN High

Generator
Actual or LISN Return
Simulated
10 µF
Loads and
complete power cables (high sides and returns).

Signals
AC Power Inputs
CS117
Oscilloscope
Voltage
Monitor Probe
DC Power Inputs
Monitor Loop
Current Injection
LISN High
Monitor Probe Transformer
EUT
96
LISN Return
28,000 µF
Minimum
5-15 cm 5-50 cm
MIL-STD-461G
10 µF
Transient LISN High

Generator
Actual or LISN Return
Simulated
Loads and 10 µF
Signals
AC Power Inputs
CS117
power cables with power returns and chassis grounds excluded from the cable bundle.
MIL-STD-461G
5.16 CS118, personnel borne electrostatic discharge.

This requirement is applicable to electrical, electronic, and electromechanical subsystems and
equipment that have a man-machine interface. It is not applicable to ordnance items.
5.16.2 CS118 limits.
specification, when subjected to the values shown in Table VIII while discharging from a 150
picofarads capacitor through a 330 ohm resistor with a circuit inductance not to exceed 5
microhenry. Contact discharge at 8kV is required for conductive surfaces. Air discharge is only
required where contact discharge cannot be applied.
5.16.3 CS118 test procedures
5.16.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand personnel borne
electrostatic discharge (ESD) in a powered up configuration.
a. ESD Generator, adjustable from ±2kV to ±15kV (minimum range), see Figure CS118-1
and Table X for simplified ESD generator characteristics.
b. ESD network, 150 picofarads (pF) capacitance, 330 ohm discharge resistance.
c. Contact discharge tip Figure CS118-2.
d. Air discharge tip Figure CS118-2.
e. Electrostatic voltmeter.
f. Oscilloscope, single event bandwidth ≥ 1 GHz.
g. ESD current target, input resistance 2 ±5% ohms, Figure CS118-3.
h. Attenuator, 20 dB.
i. Coaxial cable, 50 ohm impedance, ≤ 1 meter.
j. Metallic ground plane.
k. Ionizer or one (1) megohm resistor (1MΩ±10%).
5.16.3.3 Setup.
5 and in 4.3.8.
b. Test Point Selection. The electrostatic discharges shall be applied to those points and
surfaces of the EUT which are accessible to the operator/installer during normal use.
Test points to be considered shall include the following locations as applicable: any
conductive or non-conductive points in the control or keyboard area and any other
point of human contact such as switches, knobs, buttons, indicators LEDs, seams
slots, grilles, connector shells and other accessible areas. As a minimum, each face
shall be included.
97 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
c. Calibration. The calibration procedures shall be as follows:

(1) Install the 150 pF/330 ohm ESD network and air discharge tip onto the ESD
generator.
(2) Turn on the measurement equipment and allow sufficient time for stabilization.
(3) ESD generator voltage verification:
(a) Configure the test equipment in accordance with Figure CS118-5.
Setup the electrostatic voltmeter to monitor voltage from ESD
generator.
(b) Set the ESD generator output voltage to 2 kV.
(c) Using the electrostatic voltmeter, verify the output voltage of the ESD
generator is within +/-10% of the desired voltage level.
(d) Repeat step 5.16.3.3c(3) for each ESD test level in Table VIII.
(4) Discharge current verification. This system measurement check shall be
performed prior to testing and the results recorded.
(a) Setup the ESD current target, attenuator, and oscilloscope as shown
on Figure CS118-6.
(b) Configure the ESD simulator to use the contact discharge mode.
(c) Place the tip of the ESD simulator in contact with the target and
measure the waveform using the oscilloscope. Verify that each
parameter in Table IX and on Figure CS118-4 is met.
5.16.3.4 Test procedures.

a. Maintaining ESD Generator’s ground strap length used in 5.16.3.3c, ground the ESD
Generator to the EUT’s chassis ground point in the test setup.
b. The EUT shall be powered and operating during this test in a manner sufficient to
verify its operation.
(1) Set the ESD generator’s tip voltage to the selected test level as specified in
Table VIII.
(2) Apply five (5) positive discharges and five (5) negative discharges to each
EUT test point as discussed in test point selection in 5.16.3.3 (b).
(3) Apply the discharges using the following techniques:
(a) For contact discharges, place the ESD simulator tip directly on the
test point and discharge the ESD simulator.
(b) For air discharges, start at a distance from the test point where no
discharge occurs as the ESD simulator is energized, and slowly
move the tip perpendicular towards the test point at a rate no faster
than 0.3 m per second (0.3m/sec) until the discharge occurs or the
tip physically contacts the test point. In between discharges, remove
the residual charge from the test point by briefly grounding the test
point through a one (1) Megohm (1MΩ ± 10%) resistor, use of
98 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
ionizer, or by waiting for the charge to dissipate.

NOTE: Not all voltage levels may result in a discharge onto a dielectric
surface. If the test point withstands the voltage, the requirement is met for
that test point.
(4) Monitor the EUT for degradation of performance during testing.
(5) Repeat for each applicable level in Table VIII.
Data shall be presented detailing each discharge point, tip used, voltage applied to the EUT at
that point (including magnitude and polarity), type of discharge (air or contact), result of
application (discharge yes/no) and resulting operating behavior.
TABLE VIII. ESD test levels.
Level Test Voltage Method

(kV)
1 ±2 Air
2 ±4 Air
3 ±8 Contact/Air
4 ±15 Air
TABLE IX. ESD simulator contact discharge current verification values.
Displayed First Peak Current I1, Current I2

Rise time 1/
Voltage Current, ±15% ±30% (A) ±30% (A)
(ns)
(KV) (A) at t1 = 30 ns at t2 = 60 ns
±8 30 0.6 tr 1.0 16 8
1/Rise time is defined as the time from 10% to 90% of the peak value of the current
waveform.
99 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE X. ESD generator general specifications.
Parameters Values
Output voltage, contact discharge mode
At least 2 kV to 8 kV, nominal
(see NOTE 1)
Output voltage, air discharge mode
At least 2 kV to 15 kV, nominal
(see NOTE 1)
Tolerance of output voltage ±5 %
Polarity of output voltage Positive and negative
Holding time ≥5 s
Single discharge
Discharge mode of operation
(see NOTE 2)
NOTE 1: Open circuit voltage measured at the discharge electrode of the ESD generator.
NOTE 2: The generator should be able to generate at the repetition rate of at least 20
discharges per second for exploratory purposes.
FIGURE CS118-1. Simplified diagram of the ESD generator.
100 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE CS118-2. Discharge electrodes of the ESD generator.
2 Ω +/- 5%
FIGURE CS118-3. Sample ESD current target schematic representation.
101 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE CS118-4. Ideal contact discharge current waveform at 8 kV.
FIGURE CS118-5. Measurement system check setup, tip voltage verification.
102 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE CS118-6. Measurement system check setup, discharge current verification.
103 CS118
MIL-STD-461G
5.17 RE101, radiated emissions, magnetic field.

5.17.1 RE101 applicability.
This requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 100 kHz for radiated emissions from equipment
and subsystem enclosures, including electrical cable interfaces. The requirement does not
apply to radiation from antennas. For Navy aircraft, this requirement is applicable only for
aircraft with ASW equipment which operates between 30 Hz and 10 kHz such as: Acoustic
(Sonobouy) Receivers or Magnetic Anomaly Detectors (MAD).
5.17.2 RE101 limit.
Magnetic field emissions shall not be radiated in excess of the levels shown on Figures RE101-
1 and RE101-2 at a distance of 7 cm.
5.17.3 RE101 test procedures.
5.17.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that the magnetic field emissions from the EUT and its
associated electrical interfaces do not exceed specified requirements.
b. Data recording device
c. Loop sensor having the following specifications:
(1) Diameter: 13.3 cm
(2) Number of turns: 36
(3) Wire: DC resistance between 5 and 10 ohms
(4) Shielding: Electrostatic
(5) Correction factor: See manufacturer’s data for factors to convert
measurement receiver readings to decibels above one
picotesla (dBpT).
d. LISNs
e. Ohmmeter
f. Signal generator
5.17.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Measurement system integrity check. Configure the measurement setup as shown on
Figure RE101-3.
c. EUT testing. Configure the measurement receiving loop and EUT as shown on Figure
RE101-4.
104 RE101
MIL-STD-461G
(1) Apply a calibrated signal level, which is at least 6 dB below the limit (limit minus
the loop sensor correction factor), at a frequency of 50 kHz. Tune the
measurement receiver to a center frequency of 50 kHz. Record the measured
level.
(2) Verify that the measurement receiver indicates a level within ±3 dB of the
injected signal level.
(4) Using an ohmmeter, verify that the resistance of the loop sensor winding is
between 5 and 10 ohms.
c. EUT testing.
(2) Locate the loop sensor 7 cm from the EUT face or electrical interface connector
being probed. Orient the plane of the loop sensor parallel to the EUT faces and
parallel to the axis of connectors.
(3) Scan the measurement receiver over the applicable frequency range to locate
the frequencies of maximum radiation, using the bandwidths and minimum
measurement times of Table II.
(4) Tune the measurement receiver to one of the frequencies or band of frequencies
identified in 5.17.3.4c(3).
(5) Monitor the output of the measurement receiver while moving the loop sensor
(maintaining the 7 cm spacing) over the face of the EUT or around the
connector. Note the point of maximum radiation for each frequency identified in
5.17.3.4c(4).
(6) At 7 cm from the point of maximum radiation, orient the plane of the loop sensor
to give a maximum reading on the measurement receiver and record the
reading. If the measured emission exceeds the limit at the 7 cm distance,
increase the measurement distance until the emission falls within the specified
limit. Record the emissions and the measurement distance for assessment by
NOTE: The EUT shall comply with the applicable RE101 limit at 7 cm.
(7) Repeat 5.17.3.4c(4) through 5.17.3.4c(6) for at least two frequencies of
maximum radiation per octave of frequencies below 200 Hz and for at least three
frequencies of maximum radiation per octave above 200 Hz.
(8) Repeat 5.17.3.4c(2) through 5.17.3.4c(7) for each face of the EUT and for each
EUT electrical connector.
105 RE101
MIL-STD-461G

a. Provide graphs of scans and tabular listings of each measurement frequency, mode of
operation, measured magnetic field, and magnetic field limit level.
190
180
170
160
Limit Level (dBpT)
150
140
130
120
110
100
10 100 1k 10k 100k 1M
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RE101-1. RE101 limit for all Army applications.
106 RE101
MIL-STD-461G
170
160
150
140
130
Limit Level (dBpT)
120
114
110
100
90
80
76
70
60 450
10 100 1k 10k 100k
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RE101-2. RE101 limit for all Navy applications.
107 RE101
MIL-STD-461G
Coaxial
Measurement Cable Signal
Receiver Generator
FIGURE RE101-3. Measurement system integrity check configuration.
108 RE101
MIL-STD-461G
Power
Input
LISN
7 cm
Receiving
Loop
Measurement
EUT
Receiver
FIGURE RE101-4. Basic test setup.
109 RE101
MIL-STD-461G
5.18 RE102, radiated emissions, electric field.

This requirement is applicable for radiated emissions from equipment and subsystem
enclosures, and all interconnecting cables. For equipment with permanently mounted antennas
this requirement does not apply at the transmitter fundamental frequency and the necessary
occupied bandwidth of the signal. The requirement is applicable as follows:
a. Ground 2 MHz to 18 GHz
b. Ships, surface 10 kHz to 18 GHz
c. Submarines 10 kHz to 18 GHz
d. Aircraft (Army and Navy) 10 kHz to 18 GHz
e. Aircraft (Air Force) 2 MHz to 18 GHz
f. Space 10 kHz to 18 GHz
5.18.2 RE102 limits.

Electric field emissions shall not be radiated in excess of those shown on Figures RE102-1
through RE102-4. Above 30 MHz, the limits shall be met for both horizontally and vertically
polarized fields.
5.18.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that electric field emissions from the EUT and its
associated cabling do not exceed specified requirements.
a. Measurement receivers.
b. Data recording device.
c. Antennas:
(1) 10 kHz to 30 MHz, 104 cm rod with impedance matching network. The signal
output connector shall be bonded to the antenna matching network case.
(a) When the impedance matching network includes a preamplifier (active rod),
observe the overload precautions in 4.3.7.3.
(b) Use a square counterpoise measuring at least 60 cm on a side.
(2) 30 MHz to 200 MHz, Biconical, 137 cm tip to tip.
(3) 200 MHz to 1 GHz, Double ridge horn, 69.0 by 94.5 cm opening.
(4) 1 GHz to 18 GHz, Double ridge horn, 24.2 by 13.6 cm opening.
d. Signal generators.
e. Stub radiator.
f. Capacitor, 10 pF.
g. LISNs.
110 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
5.18.3.3 Setup.
5 and in 4.3.8. Ensure that the EUT is oriented such that the surface that produces
the maximum radiated emissions is toward the front edge of the test setup boundary.
b. Measurement system integrity check. Configure the test equipment as shown on
Figure RE102-5.
c. EUT testing.
(1) For rod antenna measurements, electrical bonding of the counterpoise is
prohibited. The required configuration is shown on Figure RE102-6. The shield
of the coaxial cable from the rod antenna matching network shall be electrically
bonded to the floor in a length as short as possible (not to exceed 10 cm excess
length). A ferrite sleeve with 20 to 30 ohms impedance (lossy with minimal
inductance) at 20 MHz shall be placed near the center of the coaxial cable length
between the antenna matching network and the floor.
(2) Antenna positioning.
(a) Determine the test setup boundary of the EUT and associated cabling for
use in positioning of antennas.
(b) Use the physical reference points on the antennas shown on Figure RE102-
6 for measuring heights of the antennas and distances of the antennas from
the test setup boundary.
1. Position antennas 1 meter from the front edge of the test setup
boundary for all setups.
2. Position antennas 120 cm above the floor ground plane. For free
standing EUTs, antenna heights shall be determined as described in
5.18.3.3c(2)(c)2 and 5.18.3.3c(2)(c)3.
3. Ensure that no part of any antenna is closer than 1 meter from the walls
and 0.5 meter from the ceiling and floor of the shielded enclosure.
(c) The number of required antenna positions depends on the size of the test
setup boundary and the number of enclosures included in the setup.
1. For testing below 200 MHz, use the following criteria to determine the
individual antenna positions.
a. For setups with the side edges of the boundary 3 meters or less,
one position is required and the antenna shall be centered with
respect to the side edges of the boundary.
b. For setups with the side edges of the boundary greater than 3
meters, use multiple antenna positions at spacings as shown on
Figure RE102-7. Determine the number of antenna positions (N)
by dividing the edge-to-edge boundary distance (in meters) by 3
and rounding up to an integer.
2. For testing from 200 MHz up to 1 GHz, place the antenna in a sufficient
number of positions such that the entire area of each EUT enclosure
111 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
and the first 35 cm of cables and leads interfacing with the EUT
enclosure are within the 3 dB beamwidth of the antenna.
3. For testing at 1 GHz and above, place the antenna in a sufficient
a. Verify that the ambient requirements specified in 4.3.4 are met. Take plots of the
ambient when required by the referenced paragraph.
b. Turn on the measurement equipment and allow a sufficient time for stabilization.
c. Using the system check path of Figure RE102-5, perform the following evaluation of
the overall measurement system from the coaxial cable end used at each antenna to
the data output device at 10.5 kHz (only for measurements implemented between 10
kHz and 2 MHz), 2.1 MHz, 12 MHz and 29.5 MHz for active rod antennas, 197 MHz for
the biconical antenna, 990 MHz for the large double ridge horn and 17.5 GHz for the
small double ridge horn. For rod antennas that use passive matching networks, the
evaluation shall be performed at the center frequency of each band. A check shall
also be performed when the measurement path is changed for a particular antenna
such as the coaxial cable, addition or removal of preamplifiers, or different ports used
on the measurement receiver. System check path verification shall be performed near
the upper end of the affected frequency band.
(1) Apply a calibrated signal level, which is at least 6 dB below the limit (limit minus
antenna factor), to the coaxial cable at the antenna connection point.
Verify that the data recording device indicates a level within ±3 dB of the injected
signal level.
(3) For the 104 cm rod antenna, remove the rod element and apply the signal to the
antenna matching network through a capacitor connected to the rod mount as
shown on Figure RE102-8. The capacitor value is nominally 10 pF, but shall be
per the manufacturer’s instruction. Commercial calibration jigs or injection
networks shall not be used.
d. Using the measurement path of Figure RE102-5, perform the following evaluation for
each antenna to demonstrate that there is electrical continuity through the antenna.
(1) Visually inspect each antenna for physical damage. Radiate a signal using an
antenna or stub radiator at the highest measurement frequency of each antenna.
(2) Tune the measurement receiver to the frequency of the applied signal and verify
that a received signal of appropriate amplitude is present. NOTE: This
evaluation is intended to provide a coarse indication that the antenna is
functioning properly. There is no requirement to accurately measure the signal
level.
112 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
e. Turn on the EUT and allow sufficient time for stabilization.

f. Using the measurement path of Figure RE102-5, determine the radiated emissions
from the EUT and its associated cabling.
(1) Scan the measurement receiver for each applicable frequency range, using the
bandwidths and minimum measurement times in Table II.
(2) Above 30 MHz, orient the antennas for both horizontally and vertically polarized
fields.
(3) Take measurements for each antenna position determined under 5.18.3.3c(2)(c).
a. Continuously and automatically plot amplitude versus frequency profiles. Manually
gathered data is not acceptable except for plot verification. Vertical and horizontal
data for a particular frequency range shall be presented on separate plots or shall be
clearly distinguishable in black or white format for a common plot.
each plot.
e. Provide a statement verifying the electrical continuity of the measurement antennas as
determined in 5.18.3.4d.
113 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
102
Below deck
56
Above deck and 36
exposed below deck
FIGURE RE102-1. RE102 limit for surface ship applications.
114 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
100
95
90
80
70 69
Limit Level (dBV/m)
60 Internal to
Pressure Hull
50
40
30 External to
Pressure Hull
24
20
10 18G
10k 100k 1M 10M 100M 1G 10G 100G
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RE102-2. RE102 limit for submarine applications.
115 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
FIGURE RE102-3. RE102 limit for aircraft and space system applications.
116 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
100
90 89
80
70 69
Limit Level (dBV/m)
60
Navy Fixed & Air Force
50
44
40
Navy Mobile & Army

30
24
20
10 18G
100k 1M 10M 100M 1G 10G 100G
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RE102-4. RE102 limit for ground applications.
117 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
TEST SETUP BOUNDARY
Antenna
Path for
Measurement
Signal
Generator
Path for
System Check
Shielded Enclosure
Coaxial
Cable
Measurement
Receiver
Data
Recording
Device
FIGURE RE102-5. Basic test setup.
118 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
Center Point of Rod

Element
Test Setup Note: No Bond Strap

Boundary
ROD
120 cm
80-90 cm
Ground Plane Coaxial Cable Shield Ferrite, 20 - 30

Bonded to Floor Using Ohms @ 20 MHz
Elbow Adaptor and
Clamp Floor
Test Setup
Boundary
BICONICAL
120 cm
80-90 cm
Ground
Plane
Floor
Test Setup
Boundary
DOUBLE
* RIDGE HORN
120 cm
80-90 cm
Ground
Plane
Floor
* May be adjusted to meet the

1m area beamwidth requirements in
5.18.3.3c.(2)(c)2 and
5.18.3.3c.(2)(c)3.
FIGURE RE102-6. Antenna positioning.
119 RE102
X
TEST SETUP BOUNDARY
X (in meters)
N= Rounded Up to an Integer
3
X X X X
2N N N 2N 1m
Antenna
Positions
120
MIL-STD-461G
EXAMPLE: X = 4 m N=2 To
Loads
Actual
EUT Platform EUT
Length LISN
<2m
FIGURE RE102-7. Multiple antenna positions.

2m
2m 1m
1m 2m 1m
RE102
MIL-STD-461G
Counterpoise
Coaxial Cable From Center Conductors

Signal Source Tied Together and
to 10 pF Capacitor
10 pF Capacitor
Rod Tied to Rod
Matching Connection
Network
Shields tied
Coaxial Cable
Together and to
to Measurement
Network Case
Receiver
Coaxial Cable
to Termination
50 Ohm RF
Termination
Notes:
1. Each individual wire connection limited to 5 cm length maximum.
2. 50 ohm termination may be replaced with 50 ohm measurement
receiver to verify level of injected signal.
3. The 10 pF capacitor may be built into some antenna matching
networks.
FIGURE RE102-8. Rod antenna system check.
121 RE102
MIL-STD-461G
5.19 RE103, radiated emissions, antenna spurious and harmonic outputs.

This requirement may be used as an alternative for CE106 when testing transmitters with their
intended antennas. This requirement is met if the emissions do not exceed the applicable
RE102 limit in transmit mode. CE106 is the preferred requirement unless the equipment or
subsystem design characteristics preclude its use. RE103 should be the preferred method for
systems using active antenna or when the antenna impedance has a non-standard impedance
curve. The requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 40 GHz and not applicable within the
bandwidth of the EUT transmitted signal or within ±5 percent of the fundamental frequency,
whichever is larger. For Navy shipboard applications with peak transmitter power (PtPk) greater
than 1 kW, the 5% frequency exclusion is increased by an additional 0.1% of the fundamental
frequency for each dB above 1 kW of peak power.
Frequency Exclusion = ±f * (0.05 + (0.001/dB) * (PtPk [dBm] – 60 [dBm]))
Depending on the operating frequency range of the EUT, the start frequency of the test is as
follows:
Operating Frequency Range (EUT) Start Frequency of Test
10 kHz to 3 MHz 10 kHz
3 MHz to 300 MHz 100 kHz
300 MHz to 3 GHz 1 MHz
3 GHz to 40 GHz 10 MHz
The equipment will be tested to an upper frequency limit based on the highest frequency
generated or received by the EUT. For systems with the frequencies generated or received
less than 1 GHz, the upper frequency limit will be 20 times the highest frequency or 18 GHz
whichever is greater. For systems with frequencies generated or received greater than or equal
to 1 GHz, the upper frequency limit will be 10 times the highest frequency or 40 GHz whichever
is less. For equipment using waveguide, the requirement does not apply below eight-tenths of
the waveguide's cutoff frequency.
5.19.2 RE103 limits.
Harmonics, except the second and third, and all other spurious emissions shall be at least 80
dB down from the level at the fundamental. The second and third harmonics shall be
suppressed to a level of -20 dBm or 80 dB below the fundamental, whichever requires less
suppression. For Navy shipboard applications, the second and third harmonics will be
suppressed to a level of -20 dBm and all other harmonics and spurious emissions shall be
suppressed to -40 dBm, except if the duty cycle of the emissions are less than 0.2%, then the
limit may be relaxed to 0 dBm.
5.19.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify that radiated spurious and harmonic emissions from
transmitters do not exceed the specified requirements.
122 RE103
MIL-STD-461G

b. Attenuators, 50 ohm
c. Antennas
d. Rejection networks
e. Signal generators
f. Power monitor
5.19.3.3 Setup.
It is not necessary to maintain the basic test setup for the EUT as shown and described on
Figures 1 through 5 and in 4.3.8. The test setup shall be as follows:
a. Measurement system integrity check. Configure the test setup for the signal check
path shown on Figure RE103-1 or RE103-2, as applicable.
b. EUT testing. Configure the test setup for the measurement path shown on Figure
RE103-1 or RE103-2, as applicable.
a. The measurements must be performed in the far-field of the transmitting frequency.
Consequently, the far-field test distance must be calculated prior to performing the test
using the relationships below:
R = distance between transmitter antenna and receiver antenna.
D = maximum physical dimension of transmitter antenna.
d = maximum physical dimension of receiver antenna.
 = wavelength of frequency of the transmitter.
All dimensions are in meters.
For transmitter frequencies less than or equal to 1.24 GHz, the greater distance of the
following relationships shall be used:
2
R = 2D / R = 3
For transmitter frequencies greater than 1.24 GHz, the separation distance shall be
calculated as follows:
For 2.5 D < d use R = 2D2/
For 2.5 D  d use R = (D+d)2/
b. Turn on the measurement equipment and allow sufficient time for stabilization.
c. Measurement system integrity check.
(1) Apply a known calibrated signal level from the signal generator through the
system check path at a midband fundamental frequency (fo).
123 RE103
MIL-STD-461G
Verify the measurement receiver detects a level within ±3 dB of the expected
signal.
(4) Repeat 5.19.3.4c(1) through 5.19.3.4c(3) for two other frequencies over the
frequency range of test.
d. EUT testing.
(1) Turn on the EUT and allow a sufficient time for stabilization.
(2) Tune the EUT to the desired test frequency and use the measurement path to
complete the rest of this procedure.
(3) Tune the test equipment to the measurement frequency (fo) of the EUT and
adjust for maximum indication.
(4) For transmitters where a power monitor can be inserted, measure the modulated
transmitter power output P, using a power monitor while keying the transmitter.
Convert this power level to units of dB relative to 1 watt (dBW). Calculate the
Effective Radiated Power (ERP) by adding the EUT antenna gain to this value.
Record the resulting level for comparison with that obtained in 5.19.3.4d(6).
(5) Key the transmitter with desired modulation. Tune the measurement receiver for
maximum output indication at the transmitted frequency. If either or both of the
antennas have directivity, align both in elevation and azimuth for maximum
indication. Verbal communication between sites via radiotelephone will facilitate
this process. Record the resulting maximum receiver meter reading and the
measurement receiver bandwidth.
(6) Calculate the transmitter ERP in dBW, based on the receiver meter reading V,
using the following equation:
ERP = V + 20 log R + AF - 135
where:
V = reading on the measurement receiver in dBV
R = distance between transmitter and receiver antennas in meters
AF = antenna factor of receiver antenna in dB (1/m)
Compare this calculated level to the measured level recorded in 5.19.3.4d(4).
The compared results should agree within ±3 dB. If the difference exceeds ±3
dB, check the test setup for errors in measurement distance, amplitude
calibration, power monitoring of the transmitter, frequency tuning or drift and
antenna boresight alignment. Assuming that the results are within the ±3 dB
tolerance, the ERP becomes the reference for which amplitudes of spurious and
harmonics will be compared to determine compliance with standard limits.
(7) With the rejection network filter connected and tuned to f o, scan the
measurement receiver over the frequency range of test to locate spurious and
harmonic transmitted outputs. It may be necessary to move the measuring
system antenna in elevation and azimuth at each spurious and harmonic output
124 RE103
MIL-STD-461G
to assure maximum levels are recorded. Maintain the same measurement

receiver bandwidth used to measure the fundamental frequency in 5.19.3.4d(5).
(8) Verify that spurious outputs are from the EUT and not spurious responses of the
measurement system or the test site ambient.
(9) Calculate the ERP of each spurious output. Include all correction factors for
cable loss, amplifier gains, filter loss, and attenuator factors.
(10) Repeat 5.19.3.4d(2) through 5.19.3.4d(9) for other fo of the EUT.
a. Provide tabular data showing fundamental frequency (f o) and frequency of all
harmonics and spurious emissions measured, the measured power monitor level and
the calculated ERP of the fundamental frequency, the ERP of all spurious and
harmonics emissions measured, dB down levels, and all correction factors including
cable loss, attenuator pads, amplifier gains, insertion loss of rejection networks and
antenna gains.
The relative dB down level is determined by subtracting the level in 5.19.3.4d(6) from
that recorded in 5.19.3.4d(9).
125 RE103
MIL-STD-461G
TX Antenna RX Antenna
Path for Measurement
Path for Band Rejection

System or
Check High Pass Filter
Transmitter
EUT
Signal
Generator
Power
Monitor
Attenuator
Measurement
Receiver
FIGURE RE103-1. Measurement system integrity check and test setup for radiated
harmonics and spurious emissions, 10 kHz to 1 GHz.
126 RE103
MIL-STD-461G
TX Antenna Path for Measurement RX Antenna
Path for Band Rejection

System or
Check High Pass Filter
Transmitter
EUT
Signal
Generator
Power
Monitor
Preselector
or Filter
Variable
Attenuator
Measurement
Receiver
FIGURE RE103-2. Measurement system integrity check and test setup for radiated
harmonics and spurious emissions, 1 GHz to 40 GHz.
127 RE103
MIL-STD-461G
5.20 RS101, radiated susceptibility, magnetic field.
5.20.1 RS101 applicability.
This requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 100 kHz for equipment and subsystem enclosures,
including electrical cable interfaces. The requirement is not applicable for electromagnetic
coupling via antennas. For Army and Navy ground equipment, the requirement is applicable
only to vehicles having a minesweeping or mine detection capability. For Navy ships and
submarines, this requirement is applicable only to equipment and subsystems that have an
operating frequency of 100 kHz or less and an operating sensitivity of 1 μV or better (such as
0.5 μV). For Navy aircraft, this requirement is applicable only to equipment installed on ASW
capable aircraft, and external equipment on aircraft that are capable of being launched by
electromagnetic launch systems.
5.20.2 RS101 limit.
specification, when subjected to the magnetic fields shown on Figures RS101-1 and RS101-2.
5.20.3 RS101 test procedures.
5.20.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand radiated magnetic fields.
a. Signal source
b. Radiating loop having the following specifications:
(1) Diameter: 12 cm
(3) Wire: No. 12 insulated copper
(4) Magnetic flux density: 9.5x107 pT/ampere of applied current at a distance of
5 cm from the plane of the loop.
c. Loop sensor having the following specifications:
(1) Diameter: 4 cm
(3) Wire: 7-41 Litz wire (7 Strand, No. 41 AWG)
(5) Correction Factor: See manufacturer’s data for factors to convert
measurement receiver readings to decibels above one picotesla (dBpT).
d Measurement receiver or narrowband voltmeter
e. Current probe
f. LISNs
128 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
5.20.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Calibration. Configure the measurement equipment, radiating loop, and loop sensor
as shown on Figure RS101-3.
c. EUT testing. Configure the test as shown on Figure RS101-4.
b. Calibration.
(1) Set the signal source to a frequency of 1 kHz and adjust the output to provide a
magnetic flux density of 110 dB above one picotesla as determined by the
reading obtained on measurement receiver A and the relationship given in
5.20.3.2b(4).
(2) Measure the voltage output from the loop sensor using measurement receiver B.
(3) Verify that the output on measurement receiver B is within ±3 dB of the expected
value based on the antenna factor and record this value.
c. EUT testing.
(2) Select test frequencies as follows:
(a) Locate the loop sensor 5 cm from the EUT face or electrical interface
connector being probed. Orient the plane of the loop sensor parallel to the
EUT faces and parallel to the axis of connectors.
(b) Supply the loop with sufficient current to produce magnetic field strengths at
least 10 dB greater than the applicable limit but not to exceed 15 amps (183
dBpT).
(c) Scan the applicable frequency range using the scan rates in Table III.
(d) If susceptibility is noted, select no less than three test frequencies per
octave at those frequencies where the maximum indications of susceptibility
are present.
(e) Reposition the loop successively to a location in each 30 by 30 cm area on
each face of the EUT and at each electrical interface connector, and repeat
5.20.3.4c(2)(c) and 5.20.3.4c(2)(d) to determine locations and frequencies
of susceptibility.
(f) From the total frequency data where susceptibility was noted in
5.20.3.4c(2)(c) through 5.20.3.4c(2)(e), select three frequencies per octave
over the applicable frequency range.
(3) At each frequency determined in 5.20.3.4c(2)(f), apply a current to the radiating
loop that corresponds to the applicable limit. Move the loop to search for
129 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
possible locations of susceptibility with particular attention given to the locations
determined in 5.20.3.4c(2)(e) while maintaining the loop 5 cm from the EUT
surface or connector. Verify that susceptibility is not present.
a. Provide tabular data showing verification of the calibration of the radiating loop in
5.20.3.4b.
b. Provide tabular data, diagrams, or photographs showing the applicable test
frequencies and locations determined in 5.20.3.4c(2)(e) and 5.20.3.4c(2)(f).
c. Provide graphical or tabular data showing frequencies and threshold levels of
susceptibility.
5.20.4 RS101 alternative test procedures – AC Helmholtz coil.
This test procedure may be substituted for the 5.20.3 procedures, provided that the EUT size
versus coil size constraints of 5.20.4.3b can be satisfied.
5.20.4.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is an alternative technique used to verify the ability of the EUT to withstand
radiated magnetic fields.
a. Signal source
b. Series-wound AC Helmholtz coil
c. Loop sensor having the following specifications (same as RE101 loop):
(1) Diameter: 13.3 cm
(3) Wire: DC resistance between 5 and 10 ohms
(5) Correction factor: See manufacturer’s data for factors to convert
measurement receiver readings to decibels above one picotesla (dBpT).
d Measurement receiver or narrowband voltmeter
e. Current probe
f. LISNs
5.20.4.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Calibration.
(1) Configure the radiating system as shown on Figure RS101-5. Select coil
spacing based on the physical dimensions of the EUT enclosure.
130 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
(2) For an EUT with dimensions less than one coil radius, use a standard Helmholtz
configuration (coils separated by one coil radius). Place the field monitoring loop
in the center of the test volume.
(3) For an EUT with dimensions greater than one coil radius, use the optional
configuration. Select a coil separation such that the plane of the EUT face is at
least 5 cm from the plane of the coils and such that the separation between the
coils does not exceed 1.5 radii. Place the field monitoring probe in the plane of
either coil at its center.
c. EUT testing.
(1) Configure the test as shown on Figure RS101-6, using the same coil spacing
arrangement as determined for calibration under 5.20.4.3b.
(2) Position the coils such that the plane of the EUT faces is in parallel with the
plane of the coils.
b. Calibration.
(1) Set the signal source to a frequency of 1 kHz and adjust the output current to
generate a magnetic flux density of 110 dB above one picotesla as determined
by the reading obtained on measurement receiver A.
(2) Measure the voltage output from the loop sensor using measurement receiver B.
(3) Verify that the output on measurement receiver B is within ±3 dB of the expected
value based on the antenna factor and record this value.
c. EUT testing.
(2) Select test frequencies as follows:
(a) Supply the Helmholtz coil with sufficient current to produce magnetic field
strengths at least 6 dB greater than the applicable limit.
(b) Scan the applicable frequency range using the scan rates in Table III.
(c) If susceptibility is noted, select no less than three test frequencies per
octave at those frequencies where the maximum indications of susceptibility
are present.
(d) Reposition the Helmholtz coils successively over all areas on each face of
the EUT (in all three axes), including exposure of any electrical interface
connectors, and repeat 5.20.4.4c(2)(b) and 5.20.4.4c(2)(c) to determine
locations and frequencies of susceptibility.
(e) From the total frequency data where susceptibility was noted in
5.20.4.4c(2)(b) through 5.20.4.4c(2)(d), select three frequencies per octave
over the applicable frequency range.
131 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
(3) At each frequency determined in 5.20.4.4c(2)(e), apply a current to the
Helmholtz coil that corresponds to the applicable RS101 limit. Move the coils to
search for possible locations of susceptibility with particular attention given to the
locations determined in 5.20.4.4c(2)(d). Ensure the EUT remains centered
between the coils, or the coils remain 5 cm from the EUT surface, as applicable.
Verify that susceptibility is not present.
a. Provide tabular data showing verification of the calibration of the Helmholtz coils in
5.20.4.4b.
b. Provide tabular data, diagrams, or photographs showing the applicable test
frequencies and locations determined in 5.20.4.4c(2)(d) and 5.20.4.4c(2)(e).
c. Provide graphical or tabular data showing frequencies and threshold levels of
susceptibility.
180
170
160
150
Limit Level (dBpT)
140
130
120
117
110
100
10 100 1k 10k 100k
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RS101-1. RS101 limit for all Navy applications.
132 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
190
180
170
160
Limit Level ( dBpT )
150
140
130
120
116
110
100
10 100 1k 10k 100k
Frequency (Hz)
FIGURE RS101-2. RS101 limit for all Army applications.
133 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
5c
m
Radiating
Loop
Signal
Source
Current
Probe
Field
Monitoring
Loop
Measurement
Receiver A
Measurement
Receiver B
FIGURE RS101-3. Calibration of the radiating system.
134 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
Power
Input
LISN
5 cm
Radiating
Loop
Signal
EUT
Source
Current
Probe
Measurement
Receiver
Actual and
Simulated Loads
and Signals
FIGURE RS101-4. Basic test setup.
135 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
Radiating Loop A Se
par
atio
n=
Measurement r r
2
Receiver A Measurement
Receiver B
Current Probe
r
r
Signal
Source
Field Monitoring Loop
Radiating Loop B
Standard Configuration
r<
Se
Radiating Loop A par
atio
n <1
Measurement .5 r
Receiver A Measurement
Receiver B
Current Probe
r
r
Signal
Source Field Monitoring Loop
Radiating Loop B
Optional Configuration
FIGURE RS101-5. Calibration of Helmholtz coils.
136 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
LISNs
Actual or Simulated
Measurement Loads and Signals
Receiver A
Radiating
Loop B
Radiating Loop A 5 cm Minimum
Current Probe for Optional
Configuration
Signal EUT
Source
Note: One axis position of three required is shown
FIGURE RS101-6. Test setup for Helmholtz coils.
137 RS101
MIL-STD-461G
5.21 RS103, radiated susceptibility, electric field.

This requirement is applicable for equipment and subsystem enclosures and all interconnecting
cables. The requirement is applicable as follows:
a. 2 MHz to 30 MHz Army, Navy and optional* for all others
b. 30 MHz to 18 GHz All
c. 18 GHz to 40 GHz Optional* for all
*Required only if specified in the procurement specification
For Army and Air Force: there is no requirement at the tuned frequency of antenna-
connected receivers.
5.21.2 RS103 limit.
specification, when subjected to the radiated electric fields listed in Table XI and modulated as
specified below. Up to 30 MHz, the requirement shall be met for vertically polarized fields.
Above 30 MHz, the requirement shall be met for both horizontally and vertically polarized fields.
Circularly polarized fields are not acceptable.
For receiver EUTs having permanently attached antennas only, unless otherwise stated in the
system specification, reduced performance over the intended receiver band of operation is
allowed. The receiver shall meet its performance requirements after in-band exposure to the
radiated field.
5.21.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT and associated cabling to withstand
electric fields.
a. Signal generators
b. Power amplifiers
c. Transmit antennas
d. Electric field sensors (physically small - electrically short)
e. Measurement receiver
f. Power meter
g. Directional coupler
h. Attenuator
i. Data recording device
j. LISNs
138 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
5.21.3.3 Setup.
5 and 4.3.8.
b. Configure test equipment as shown on Figure RS103-1.
c. Placement of transmit antennas.
(1) Antennas shall be placed 1 meter or greater from the test setup boundary as
follows:
(a) 2 MHz to 200 MHz
1 Test setup boundaries  3 meters. Center the antenna between the
edges of the test setup boundary. The boundary includes all enclosures
of the EUT and the 2 meters of exposed interconnecting and power
leads required in 4.3.8.6. Interconnecting leads shorter than 2 meters
are acceptable when they represent the actual platform installation.
2 Test setup boundaries > 3 meters. Use multiple antenna positions (N)
at spacings as shown on Figure RS103-3. The number of antenna
positions (N) shall be determined by dividing the edge-to-edge boundary
distance (in meters) by 3 and rounding up to an integer.
(b) 200 MHz and above. Multiple antenna positions may be required as shown
on Figure RS103-2. Determine the number of antenna positions (N) as
follows:
1 For testing from 200 MHz up to 1 GHz, place the antenna in a sufficient
2 For testing at 1 GHz and above, place the antenna in a sufficient
d. Placement of electric field sensors. Position sensors at same distance as the EUT is
located from the transmit antenna and in the plane of the test setup boundary edge
closest to the antenna. Position the sensors directly opposite the transmit antenna as
shown on Figures RS103-2 and RS103-3, and a minimum of 30 cm above the ground
plane at or below 1 GHz. Above 1 GHz, place the sensors at height corresponding to
the area of the EUT being illuminated. Do not place sensors directly at corners or
edges of EUT components.
a. Turn on the measurement equipment and EUT and allow a sufficient time for
stabilization.
b. Assess the test area for potential RF hazards and take necessary precautionary steps
to assure safety of test personnel.
139 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
c. EUT testing:
(1) Perform testing over the required frequency range with the transmit antenna
vertically polarized:
(a) Set the signal source to 1 kHz pulse modulation, 50% duty cycle. Verify that
the modulation is present on the drive signal for each signal
generator/modulation source combination. Ensure that the modulation
frequency, waveform and depth (40 dB minimum from peak to baseline) are
correct. Using appropriate amplifier and transmit antenna, establish an
electric field at the test start frequency. Gradually increase the electric field
level until it reaches the applicable limit.
(b) Scan the required frequency ranges in accordance with the rates and
durations specified in Table III. Maintain field strength levels in accordance
with the applicable limit. Monitor EUT performance for susceptibility effects.
(c) Ensure that the E-field sensor is indicating the field from the fundamental
frequency and not from the harmonics.
4.3.10.4.3.
(3) Repeat the testing above 30 MHz with the transmit antenna horizontally
polarized.
(4) Repeat 5.21.3.4c for each transmit antenna position required by 5.21.3.3c.
a. Provide graphical or tabular data showing frequency ranges and field strength levels
tested.
b. Provide the correction factors necessary to adjust sensor output readings for
equivalent peak detection of modulated waveforms.
c. Provide graphs or tables listing any susceptibility thresholds that were determined
along with their associated frequencies.
d. Provide diagrams or photographs showing actual equipment setup and the associated
dimensions.
140 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
5.21.4 RS103 alternative test procedures – reverberation chamber (mode-tuned).

These procedures may be substituted for the 5.21.3 procedures over the frequency range of
200 MHz to 40 GHz. The lower frequency limit is dependent on chamber size. To determine
the lower frequency limit for a given chamber, use the following formula to determine the
number of possible modes (N) which can exist at a given frequency. If, for a given frequency, N
is less than 100 then the chamber should not be used at or below that frequency.
8 f 3
N  abd 3
3 c
where: a, b, and d are the chamber internal dimensions in meters

f is the operation frequency in Hz
c is the speed of propagation (3 x 108 m/s)
5.21.4.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is an alternative technique used to verify the ability of the EUT and
associated cabling to withstand electric fields.
a. Signal generators
b. Power amplifiers
c. Receive antennas
(1) 200 MHz to 1 GHz, log periodic or double ridge horns.
(2) 1 GHz to 18 GHz, double ridge horns.
(3) 18 GHz to 40 GHz, other antennas as approved by the procuring activity.
d. Transmit antennas
e. Electric field sensors (physically small - electrically short), each axis independently
displayed
f. Measurement receiver
g. Power meter
h. Directional coupler
i. Attenuator, 50 ohm
j. Data recording device
k. LISNs
5.21.4.3 Setup.
a. Install the EUT in a reverberation chamber using the basic test setup for the EUT as
shown and described on Figures 2 through 5 and 4.3.8. The EUT shall be at least 1.0
meter from the chamber walls, the tuner, and antennas.
141 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
b. For electric field calibration, electric field sensors (5.21.4.2e) are required from 200
MHz to 1 GHz. Either field sensors or receive antennas may be used above 1 GHz.
c. Configure the test equipment as shown on Figures RS103-4 and RS103-5. The same
configuration is used for both calibration and EUT testing. The transmit and receive
antennas shall be present in the chamber for all calibration and EUT testing, including
for the electric-field probe technique. Unused receive antennas shall be terminated in
50 ohms.
5.21.4.4 Procedure.
a. Calibration. Use the following procedure to determine the electric field strength that
will be created inside the chamber when a fixed amount of RF energy is injected into
the chamber.
(1) Receive antenna procedure.
(a) Adjust the RF source to inject an appropriate forward power (unmodulated)
into the chamber at the start frequency of the test.
(b) Measure the level at the receive antenna using the measurement receiver.
(c) Rotate the tuner 360 degrees using the minimum number of steps required
from Table XII. Allow the paddle wheel to dwell at each position for a period
corresponding to a minimum of 1.5 times the response time of the
measurement receiver.
(d) Record the maximum amplitude of the signal received and use the following
formula to derive a calibration factor for the field strength created inside the
chamber. (Pr-max and Pforward in watts;  in meters).
8 Pr  max
Calibratio n factor  5( ) V/m (for one watt)
 Pforward
(e) Repeat the procedure in frequency steps no greater than 2% of the

preceding frequency until 1.1 times the start frequency is reached. Continue
the procedure in frequency steps no greater than 10% of the preceding
frequency, thereafter.
(2) Electric field probe procedure.
(a) Adjust the RF source to inject an appropriate forward power (Pforward)
(unmodulated) into the chamber at the start frequency of the test.
(b) Rotate the tuner 360 degrees using the minimum number of steps required
from Table XII. Allow the tuner to dwell at each position for a period
corresponding to a minimum of 1.5 times the probe response time.
(c) Record the maximum amplitude from the receive antenna (Pr-max) and from
each element of the probe and use the following formula to derive a
calibration factor for the field strength created inside the chamber. (Probe
reading in V/m and Pforward in watts).
142 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
E x  max  E y  max  E z  max

( )2
Calibratio n factor  3 V/m (for one watt)
Pforward
(d) Repeat the procedure in frequency steps no greater than 2% of the

preceding frequency until 1.1 times the start frequency is reached. Continue
the procedure in frequency steps no greater than 10% of the preceding
frequency, thereafter.
b. EUT testing. The same antennas used for calibration shall be used for EUT
testing.
(1) Turn on the measurement equipment and allow a sufficient time for
stabilization.
(2) Set the RF source to the start frequency of the test with 1 kHz pulse
modulation, 50 % duty cycle.
(3) Calculate the amount of RF power needed to create the desired field
strength by determining the difference (in dB - decibel differences are the
same for both field strength and power, there is a square law relationship
between field strength and power in real numbers) between the desired field
strength and the field strength obtained during the calibration. Adjust the
chamber peak forward power to this value. Interpolation between calibration
points is required.
(4) Adjust the measurement receiver to display the received signal at the
receive antenna to verify that an electric field is present.
(5) Rotate the tuner 360 degrees using the minimum of steps shown in Table
XII. Allow the tuner to dwell at each position for the duration specified in
Table III. As the tuner rotates, maintain the forward power required to
produce field levels at the applicable limit as determined from the calibration.
(6) Scan the required frequency range in accordance with the maximum
frequency step sizes and durations specified in Table III. Monitor EUT
performance for susceptibility effects.
4.3.10.4.3.
a. Provide graphical or tabular data showing frequency ranges and field strength levels
tested.
b. Provide graphical or tabular data listing of all calibration data collected to include input
power requirements used versus frequency and results of calibration in 5.21.4.4a(1)(d)
and 5.21.4.4a(2)(c).
c. Provide the correction factors necessary to adjust sensor output readings for
equivalent peak detection of modulated waveforms.
143 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
d. Provide graphs or tables listing any susceptibility thresholds that were determined
along with their associated frequencies.
e. Provide diagrams or photographs showing the actual equipment setup and the
associated dimensions.
f. Provide the data certifying the baseline performance of the shielded room as a
properly functioning reverberation chamber over a defined frequency range.
144 RS103
TABLE XI. RS103 limits.
LIMIT LEVELS (VOLTS/METER)

PLATFORM ALL SHIPS
(ABOVE DECK
AIRCRFAFT SHIPS (NON-
& EXPOSED SHIPS
(EXTERNAL AIRCRAFT METALLIC) SUBMARINE
BELOW DECK) (METALLIC) GROUND SPACE
OR SAFETY INTERNAL (BELOW (INTERNAL)
FREQUENCY AND (BELOW DECKS)
CRITICAL) DECK)**
RANGE SUBMARINES
(EXTERNAL)*
A 200 200 200 10 50 5 50 20

2 MHz
to N 200 200 200 10 50 5 10 20
30 MHz
AF 200 20 - - - - 10 20
A 200 200 200 10 10 10 50 20
145
30 MHz
to N 200 200 200 10 10 10 10 20
1 GHz
AF 200 20 - - - - 10 20
MIL-STD-461G
A 200 200 200 10 10 10 50 20

1 GHz
TABLE XI. RS103 limits.
to N 200 200 200 10 10 10 50 20

18 GHz
AF 200 60 - - - - 50 20
A 200 200 200 10 10 10 50 20

18 GHz
to N 200 60 200 10 10 10 50 20
40 GHZ
AF 200 60 - - - - 50 20
KEY: A = Army * For equipment located external to the pressure hull of a submarine but within the
N = Navy superstructure, use SHIPS (METALLIC) (BELOW DECK)
AF= Air Force ** For equipment located in the hanger deck of Aircraft Carriers
RS103
MIL-STD-461G
TABLE XII. Required number of tuner positions for a reverberation chamber.
Frequency Range (MHz) Tuner Positions
200 - 300 50
300 - 400 20
400 - 600 16
Above 600 12
146 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
TEST SETUP BOUNDARY

Electric
Field
Sensor LISN
EUT
3m
1.5 m
Antenna
Shielded Enclosure
RF Stimulation
Amplifiers and Monitoring
Equipment
Signal Electric Field

Source Sensor Display
FIGURE RS103-1. Test equipment configuration.
147 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
TEST SETUP BOUNDARY
LISN Electric
Field
Sensor
EUT EUT EUT
N Antenna
Positions
Shielded Enclosure
RF Stimulation
Equipment

FIGURE RS103-2. Multiple test antenna locations for frequency > 200 MHz.
148 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
TEST SETUP BOUNDARY

D > 3 Meters
LISN
EUT EUT
N Electric Field Sensor
Positions
D D
N N
N Antenna Positions
Shielded Enclosure
RF Stimulation
Equipment

FIGURE RS103-3. Multiple test antenna locations for N positions, D > 3 meters.
149 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
Chamber
1.0 Meter Minimum
Test Setup Boundary
Receive Antenna
(present at all times, if used)
Transmit or
Antenna
E-field Probe
Tuner(s)
Stepping
Motor
Forward Attenuator
Directional (Incident) Power
or
Coupler Meter Probe Display
Power Motor Measurement

Amplifier Controller Receiver
Signal
Source
FIGURE RS103-4. Reverberation chamber setup.
150 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
Alternative Position
for Tuner
Tuner
Drive
Reverberation Motor
Chamber
Incoming
Mains Power Ground Plane
Filter Electrically Bonded
to Floor
LISNs
Tuner
EUT
1 Meter
Volume of
Uniform Field
Bulkhead/Filter
Penetrations Field Generation Antenna
Pointed into Corner of
Chamber with Tuner
Shielded
Field Generation Side-Chamber
EUT Monitoring
Equipment and Equipment and
Electrical Loads Motor Controller
FIGURE RS103-5. Reverberation chamber overview.
151 RS103
MIL-STD-461G
5.22 RS105, radiated susceptibility, transient electromagnetic field.

This requirement is applicable to equipment and subsystem enclosures which are exposed to
the external electromagnetic environment. For surface ships, this includes external, above
deck and exposed below deck installations. The requirement is applicable to Army aircraft for
safety critical equipment and subsystems located in an external installation.
5.22.2 RS105 limit.
specification, when subjected to a test signal having the waveform and amplitude shown on
Figure RS105-1. At least five pulses shall be applied at the rate of not more than one pulse per
minute.
5.22.3.1 Purpose.
This test procedure is used to verify the ability of the EUT enclosure to withstand a transient
electromagnetic field.
a. Transverse electromagnetic (TEM) cell, parallel plate transmission line or equivalent
b. Transient pulse generator, monopulse output, plus and minus polarity
c. Storage oscilloscope, 700 MHz, single-shot bandwidth (minimum), variable sampling
rate up to 1 gigasample per second (GSa/s)
d. Terminal protection devices
e. High-voltage probe, 1 GHz bandwidth (minimum)
f. B-dot sensor probe
g. D-dot sensor probe
h. LISNs
i. Integrator, time constant ten times the overall pulse width
5.22.3.3 Setup.
Set up the EUT as described below. CAUTION: Exercise extreme care if an open radiator is
used for this test.
a. Calibration. Configure the test equipment in accordance with Figure RS105-2.
(1) Before installing the EUT in the test volume, place the B-dot or D-dot sensor
probe in the center position of the five point grid in the vertical plane where the
front face of the EUT will be located (see Figure RS105-2).
(2) Place the high-voltage probe across the input to the radiation system at the
output of the transient pulse generator. Connect the probe to a storage
oscilloscope.
b. EUT testing. Configure the test equipment as shown on Figure RS105-3 for testing of
the EUT.
152 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
(1) Place the EUT centerline on the centerline of the working volume of the radiation
system in such a manner that it does not exceed the usable volume of the
radiation system (h/3, B/2, A/2)/(x,y,z) as shown on Figure RS105-3 (h is the
maximum vertical separation of the plates). If the EUT is mounted on a ground
plane in the actual installation, the EUT shall be placed on the radiating system
ground plane. The EUT shall be bonded to the ground plane in a manner that
duplicates the actual installation. Otherwise, the EUT shall be supported by
dielectric material that produces a minimum distortion of the EM fields.
(2) The EUT orientation shall be such that the maximum coupling of electric and or
magnetic fields is simulated. This may require more than one test orientation.
(3) Cables for EUT operation and monitoring shall be oriented to minimize induced
currents and voltages on the cables. Cabling shall be oriented normal to the
electric field vector and in a manner that minimizes the loop area normal to the
magnetic field vector. Cables extending out of the parallel plate working volume
should remain normal to the electric field vector for a minimum distance equal to
2 times h.
(4) Bond the bottom plate of the radiation system to an earth reference.
(5) Keep the top plate of the radiation system at least 2 times h from the closest
metallic ground, including ceiling, building structural beams, metallic air ducts,
shielded room walls, and so forth.
(6) Place the EUT actual or simulated loads and signals for electrical interfaces in a
shielded enclosure when an open radiator is used.
(7) Place transient protection devices (TPDs) in the EUT power lines near the power
source to protect the power source.
(8) Connect the transient pulse generator to the radiation system.
b. Calibration. Perform the following procedures using the calibration setup:
(1) Generate a pulse and adjust the pulse generator to produce a pulsed field, as
measured with the B-dot or D-dot probes, which meets the peak amplitude, rise
time, and pulse width requirements. CAUTION: High voltages are used which
are potentially lethal. Record the drive pulse waveform as displayed on the
oscilloscope.
(2) Tolerances and characteristics of the RS105 limit shall be as follows:
(a) Rise time (between 10% and 90% points) between 1.8 ns and 2.8 ns
(electric field continuously increasing).
(b) Full width half maximum (FWHM) pulse width equal to 23 ns ± 5 ns.
(c) Peak value of the electric or magnetic field for each grid position:
0 dB ≤ magnitude ≤ 6 dB above limit.
153 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
(3) Repeat steps 5.22.3.4b(1) and 5.22.3.4b(2) for the other four test points on
Figure RS105-2.
(4) Determine the pulse generator settings and associated pulse drive amplitude
which simultaneously satisfies the field requirements for all five grid positions.
c. EUT testing. Perform the following procedures using the test setup:
(2) Test the EUT in its orthogonal orientations whenever possible.
(3) Apply the pulse starting at 10% of the pulse peak amplitude determined in
5.22.3.4b(4) with the specified waveshape where practical. Increase the pulse
amplitude in step sizes of 2 or 3 until the required level is reached.
(4) Ensure that the drive pulse waveform characteristics at the required test level are
consistent with those noted in 5.22.3.4b(2).
(5) Apply the required number of pulses at a rate of not more than 1 pulse per
minute.
(6) Monitor the EUT during and after each pulse for signs of susceptibility or
degradation of performance.
(7) If an EUT malfunction occurs at a level less than the specified peak level,
terminate the test and record the level.
4.3.10.4.3.
a. Provide photographs of EUT orientation including cables.
b. Provide a detailed written description of the EUT configuration.
c. Provide oscilloscope recordings that show peak value, rise time, and pulse width of
one applied pulse for each EUT orientation.
d. Provide the pulse number, with the first pulse being Number 1, for each recorded
waveshape.
e. Record the time-to-recovery for each EUT failure, if applicable.
154 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
60000
E1(t) = 0 when t < 0
 a1t  b1t
= E01 x k1 ( e e ) when t > 0
50000
E01 = 5 x 104 V/m

Field strength (V/m)
40000 a1 = 4 x 107 s-1

b1 = 6 x 108 s-1
30000 k1 = 1.3
20000
10000
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Time (Nanoseconds)
FIGURE RS105-1. RS105 limit for all applications.
155 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
Less than 0.5 dB

loss at 200 MHz
FIGURE RS105-2. Typical calibration setup using parallel plate radiation system.
156 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
TOP VIEW
Oscilloscope
Shielded
Enclosure
A
HV
Transient
Probe
Pulse A/2
Generator
B B/2 EUT
Usable Test Volume Cable in Conduit

(Centered on Bottom Plate) (Beneath Bottom Plate)
Power Line
Actual and
LISN Simulated Loads
and Signals
TPDs
Shielded
Enclosure
Power Input
FIGURE RS105-3. Typical test setup using parallel plate radiation system.
157 RS105
MIL-STD-461G
6. NOTES
(This section contains information of a general or explanatory nature that may be helpful, but is
not mandatory.)
6.1 Intended use.
This standard is intended for use in the acquisition cycle of equipment and subsystems to
specify the electromagnetic emission and susceptibility requirements for the control of EMI.
6.2 Acquisition requirements.
Acquisition documents should specify the following:
a. Title, number, and date of this standard.
b. Specific emission and susceptibility requirements.
6.3 Associated Data Item Descriptions (DIDs).
This standard has been assigned an Acquisition Management Systems Control (AMSC)
number authorizing it as the source document for the following DIDs. When it is necessary to
obtain the data, the applicable DIDs must be listed on the Contract Data Requirements List (DD
Form 1423).
DID Number DID Title

DI-EMCS-80199 Electromagnetic Interference Control Procedures (EMICP)
DI-EMCS-80201 Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures (EMITP)
DI-EMCS-80200 Electromagnetic Interference Test Report (EMITR)
The above DIDs were current as of the date of this standard. The ASSIST database should be
researched at http://quicksearch.dla.mil/ to ensure that only current and approved DIDs are
cited on the DD Form 1423.
6.4 Tailoring guidance.
Application specific criteria may be derived from operational and engineering analyses on the
equipment or subsystem being procured for use in specific environments. When analyses
reveal that a requirement in this standard is not appropriate or adequate for that procurement,
the requirement should be tailored and incorporated into the appropriate documentation, prior to
contract award or through contractual modification early in the developmental phase. The
appendix of this standard provides guidance for tailoring.
6.5 Subject term (key word) listing.
EMC
EMI
Electromagnetic compatibility
Electromagnetic emission
Electromagnetic susceptibility
Test Limits, EMI
6.6 International standardization agreement implementation.
This standard implements STANAG 3516, Electromagnetic Interference, Test Methods for
Aircraft Electrical and Electronic Equipment, and STANAG 4370, Environmental Testing. When
changes to, revision, or cancellation of this standard are proposed, the preparing activity must
158
MIL-STD-461G
coordinate the action with the U.S. National Point of Contact for the international
standardization agreement, as identified in the ASSIST database at https://assist.dla.mil/.
6.7 Technical points of contact.
Requests for additional information or assistance on this standard can be obtained from the
following:
a. Commander, U.S. Army, AMRDEC

RDMR-AES-E3
Building 4488
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
Mr. Duane Driver
DSN 897-8447; Commercial (256) 313-8447
E-mail: duane.e.driver.civ@mail.mil
b. Naval Air Systems Command

Code: 4.1.13
48187 Standley Road
Building 4010
Patuxent River, MD 20670
Mr. Craig Simmons
DSN 342-4907; Commercial (301) 342-4907
E-mail: craig.simmons@navy.mil
c. AFLCMC/EZAC, Building 28
2145 Monahan Way
Wright Patterson AFB, OH 45433-7017
Mr. Joseph DeBoy
DSN 785-6995; Commercial (937) 255-6995
E-mail: joseph.deboy@us.af.mil
Any information relating to Government contracts must be obtained through contracting

officers.
6.8 Changes from previous issue.
This revision of the standard deleted CS106 conducted susceptibility, transients, power leads.
In addition, this revision added CS117, conducted susceptibility, lightning induced transients,
cables and power leads and CS118, personnel borne electrostatic discharge. Marginal
notations are not used in the revision to identify changes with respect to the previous issue due
to the extensiveness of the changes.
159
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
APPLICATION GUIDE
A.1 GENERAL
A.1.1 Scope.
This appendix provides background information for each emission and susceptibility and
associated test requirement in the main body of the standard. This information includes
rationale for requirements, guidance in applying the requirements, and lessons learned from
platform and laboratory experience. This information should help users understand the intent
behind the requirements, should aid the procuring activity in tailoring emission and susceptibility
requirements as necessary for particular applications, and should help users develop detailed
test procedures in the EMITP based on the general test procedures in this document. This
appendix is not a mandatory part of the standard. The information contained herein is intended
for guidance only.
A.1.2 Structure.
This appendix follows the same general format as the main body of the standard. Section 4
general requirements from the main body are repeated in this appendix and are in italics. Main
body paragraph numbers corresponding to each requirement are included in parentheses. A
"Discussion" paragraph is provided for each requirement. Though section 5 detailed
requirements from the main body are not repeated, discussion paragraphs on “Applicability and
limits” and “Test procedure” are included.
A.2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

A.2.1 General.
The documents listed in this section are specified within this appendix.
A.2.2 Government documents.
A.2.2.1 Specifications, standards, and handbooks.
The following specifications, standards, and handbooks specified herein are referenced solely
to provide supplemental technical data. These documents are for informational purposes only.
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE STANDARDS

MIL-STD-188- High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP) Protection for Ground-
125-1 Based C4I Facilities Performing Critical, Time-Urgent Missions Part 1
Fixed Facilities
MIL-STD-464 Electromagnetic Environmental Effects Requirements for Systems
MIL-STD-3023 High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP) Protection for Military
Aircraft
MIL-STD-704 Aircraft Electric Power Characteristics
MIL-STD-1275 Characteristics of 28 Volt DC Input Power to Utilization Equipment in
Military Vehicles
MIL-STD-1399 Interface Standard for Shipboard Systems
160
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
MIL-STD-1399- Section 300B, Electric Power, Alternating Current

300
MIL-STD-1539 Electrical Power, Direct Current, Space Vehicle Design Requirements
(Inactive for New Design)
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE HANDBOOKS

MIL-HDBK-235-1 Military Operational Electromagnetic Environment Profiles, Part 1C,
General Guidance
MIL-HDBK-237 Electromagnetic Environmental Effects and Spectrum Supportability
Guidance for the Acquisition Process
MIL-HDBK-423 High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP) Protection for Fixed and
Transportable Ground-Based C4I Facilities, Volume 1, Fixed Facilities
(Copies of these documents are available online at http://quicksearch.dla.mil/. For copies of

MIL-HDBK-423 call DLA Document Services at 215-697-6396 or DSN 442-6396 for additional
information.)
A.2.2.2 Other Government documents, drawings, and publications.

The following other Government documents, drawings, and publications specified herein are
referenced solely to provide supplemental technical data. These documents are for
informational purposes only.
ARMY PUBLICATIONS
ARMY MATERIEL COMMAND PAMPHLET (AMCP)
AMCP 706-410 Engineering Design Handbook, EMC
(Copies of these documents are available online at http://www.dtic.mil/.)
ARMY AERONAUTICAL DESIGN STANDARD

3
ADS-37-PRF Electromagnetic Environmental Effects (E ) Performance and
Verification Requirements
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.amrdec.army.mil/amrdec/rdmr-
se/tdmd/StandardAero.html/.)
AIR FORCE DOCUMENTS

AIR FORCE SYSTEMS COMMAND DESIGN HANDBOOK (AFSC DH)
AFSC DH 1-4 Air Force Systems Command Design Handbook, Electromagnetic
Compatibility
(Copies of this document are available from AFLCMC/EZSS,
Engineering.Standards@us.af.mil.)
161
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR)

47 CFR 2 Frequency Allocations and Radio Treaty Matters; General Rules and
Regulations
47 CFR 15 Radio Frequency Devices
47 CFR 18 Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Equipment
(Copies of these documents are available online at http://www.gpo.gov/ or
http://www.ntia.doc.gov/.)
NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS (NBS)

Technical Note Design, Evaluation, and Use of a Reverberation Chamber for
1092 Performing Electromagnetic Susceptibility/Vulnerability
Measurements
(Copies of this document are available online at
https://archive.org/details/designevaluation1092craw/.)
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (NIST)

Technical Note Evaluation of the NASA Langley Research Center Mode-Stirred
1508 Chamber Facility
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www/nist.gov/.)
NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATONS AND INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION (NTIA)

NTIA Manual of Regulations and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency Management
(Redbook)
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.ntia.doc.gov/.)
A.2.3 Non-Government publications.

The following non-government documents specified herein are referenced solely to provide
supplemental technical data. These documents are for informational purposes only.
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)

ANSI C63.4 American National Standard for Methods of Measurement of Radio-
Noise Emissions from Low-Voltage Electrical and Electronic
Equipment in the Range of 9 kHz to 40 GHz
ANSI C63.12 American National Standard Recommended Practice for
Electromagnetic Compatibility Limits
(Copies of these documents are available online at http://www.ieee.org/ or
http://www.ansi.org/.)
162
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
INTERNATIONAL ELECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION (IEC)

IEC 61000-4-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4-2: Testing and
measurement techniques – Electrostatic discharge immunity test
IEC 61000-4-21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Part 4-21: Testing and
measurement techniques – Reverberation chamber test methods
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.iec.ch/ or http://www.ansi.org/.)
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (DoD Adopted)
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.nfpa.org/.)
RADIO TECHNICAL COMMISSION FOR AERONAUTICS (RTCA) INC.

DO-160 Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne
Equipment
(Copies of these documents are available online at http://www.rtca.org/.)
SAE INTERNATIONAL
AEROSPACE INFORMATION REPORT

AIR6236 In-House Verification of EMI Test Equipment
AEROSPACE RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
ARP1972 Recommended Measurement Practices and Procedures for EMC
Testing
ARP5412 (R) Aircraft Lightning Environment and Related Test Waveforms
ARP5414 Aircraft Lightning Zone
ARP5415 User’s Manual for Certification of Aircraft Electrical/Electronic
Systems for the Indirect Effects of Lightning
ARP5416 Aircraft Lightning Test Methods
(Copies of this document are available online at http://www.sae.org/.)
163
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.3 DEFINITIONS
A.3.1 General.
The terms used in this appendix are defined in ANSI C63.14. In addition, the following
definitions are applicable for the purpose of this appendix.
A.3.2 Acronyms used in this appendix.
AM Amplitude Modulation
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ASW Anti-Submarine Warfare
BCI Bulk Cable Injection
BIT Built-In-Test
CI Commercial Items
CW Continuous Wave
E3 Electromagnetic Environmental Effects
EID Electrically Initiated Device
EIRP Effective Isotropic Radiated Power
EMALS Electromagnetic Aircraft Launch System
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EME Electromagnetic Environment
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
EMICP Electromagnetic Interference Control Procedures
EMITP Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures
EMITR Electromagnetic Interference Test Report
EMP Electromagnetic Pulse
ERP Effective Radiated Power
FCC Federal Communication Commission
GFE Government Furnished Equipment
GPI Ground Plane Interference
HEMP High-Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse
HERO Hazards of Electromagnetic Radiation to Ordnance
HF High Frequency
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
LISN Line Impedance Stabilization Network
LRU Line-Replaceable Unit
MAD Magnetic Anomaly Detectors
164
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
MOS Metal Oxide Semiconductor

NDI Non-Developmental Items
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
NOE Nap-of-the-earth
NTIA National Telecommunications and Information Administration
OATS Open Area Test Site
RF Radio Frequency
RFID Radio Frequency Identification
RMS Root Mean Square
RTCA Radio Technical Commission for Aeronautics
TPD Transient Protection Devices
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supplies
VFR Visual Flight Rules
VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
165
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A.4.1 (4.1) General.
Electronic, electrical, and electromechanical equipment and subsystems shall comply with the
applicable general interface requirements in 4.2. General requirements for verification shall be
in accordance with 4.3. These general requirements are in addition to the applicable detailed
emission and susceptibility requirements and associated test procedures defined in 5.
Discussion: The requirements in this paragraph are universally applicable to all subsystems
and equipment. Separate emission and susceptibility requirements that are structured to
address specific concerns with various classes of subsystems and equipment are contained in
other portions of this standard.
This document is concerned only with specifying technical requirements for controlling
electromagnetic interference (EMI) emissions and susceptibility at the subsystem-level and
equipment-level. The requirements in this document are not intended to be directly applied to
subassemblies of equipment such as modules or circuit cards. The basic concepts can be
implemented at the subassembly level; however, significant tailoring needs to be accomplished
for the particular application. The requirements included herein are intended to be used as a
baseline. Placement of the limits is based on demonstrated performance typically required for
use on existing platforms in order to achieve electromagnetic compatibility. System-level
requirements dealing with integration of subsystems and equipment are contained in
documents such as MIL-STD-464, MIL-STD-188-125-1 and MIL-STD-3023. MIL-STD-464
requirements include intra-system compatibility within the system, inter-system compatibility
with external radio frequency environments, lightning protection, and hazards of
electromagnetic radiation to ordnance, fuel and personnel. The procuring activity and system
contractors should review the requirements contained herein for possible tailoring based on
system design and expected operational environments. NTIA Manual provides requirements
for complying with laws governing use of the radio frequency spectrum by federal agencies.
Guidance and techniques which are helpful in meeting the requirements of this standard are
contained in MIL-HDBK-423, AFSC DH 1-4, and AMCP 706-410. MIL-HDBK-237 provides
guidance for management of Electromagnetic Environmental Effects (E3) efforts. ADS-37-PRF
provides additional guidance for Army equipment located or operated on fixed-wing aircraft and
helicopters. MIL-HDBK-235-1 and its supplemental parts provides information on land, air, and
sea based RF emitters, both hostile and friendly, which contribute to the overall EME.
The qualification status of equipment and subsystems becomes uncertain when hardware or
software changes are incorporated due to equipment updates or test failures, including failures
from testing to requirements other than EMI. To maintain certification to MIL-STD-461 after
changes are implemented, either an analysis showing no substantive impact needs to be issued
or continued compliance needs to be demonstrated by limited testing deemed to be appropriate
to evaluate the changes. The approach used to maintain continued certification and the results
of analysis and testing are normally subject to procuring activity approval.
A.4.2 (4.2) Interface requirements.
A.4.2.1 (4.2.1) Joint procurement.
Equipment or subsystems procured by one DoD activity for multi-agency use shall comply with
the requirements of the user agencies.
Discussion: When the government procures equipment that will be used by more than one
service or agency, a particular activity is assigned responsibility for overall procurement. The
166
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
responsible activity must address the concerns of all the users. Conflicts may exist among the
parties concerned. Also, imposition of more severe design requirements by one party may
adversely affect other performance characteristics required by the second party. For example,
severe radiated susceptibility levels on an electro-optical sensor may require aperture
protection measures which compromise sensitivity. It is important that these issues be resolved
to the satisfaction of all parties and that all genuine requirements be included.
A.4.2.2 (4.2.2) Filtering (Navy only).
The use of line-to-ground filters for EMI control shall be minimized. Such filters establish low
impedance paths for structure (common-mode) currents through the ground plane and can be a
major cause of interference in systems, platforms, or installations because the currents can
couple into other equipment using the same ground plane. If such a filter must be employed,
the line-to-ground capacitance for each line shall not exceed 0.1 microfarads (μF) for 60 Hertz
(Hz) equipment or 0.02 μF for 400 Hz equipment. For DC-powered equipment, the filter
capacitance from each line-to-ground at the user interface shall not exceed 0.075 μF/kW of
connected load. For DC loads less than 0.5 kW, the filter capacitance shall not exceed 0.03 μF.
The filtering employed shall be fully described in the equipment or subsystem technical manual
and the Electromagnetic Interference Control Procedures (EMICP) (see 6.3).
Discussion: The power systems for Navy ships and submarines are ungrounded. The
capacitance-to-ground of power line filters provides a path for conducting current into the hull
structure. The Navy uses very sensitive low frequency radio and sonar receivers. At low
frequencies, currents through the installation structure and across surfaces of electronic
enclosures will penetrate to the inside of the enclosure. The magnetic fields created by these
currents can couple into critical circuits and degrade performance. At higher frequencies
(greater than 100 kHz), the combination of power line filter capacitance-to-ground limitation,
skin effect of equipment enclosures, and reduced harmonic currents tend to minimize the
problems associated with structure currents.
Additionally, this requirement is used as a control to limit the total line to ground capacitance of
the ungrounded electrical distribution system for the performance of the ground fault detection
circuitry and for the restraint of hull currents and line to ground voltages. Excessive line to
ground capacitance will desensitize the ground fault detectors and may cause erroneous
ground fault indications in some cases. If unbalanced, line to ground capacitance may produce
unwanted hull currents and can form a resonant L-C circuit when combined with inductances
from motors, transformers, and cabling for damaging overvoltage to ground. It should be noted
that this requirement is applicable to all line to ground capacitance that is not transformer
isolated from primary power.
A.4.2.3 (4.2.3) Self-compatibility.
The operational performance of an equipment or subsystem shall not be degraded, nor shall it
malfunction, when all of the units or devices in the equipment or subsystem are operating
together at their designed levels of efficiency or their design capability.
Discussion: The EMI controls imposed by this standard apply to subsystem-level hardware
with the purpose of insuring compatibility when various subsystems are integrated into a system
platform. In a parallel sense, a subsystem can be considered to be an integration of various
assemblies, circuit cards, and electronics boxes. While specific requirements could be imposed
to control the interference characteristics of these individual items, this standard is concerned
only with the overall performance characteristics of the subsystem after integration. Therefore,
the subsystem itself must exhibit compatibility among its various component parts and
assemblies.
167
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.4.2.4 (4.2.4) Non-developmental items (NDI).

In accordance with the guidance provided by SD-2, the requirements of this standard shall be
met when applicable and warranted by the intended installation and platform requirements.
Discussion: NDI refers to any equipment that is already developed and ready for use
including both commercial and military items. The SD-2 provides guidance on EMC integration
issues relating to the use of NDI. The SD-2 states concerns with proper operation in the
mission environment and the need for compatibility with existing operational equipment. The
document includes cautions that acceptance in the commercial marketplace does not mean that
EMC requirements are met, that modifications to correct EMC problems can be costly and time
consuming, and that EMC problems can be potentially hazardous. The SD-2 states that
quantitative EMC requirements should be developed and that valid data needs to be gathered
during a market investigation for performance of analysis to determine the suitability of the NDI.
Testing may be required if there is insufficient data. An EMC advisory board is recommended
to provide alternatives to decision makers.
It is common for the DoD to use commercially available medical devices onboard aeromedical
evacuation aircraft. This equipment needs to undergo a suitability assessment which involves
determining the environmental and EMI characteristics of the equipment for review by flight
certification personnel. A basic methodology has been established as described below for the
EMI portion of this assessment for Army Aviation and Air Force applications. Contractual
compliance with MIL-STD-461 is not imposed on the procurements. The MIL-STD-461
requirements that are evaluated are CE102, CS101, CS114, CS115, CS116, RE102, and
RS103 for both Services and the addition of CE101 for the Army. Depending on whether
aircraft power or battery operation is used and the type of electrical interfaces, if any, will
influence whether CE101, CE102, CS101, CS114, CS115, and CS116 are necessary, as is the
case with any equipment. CS114 Curve 3 and the Air Force RS103 requirement of 20 V/m
from 2 to 1000 MHz and 60 V/m levels from 1 to 18 GHz are treated as anticipated nominal
performance levels. Thresholding of any response is accomplished for these levels and the
other susceptibility evaluations. Only the standard 1 kHz pulse modulation, 50% duty cycle,
specified in MIL-STD-461 is used.
A.4.2.4.1 (4.2.4.1) Commercial items (CI).
Discussion: The use of CI presents a dilemma between the need for EMI control with
appropriate design measures implemented and the desire to take advantage of existing designs
which may exhibit undesirable EMI characteristics. Paragraphs 4.2.4.1.1 and 4.2.4.1.2 address
the specific requirements for the two separate cases of contractor selection versus procuring
activity specification of commercial equipment.
For some applications of commercially developed products, such as commercial transport
aircraft, EMI requirements similar to those in this standard are usually imposed on equipment.
Most commercial aircraft equipment is required to meet the EMI requirements in RTCA DO-160
or an equivalent contractor in-house document. Recent revisions to RTCA DO-160 are making
the document more compatible with this standard. Equipment qualified to revisions C and later
of RTCA DO-160 is often suitable for military aircraft applications. However, the procuring
activity must obtain the test reports to ensure the equipment meets the applicable
requirements.
EMI requirements on most commercial equipment are more varied and sometimes nonexistent.
The Federal Communication Commission (FCC) is responsible for regulating "Non-Licensed
Radio Frequency Devices" in the commercial and residential environment to control
168
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
interference to radio reception. Requirements are imposed in FCC CFR Title 47, Parts 2, 15,
and 18. The FCC does not control susceptibility (referred to as immunity in the commercial
community) characteristics of equipment. The most widely applied requirement is Part 15
which requires that any "digital device" comply with the following conducted and radiated
emission limits for commercial environments (Class A) and residential environments (Class B).
CONDUCTED EMISSIONS
FREQUENCY (MHz) CLASS A (dBV) CLASS B (dBV)
0.45 - 1.705 60 48
1.705 – 30 70 48
RADIATED EMISSIONS
FREQUENCY CLASS A CLASS B
(MHz) (dBV/m at 10 meters) (dBV/m at 3 meters)
30 – 88 39 40
88 – 216 44 44
216 – 960 46 46
above 960 50 54
These requirements are typically less stringent than military requirements of a similar type.
Also, there is difficulty in comparing levels between commercial and military testing due to
differences in measurement distances, different types of antennas, and near-field conditions.
The commercial community is moving toward immunity standards. The basis for immunity
requirements is given in ANSI C63.12. There is also activity in the international area. The
European Union is imposing mandatory standards and the International Electrotechnical
Commission is working on standards.
A.4.2.4.1.1 (4.2.4.1.1) Selected by contractor.
When it is demonstrated that a CI selected by the contractor is responsible for equipment or
subsystems failing to meet the contractual EMI requirements, either the CI shall be modified or
replaced or interference suppression measures shall be employed, so that the equipment or
subsystems meet the contractual EMI requirements.
Discussion: The contractor retains responsibility for complying with EMI requirements
regardless of the contractor's choice of commercial off-the-shelf items. The contractor can treat
selected commercial items as necessary provided required performance is demonstrated.
A.4.2.4.1.2 (4.2.4.1.2) Specified by procuring activity.
When it is demonstrated by the contractor that a CI specified by the procuring activity for use in
an equipment or subsystem is responsible for failure of the equipment or subsystem to meet its
contractual EMI requirements, the data indicating such failure shall be included in the
Electromagnetic Interference Test Report (EMITR) (see 6.3). No modification or replacement
shall be made unless authorized by the procuring activity.
Discussion: The procuring activity retains responsibility for EMI characteristics of commercial
items that the procuring activity specifies to be used as part of a subsystem or equipment. The
169
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
procuring activity will typically study trade-offs between the potential for system-level problems
and the benefits of retaining unmodified commercial equipment. The procuring activity needs to
provide specific contractual direction when modifications are considered to be necessary.
A.4.2.4.2. (4.2.4.2) Procurement of equipment or subsystems having met other EMI
requirements.
Procurement of equipment and subsystems electrically and mechanically identical to those
previously procured by activities of DoD or other Federal agencies, or their contractors, shall
meet the EMI requirements and associated limits, as applicable in the earlier procurement,
unless otherwise specified by the Command or agency concerned.
Discussion: In general, the government expects configuration controls to be exercised in the
manufacturing process of equipment and subsystems to ensure that produced items continue
to meet the particular EMI requirements to which the design was qualified. This standard
reflects the most up-to-date environments and concerns. Since the original EMI requirements
may be substantially different than those in this standard, they may not be adequate to assess
the suitability of the item in a particular installation. This situation most often occurs for
equipment susceptibility tests related to the radiated electromagnetic environment. Procuring
activities need to consider imposing additional test requirements on the contractor to gather
additional data to permit adequate evaluation.
Testing of production items has shown degraded performance of the equipment from that
previously demonstrated during development. One problem area is engineering changes
implemented for ease of manufacturing which are not adequately reviewed for potential effects
on EMI control design measures. Specific problems have been related to treatment of cable
and enclosure shields, electrical grounding and bonding, and substitution of new component
parts due to obsolescence.
A.4.2.5 (4.2.5) Government furnished equipment (GFE).
When it is demonstrated by the contractor that a GFE is responsible for failure of an equipment
or subsystem to meet its contractual EMI requirements, the data indicating such failure shall be
included in the EMITR. No modification shall be made unless authorized by the procuring
activity.
Discussion: GFE is treated the same as commercial items specified by the procuring activity.
A.4.2.6 (4.2.6) Switching transients.
Switching transient emissions that result at the moment of operation of manually actuated
switching functions are exempt from the requirements of this standard. Other transient type
conditions, such as automatic sequencing following initiation by a manual switching function,
shall meet the emissions requirements of this standard.
Discussion: Proper treatment of manually actuated switching functions has long been a
dilemma. Platform experience has shown that switching of electronics equipment subjected to
EMI requirements rarely causes electromagnetic compatibility problems. On this basis, there
are no requirements included in this standard. "On-off" switching has been of particular
interest. “On-off” switching has occasionally caused power quality type problems. These
problems are associated with voltage regulation difficulties from a large load being switched on
a power bus; however, such power quality issues are not addressed by this standard.
Platform problems have also been observed from switching of items not normally subjected to
EMI requirements such as unsuppressed inductors (valves, relays, etc.), motors, and high
current resistive loads. These types of problems are more related to coupling of transients onto
170
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
platform wiring through electric and magnetic fields than direct conduction of the interference.
There are substantial requirements included in the standard to protect against susceptibility to
transients. This statement is not intended to imply that inductive devices and other transient
producers should not be suppressed as a normal good design practice. For example, some
integrating contractors routinely require vendors to provide diode suppression on inductors.
In earlier versions of EMI standards, manually actuated functions were measured using
frequency domain techniques. Although measured emission levels were often 40-70 dB above
the limit, no platform problems were observed. This technique was largely abandoned in later
versions of the standards in favor of a time domain requirement on power leads (CE07).
Except for some above limit conditions associated with on-off functions, equipment rarely have
had any problems with the requirement. Testing of on-off functions has often been
controversial because of the need to often use a switch external to the equipment. A number of
issues arise regarding placement of the switch, where the transient should be measured,
whether the switch or the equipment causes the transient, and whether the switch can be
suppressed.
The exemption is applicable only for transient effects occurring at the moment of manual switch
operation. Many other transient type effects occur during the operation of electronics. An
argument could be made that the operation of microprocessor controlled electronics produces
continuous transients with every change of state. There are certain transient effects that occur
infrequently which could be presented to the procuring activity as events similar to the action of
a manual switch with a request for an exemption. An example is a heater circuit that functions
intermittently dependent upon a sensed temperature.
Other documents such as MIL-STD-704, MIL-STD-464, and MIL-STD-1399-300 impose
transient controls at the system-level.
A.4.2.7 (4.2.7) Interchangeable modular equipment.
The requirements of this standard are verified at the Shop Replaceable Unit, Line Replaceable
Unit, or Integrated Equipment Rack assembly level. When modular equipment such as line
replaceable modules are replaced or interchanged within the assembly additional testing or a
similarity assessment is required. The type of assessment shall be approved by the procuring
agency.
Discussion: Different equipment with the same form, fit and function characteristics may have
the potential for different EMI profiles, thus resulting in interchangeability issues. Additionally,
more subsystems and equipment are being designed and built by more than one manufacturer.
Different manufacturer’s unique designs such as filter placement on the motherboard or
module, general board design/circuit layout, compatibilities of Inputs/Outputs at higher
frequencies, component tolerances, board proximity, etc., will affect the electromagnetic
interference characteristics of the equipment. Therefore, testing of all possible configurations
or a detailed analysis assessing the design configuration changes is required.
A.4.3 (4.3) Verification requirements.
The general requirements related to test procedures, test facilities, and equipment stated
below, together with the detailed test procedures included in section 5, shall be used to
determine compliance with the applicable emission and susceptibility requirements of this
standard. Any procuring activity approved exceptions or deviations from these general
requirements shall be documented in the Electromagnetic Interference Test Procedures
(EMITP) (see 6.3). Equipment that is intended to be operated as a subsystem shall be tested
as such to the applicable emission and susceptibility requirements whenever practical. Formal
171
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
testing is not to commence without approval of the EMITP by the Command or agency
concerned. Data gathered as a result of performing tests in one electromagnetic discipline may
be sufficient to satisfy requirements in another. Therefore, to avoid unnecessary duplication, a
single test program should be established with tests for similar requirements conducted
concurrently whenever possible.
Discussion: This portion of the document specifies general requirements that are applicable to
a variety of test procedures applicable for individual emissions and susceptibility requirements.
The detailed test procedures for each emissions and susceptibility requirement include
procedures that are unique to that requirement. Other sources of information dealing with
electromagnetic interference testing are available in industry documents such as RTCA DO-
160.
Electromagnetic disciplines [EMC, electromagnetic pulse (EMP), lightning, RF compatibility,
frequency allocation, etc.] are integrated to differing levels in various government and
contractor organizations. There is often a common base of requirements among the
disciplines. It is more efficient to have unified requirements and complete and concise testing.
For example, the EMC, EMP and lightning areas all pertain to electronic hardness to transients.
The transient requirements in this standard should satisfy most concerns or should be adapted
as necessary to do so.
Testing integrated equipment at the subsystem-level is advantageous because the actual
electrical interfaces are in place rather than electrical load or test equipment simulations. When
simulations are used, there is always doubt regarding the integrity of the simulation and
questions arise whether emission and susceptibility problems are due to the equipment under
test or the simulation.
Contractor generated test procedures provide a mechanism to interpret and adapt MIL-STD-
461 as it is applicable to a particular subsystem or equipment and to detail the test agency's
facilities and instrumentation and their use. It is important that the procedures are available to
the procuring activity early so that the procuring activity can approve the test procedures prior to
the start of testing. Agreement needs to exist between the procuring activity and the contractor
on the interpretation of test requirements and procedures, thereby minimizing the possible need
for retesting.
When testing large equipment, equipment that requires special handling provision or high
power equipment, deviations from the standard testing procedures may be required. Large
equipment may not fit through the typical shielded room door or may be so heavy that it would
crush the floor. Other equipment has large movable arms or turrets or equipment that requires
special heating or cooling facilities. This equipment may have to be tested at the
manufacturer’s facilities or at the final installation. The following examples are for guidance.
Sound engineering practices should be used and explained in detail in the EMITP when
deviating from the standard test procedures due to EUT characteristics. The design of the tests
is of primary importance and the data recorded during the testing must reflect the final
installation characteristics as closely as possible.
For equipment which requires high input current (for example: > 200 A), commercial LISNs
may not be available. Since LISNs are ineffective below 10 kHz, they may be deleted for
CE101 testing. For CE102, the “voltage probe” called out in ANSI C63.4 may be substituted.
The construction of the probe is shown on Figure A-1. A direct connection to the power lines is
required and care must be taken to establish a reference ground for the measurements. It may
be necessary to perform repeated measurements over a suitable period of time to determine
172
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
the variation in the power line impedance and the impact on the measured emissions from the
EUT.
The measurements are made between each current-carrying conductor in the supply mains and
the ground conductor with a blocking capacitor C and resistor R, as shown on Figure A-1, so
that the total resistance between the line under test and ground is 1500 ohms. The probe
attenuates the voltage so calibration factors are required. The measurement point (probe’s
position on the cables) must be identified in all test setups.
When equipment is too large or requires special provisions (loads, drives, water, emission of
toxic fumes and such), testing in a typical semi-anechoic room may not be feasible. Temporary
screen rooms consisting of hardware cloth can be built around the test area to reduce the
ambient for radiated emission testing and to contain the RF field during radiated susceptibility
testing. Since the room may be highly reflective, care must be taken to identify any
resonances. Several antenna positions may be required in order to reduce the effect of the
resonances.
Equipment which produces high power RF output may be required to be tested on an open
area test site. Additionally, equipment that needs to have a communication link to the outside
world must be tested in the open. FCC approval may be required in order to generate the RF
fields for the RS103 test requirement. If the communication link can be simulated, then the test
can be performed in a shielded room. In this case, special dummy loads may be required,
since the high power RF radiation could damage the anechoic material due to heating.
SUPPLY MAINS
C
XC < 1500 
R = (1500 - RM) 
MEASUREMENT
RECEIVER
XL > RM INPUT IMPEDANCE = R M 
FIGURE A-1. Voltage probe for tests at user’s installation.
173
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Imposition of EMI requirements on large equipment has become essential to prevent EMI
problems. Therefore, EMI requirements should not be waived simply because of special
handling problems or equipment size. Typical equipment and subsystems for which these
special provisions have been applied are as follows:
Air handling units (heating, ventilating, and air conditioning)
Large uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)
Equipment vans/motorized vehicles
Desalinization units
Large motors/generators/drives/power distribution systems
Large radars
Rail guns and their power sources
Catapults and their power sources
Multiple console subsystems
A.4.3.1 (4.3.1) Measurement tolerances.
Unless otherwise stated for a particular measurement, the tolerance shall be as follows:
a. Distance: ±5%
b. Frequency: ±2%
c. Amplitude, measurement receiver: ±2 dB
d. Amplitude, measurement system (includes measurement receivers, transducers,
cables, and so forth): ±3 dB
e. Time (waveforms): ±5%
f. Resistors: ±5%
g. Capacitors: ±20%
Discussion: Tolerances are necessary to maintain reasonable controls for obtaining
consistent measurements. Paragraphs 4.3.1b through 4.3.1d are in agreement with ANSI
C63.2 for electromagnetic noise instrumentation.
A.4.3.2 (4.3.2) Shielded enclosures.
To prevent interaction between the EUT and the outside environment, shielded enclosures will
usually be required for testing. These enclosures prevent external environment signals from
contaminating emission measurements and susceptibility test signals from interfering with
electrical and electronic items in the vicinity of the test facility. Shielded enclosures must have
adequate attenuation such that the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 are satisfied. The enclosures
shall be sufficiently large such that the EUT arrangement requirements of 4.3.8 and antenna
positioning requirements described in the individual test procedures are satisfied.
Discussion: Potential accuracy problems introduced by shielded enclosure resonances are
well documented and recognized; however, shielded enclosures are usually a necessity for
testing of military equipment to the requirements of this standard. Most test agencies are at
locations where ambient levels outside of the enclosures are significantly above the limits in this
standard and would interfere with the ability to obtain meaningful data.
174
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Electrical interfaces with military equipment are often complex and require sophisticated test
equipment to simulate and evaluate the interface. This equipment usually must be located
outside of the shielded enclosure to achieve sufficient isolation and prevent it from
contaminating the ambient and responding to susceptibility signals.
The shielded enclosure also prevents radiation of applied susceptibility signals from interfering
with local antenna-connected receivers. The most obvious potential offender is the RS103 test.
However, other susceptibility tests can result in substantial radiated energy that may violate
FCC rules.
A.4.3.2.1 (4.3.2.1) Radio frequency (RF) absorber material.
RF absorber material (carbon impregnated foam pyramids, ferrite tiles, and so forth) shall be
used when performing electric field radiated emissions or radiated susceptibility testing inside a
shielded enclosure to reduce reflections of electromagnetic energy and to improve accuracy
and repeatability. The RF absorber shall be placed above, behind, and on both sides of the
EUT, and behind the radiating or receiving antenna as shown on Figure 1. Minimum
performance of the material shall be as specified in Table I. The manufacturer's certification of
their RF absorber material (basic material only, not installed) is acceptable.
Discussion: Accuracy problems with making measurements in untreated shielded enclosures
due to reflections of electromagnetic energy have been widely recognized and documented.
The values of RF absorption required by Table I are considered to be sufficient to substantially
improve the integrity of the measurements without unduly impacting test facilities. The
minimum placement provisions for the material are specified to handle the predominant
reflections. The use of additional material is desirable, where possible. It is intended that the
values in Table I can be met with available ferrite tile material or standard 24 inch (0.61 meters)
pyramidal absorber material.
A.4.3.3 (4.3.3) Other test sites.
If other test sites are used, the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 shall be met.
Discussion: For certain types of EUTs, testing in a shielded enclosure may not be practical.
Examples are EUTs which are extremely large, require high electrical power levels or motor
drives to function, emit toxic fumes, or are too heavy for normal floor loading (see A.4.3
discussion for additional information). There is a serious concern with ambient levels
contaminating data when testing is performed outside of a shielded enclosure. Therefore,
special attention is given to this testing under 4.3.4, "Ambient electromagnetic level." All cases
where testing is performed outside a shielded enclosure should be justified in detail in the
EMITP, including typical profiles of expected ambient levels.
If it is necessary to operate EUTs that include RF transmitters outside of a shielded enclosure,
spectrum certification and a frequency assignment must first be obtained through the spectrum
management process.
An option in emission testing is the use of an open area test site (OATS) in accordance with
ANSI C63.4. These sites are specifically designed to enhance accuracy and repeatability. Due
to differences between ANSI C63.4 and this standard in areas such as antenna selection,
measurement distances, and specified frequency ranges, the EMITP should detail the
techniques for using the OATS and relating the test results to the requirements of this standard.
A.4.3.4 (4.3.4) Ambient electromagnetic level.
During testing, the ambient electromagnetic level measured with the EUT de-energized and all
auxiliary equipment turned on shall be at least 6 dB below the allowable specified limits when
175
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
the tests are performed in a shielded enclosure. Ambient conducted levels on power leads
shall be measured with the leads disconnected from the EUT and connected to a resistive load
which draws the same rated current as the EUT. When tests are performed in a shielded
enclosure and the EUT is in compliance with required limits, the ambient profile need not be
recorded in the EMITR. When measurements are made outside a shielded enclosure, the tests
shall be performed during times and conditions when the ambient is at its lowest level. The
ambient shall be recorded in the EMITR and shall not compromise the test results.
Discussion: Controlling ambient levels is critical to maintaining the integrity of the gathered
data. High ambients present difficulties distinguishing between EUT emissions and ambient
levels. Even when specific signals are known to be ambient related, they may mask EUT
emissions that are above the limits of this standard.
The requirement that the ambient be at least 6 dB below the limit ensures that the combination
of the EUT emissions and ambient does not unduly affect the indicated magnitude of the
emission. If a sinusoidal noise signal is at the limit and the ambient is 6 dB below the limit, the
indicated level would be approximately 3 dB above the limit. Similarly, if the ambient were
allowed to be equal to the limit for the same true emission level, the indicated level would be
approximately 5 dB above the limit.
A resistive load is specified to be used for conducted ambients on power leads. However,
under certain conditions actual ambient levels may be higher than indicated with a resistive
load. The most likely reason is the presence of capacitance at the power interface of the EUT
that will lower the input impedance at higher frequencies and increase the current. This
capacitance should be determined and ambient measurements repeated with the capacitance
in place. There is also the possibility of resonance conditions with shielded room filtering, EUT
filtering, and power line inductance. These types of conditions may need to be investigated if
unexpected emission levels are observed.
Testing outside of a shielded enclosure often must be performed at night to minimize influences
of the ambient. A prevalent problem with the ambient is that it continuously changes with time
as various emitters are turned on and off and as amplitudes fluctuate. A useful tool for
improving the flow of testing is to thoroughly analyze the EUT circuitry prior to testing and
identify frequencies where emissions may be expected to be present.
An option to improve overall measurement accuracy is to make preliminary measurements
inside a shielded enclosure and accurately determine frequencies where emissions are present.
Testing can be continued outside the shielded enclosure with measurements being repeated at
the selected frequencies. The 6 dB margin between the ambient and limits must then be
observed only at the selected frequencies.
A.4.3.5 (4.3.5) Ground plane.
The EUT shall be installed on a ground plane that simulates the actual installation. If the actual
installation is unknown or multiple installations are expected, then a metallic ground plane shall
be used. Unless otherwise specified below, ground planes shall be 2.25 square meters or
larger in area with the smaller side no less than 76 cm. When a ground plane is not present in
the EUT installation, the EUT shall be placed on a non-conductive table, such as wood or foam.
Discussion: Generally, the radiated emissions and radiated susceptibilities of equipment are
due to coupling from and to the interconnecting cables and not via the case of the EUT.
Emissions and susceptibility levels are directly related to the placement of the cable with
respect to the ground plane and to the electrical conductivity of the ground plane. Thus, the
ground plane plays an important role in obtaining the most realistic test results.
176
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
When the EUT is too large to be installed on a conventional ground plane on a bench, the
actual installation should be duplicated. For example, a large radar antenna may need to be
installed on a test stand and the test stand bonded to the floor of the shielded enclosure.
Ground planes need to be placed on the floor of shielded rooms with floor surfaces such as
tiles that are not electrically conductive.
The use of ground planes is also applicable for testing outside of a shielded enclosure. These
ground planes will need to be referenced to earth as necessary to meet the electrical safety
requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). Where possible, these ground planes
should be electrically bonded to other accessible grounded reference surfaces such as the
outside structure of a shielded enclosure.
The minimum dimensions for a ground plane of 2.25 square meters with 76 cm on the smallest
side will be adequate only for setups involving a limited number of EUT enclosures with few
electrical interfaces. The ground plane must be large enough to allow for the requirements
included in 4.3.8 on positioning and arrangement of the EUT and associated cables to be met.
A.4.3.5.1 (4.3.5.1) Metallic ground plane.
When the EUT is installed on a metallic ground plane, the ground plane shall have a surface
resistance no greater than 0.1 milliohms per square. The DC resistance between metallic
ground planes and the shielded enclosure shall be 2.5 milliohms or less. The metallic ground
planes shown on Figures 2 through 5 shall be electrically bonded to the floor or wall of the basic
shielded room structure at least once every 1 meter. The metallic bond straps shall be solid
and maintain a five-to-one ratio or less in length to width. Metallic ground planes used outside
a shielded enclosure shall extend at least 2.5 meters beyond the test setup boundary in each
direction.
Discussion: For the metallic ground plane, a copper ground plane with a thickness of 0.25
millimeters has been commonly used and satisfies the surface resistance requirements. Other
metallic materials of the proper size and thickness needed to achieve the resistivity can be
substituted.
For metallic ground planes, the surface resistance can be calculated by dividing the bulk
resistivity by the thickness. For example, copper has a bulk resistivity of 1.75x10-8 ohm-meters.
For a 0.25 millimeter thick ground plane as noted above, the surface resistance is
1.7x10-8/2.5x10-4 = 6.8x10-5 ohms per square = 0.068 milliohms per square. The requirement is
0.1 milliohms per square.
A.4.3.5.2 (4.3.5.2) Composite ground plane.
When the EUT is installed on a conductive composite ground plane, the surface resistivity of
the typical installation shall be used. Composite ground planes shall be electrically bonded to
the enclosure with means suitable to the material.
Discussion: A copper ground plane has typically been used for all testing in the past. For
most instances, this has been adequate. However, with the increasing use of composites, the
appropriate ground plane will play a bigger role in the test results. Limited testing on both
copper and conductive composite ground planes has shown some differences in
electromagnetic coupling test results, thus the need exists to duplicate the actual installation, if
possible. In some cases, it may be necessary to include several ground planes in the same
test setup if different units of the same EUT are installed on different materials in the
installation.
177
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
With the numerous different composite materials being used in installations, it is not possible to
specify a general resistivity value. The typical resistivity of carbon composite is about 2000
times that of aluminum. The actual resistivity needs to be obtained from the installation
contractor and used for testing.
A.4.3.6 (4.3.6) Power source impedance.
The impedance of power sources providing input power to the EUT shall be controlled by Line
Impedance Stabilization Networks (LISNs) for all measurement procedures of this document
unless otherwise stated in a particular test procedure. LISNs shall not be used on output power
leads. The LISNs shall be located at the power source end of the exposed length of power
leads specified in 4.3.8.6.2. LISNs shall be electrically bonded to the test ground plane or
facility ground as required and the bond resistance shall not exceed 2.5 milliohms. The LISN
circuit shall be in accordance with the schematic shown on Figure 6. The LISN impedance
characteristics shall be in accordance with Figure 7. LISN impedance plots shall be provided in
the EMITR. If a LISN impedance needs to be verified, it is measured under the following
conditions:
a. The impedance shall be measured between the power output lead on the load side of
the LISN and the metal enclosure of the LISN.
b. The signal output port of the LISN shall be terminated in fifty ohms.
c. The power input terminal on the power source side of the LISN shall be unterminated.
Discussion: The impedance is standardized to represent expected impedances in actual
installations and to ensure consistent results between different test agencies. Versions of MIL-
STD-462 (previously contained test procedures for MIL-STD-461 requirements) in the past
used 10 μF feedthrough capacitors on the power leads. The intent of these devices was to
determine the current generator portion of a Norton current source model. If the impedance of
the interference source was also known, the interference potential of the source could be
analytically determined for particular circumstances in the installation. A requirement was never
established for measuring the impedance portion of the source model. More importantly,
concerns arose over the test configuration influencing the design of power line filtering.
Optimized filters are designed based on knowledge of both source and load impedances.
Significantly different filter designs will result for the 10 μF capacitor loading versus the
impedance loading shown on Figure 7 of the main body.
LISNs are not used on output power leads. Emission measurements using LISNs are
performed on input power leads because the EUT is using a power source common to many
other equipment items and the EUT must not degrade the quality of the power. When the EUT
is the source of power, the issue is completely different since the electrical characteristics of the
power required are controlled by the defined power quality requirements. Output power leads
should be terminated with appropriate electrical loading that produces potentially worst case
emission and susceptibility characteristics.
The particular configuration of the LISN is specified for several reasons. A number of
experiments were performed to evaluate typical power line impedances present in a shielded
room on various power input types both with and without power line filters and to assess the
possible methods of controlling the impedance. An approach was considered for the standard
to simply specify an impedance curve from 30 Hz to 100 MHz and to allow the test agency to
meet the impedance using whatever means the agency found suitable. The experiments
showed that there were no straightforward techniques to maintain desired controls over the
entire frequency range.
178
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A specific 50 μH LISN (see ANSI C63.4) was selected to maintain a standardized control on the
impedance as low as 10 kHz. Five μH LISNs used commonly in the past provide little control
below 100 kHz. Impedance control below 10 kHz is difficult. From evaluations of several 50 μH
LISN configurations, the one specified demonstrated the best overall performance for various
shielded room filtering variations. Near 10 kHz, the reactances of the 50 μH inductor and 8 μF
capacitor cancel and the LISN is effectively a 5 ohm resistive load across the power line.
Using a common LISN is important for standardization reasons. However, the use of
alternative LISNs may be desirable in certain application where the characteristics of the LISN
may not be representative of the actual installation and the design of EUT circuitry is being
adversely affected. For example, there are issues with switching power supply stability and the
power source impedance seen by the power supply. The 50 μH inductor in the LISN represents
the inductance of power distribution wiring running for approximately 50 meters. For a large
platform, such as a ship or cargo aircraft, this value is quite representative of the actual
installation. However, for smaller platforms such as fighter aircraft, inductance values may be
substantially lower than 50 μH. If alternative LISN designs are used, certain issues need to be
addressed such as the frequency range over which effective impedance control is present and
where voltage versus current measurements are appropriate.
Caution needs to be exercised in using the LISN for 400 Hz power systems. Some existing
LISNs may not have components sufficient to handle the power dissipation requirements. At
115 volts, 400 Hz, the 8 μF capacitor and 5 ohm resistor will pass approximately 2.3 amperes
which results in 26.5 watts being dissipated in the resistor.
Under CE101 and CE102 discussions, the use of a 5 μH LISN is suggested as a possible
alternative under certain circumstances. Figures A-2 and A-3 below show design and
impedance characteristics of an appropriate LISN. Refer to those sections in this appendix for
further details.
FIGURE A-2. 5 μH LISN schematic.
179
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
60
tolerance on impedance is +/-20%

50
40
Imepdance 
30
20
10
0
0.1 1 10 100
Frequency MHz
FIGURE A-3. 5 μH LISN impedance.
A.4.3.7 (4.3.7) General test precautions.

Discussion: The requirements included in 4.3.7 cover important areas related to improving
test integrity and safety that need special attention. There are many other areas where test
difficulties may develop. Some are described here.
It is common for shields to become loose or broken at connectors on coaxial cables resulting in
incorrect readings. There also are cases where center conductors of coaxial cables break or
separate. Periodic tests should be performed to ensure cable integrity. Special low loss cables
may be required when testing at higher frequencies.
Caution needs to be exercised when performing emission testing at frequencies below
approximately 10 kHz to avoid ground loops in the instrumentation which may introduce faulty
readings. A single-point ground often needs to be maintained. It is usually necessary to use
isolation transformers at the measurement receiver and accessory equipment. The single-point
ground is normally established at the access (feedthrough) panel for the shielded enclosure.
However, if a transducer is being used which requires an electrical bond to the enclosure, the
coaxial cable will need to be routed through the enclosure access panel without being
grounded. Since the shielded room integrity will then be compromised, a normal multiple point
grounded setup needs to be re-established as low in frequency as possible.
Rather than routing the coaxial cable through the enclosure access panel without grounding it
to the enclosure, a 50 ohm video isolation transformer may be connected to the grounded RF
180
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
connector at the access panel inside the room. Normal connection of the measuring receiver is
made to the grounded connector at the panel outside the room. This technique effectively
breaks the ground loop without sacrificing the room's shielding integrity. The losses of the
video isolation transformer must be accounted for in the measurement data. These devices are
typically useful up to approximately 10 MHz.
If isolation transformers are found to be necessary in certain setups, problems may exist with
items powered by switching power supplies. A solution is to use transformers that are rated at
approximately five times the current rating of the item.
Solid state instrumentation power sources have been found to be susceptible to radiated fields
even to the extent of being shut down. It is best to keep these items outside of the shielded
enclosure.
A.4.3.7.1 (4.3.7.1) Accessory equipment.
Accessory equipment used in conjunction with measurement receivers shall not degrade
measurement integrity.
Discussion: Measurement receivers are generally designed to meet the limits of this standard
so they do not contaminate the ambient for emission testing when they are used inside the
shielded enclosure. However, accessory equipment such as computers, oscilloscopes, plotters,
or other instruments used to control the receiver or monitor its outputs can cause problems.
They may compromise the integrity of the receiver by radiating signals conducted out of the
receiver from improperly treated electrical interfaces or may produce interference themselves
and raise the ambient. Even passive devices such as headsets have been known to impact the
test results.
It is best to locate all of the test equipment outside of the shielded enclosure with the obvious
exception of the transducer (antenna or current probe). Proper equipment location will ensure
that the emissions being measured are being generated in the EUT only and will help ensure
that the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 are met. If the equipment must be used inside the
enclosure or if testing is being conducted outside of an enclosure, the measurement receiver
and accessory equipment should be located as far away from the transducers as practical to
minimize any impact.
A.4.3.7.2 (4.3.7.2) Excess personnel and equipment.
The test area shall be kept free of unnecessary personnel, equipment, cable racks, and desks.
Only the equipment essential to the test being performed shall be in the test area or enclosure.
Only personnel actively involved in the test shall be permitted in the enclosure. All equipment
and ancillary gear including antennas that are not being actively used for a particular subset of
radiated tests shall be removed from the test area or shielded enclosure.
Discussion: Excess personnel and both electronic and mechanical equipment such as desks
or cable racks in the enclosure can affect the test results. During radiated emission testing in
particular, all nonessential personnel and equipment should be removed from the test site. Any
object in the enclosure can significantly influence or introduce standing waves in the enclosure
and thus alter the test results. The requirement to use RF absorber material will help to
mitigate these effects. However, material performance is not defined below 80 MHz for
practical reasons and standing waves continue to be a concern.
A.4.3.7.3 (4.3.7.3) Overload precautions.
Measurement receivers and transducers are subject to overload, especially receivers without
pre-selectors and active transducers. Periodic checks shall be performed to assure that an
181
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
overload condition does not exist. Instrumentation changes shall be implemented to correct
any overload condition.
Discussion: Overloads can easily go unnoticed if there is not an awareness of the possibility of
an overload or active monitoring for the condition. The usual result is a leveling of the output
indication of the receiver.
Two types of overloads are possible. A narrowband signal such as a sinusoid can saturate any
receiver or active transducer. Typical procedures for selecting attenuation settings for
measurement receivers place detected voltages corresponding to emission limits well within the
dynamic range of the receiver. Saturation problems for narrowband type signals will normally
only appear for a properly configured receiver if emissions are significantly above the limits.
Saturation can occur more readily when receivers are used to monitor susceptibility signals due
to the larger voltages involved.
Overload from impulsive type signals with broad frequency content can be much more
deceptive. This condition is most likely to occur with devices without a tunable bandpass feature
in the first stage of the signal input. Examples are preamplified rod antennas and spectrum
analyzers without preselectors. The input circuitry is exposed to energy over a large portion of
the frequency spectrum. Preselectors include a tunable tracking filter which bandwidth limits
the energy applied to the receiver front end circuitry.
Measurement receiver overload to both narrowband and impulsive type signals can be
evaluated by applying a 10 dB additional attenuation in the first stage of the receiver (before
mixer circuitry) or external to the receiver. If overload is not present, the observed output will
uniformly decrease by 10 dB.
Overload conditions for active antennas are normally published as part of the literature supplied
with the antenna. For narrowband signals, the indicated level in the data can be reviewed with
respect to the literature to evaluate overload. Levels are also published for impulsive type
signals; however, these levels are not very useful since they usually assume that a flat field
exists across the useable range of the antenna. In reality, the impulsive field will vary
significantly with frequency and the antenna circuitry sees the integration of the spectral content
of this field over its bandpass. The primary active antenna used is an active rod antenna.
Overload can be evaluated by collapsing the rod and observing the change in indication. If
overload is not present, the indicated level should drop approximately 8 dB (rod at 30% of its
original height). The actual change for any particular manufacturer's product will depend on the
telescoping design and can be determined by radiating a signal to the antenna that is within its
linear range.
A.4.3.7.4 (4.3.7.4) RF hazards.
Some tests in this standard will result in electromagnetic fields that are potentially dangerous to
personnel. The permissible exposure levels in DoDI 6055.11 shall not be exceeded in areas
where personnel are present. Safety procedures and devices shall be used to prevent
accidental exposure of personnel to RF hazards.
Discussion: During some radiated susceptibility and radiated emission testing, RS103, RS105
and RE103 in particular, fields may exceed the permissible exposure levels in DoDI 6055.11.
During these tests, precautions must be implemented to avoid inadvertent exposure of
personnel. Monitoring of the EUT during testing may require special techniques such as
remotely connected displays external to the enclosure or closed circuit television to adequately
protect personnel.
182
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.4.3.7.5 (4.3.7.5) Shock hazard.

Some of the tests require potentially hazardous voltages to be present. Extreme caution must
be taken by all personnel to assure that all safety precautions are observed.
Discussion: A safety plan and training of test personnel are normally required to assure that
accidents are minimized. Test equipment manufacturers' precautions need to be followed, if
specified. If these are not available, the test laboratory should establish adequate safety
precautions and train all test personnel. Special attention should be observed for CS109 since
electronic enclosures are intentionally isolated from the ground plane for test purposes.
A.4.3.7.6 (4.3.7.6) Federal Communications Commission (FCC) restrictions.
Some of the tests require high level signals to be generated that could interfere with normal
FCC approved frequency assignments. All such testing should be conducted in a shielded
enclosure. Some open site testing may be feasible if prior FCC coordination is accomplished.
Discussion: Radiated susceptibility RS103 testing and possibly other tests will produce signals
above FCC authorizations. This situation is one of the reasons that shielded enclosures are
normally required.
A.4.3.8 (4.3.8) EUT test configurations.
The EUT shall be configured as shown in the general test setups of Figures 1 through 5 as
applicable. These setups shall be maintained during all testing unless other direction is given
for a particular test procedure.
Discussion: Emphasis is placed on "maintaining" the specified setup for all testing unless a
particular test procedure directs otherwise. Confusion has resulted from previous versions of
the standard regarding consistency of setups between individual requirements in areas such as
lead lengths and placement of 10 μF capacitors on power leads. In this version of the standard,
any changes from the general test setup are specifically stated in the individual test procedure.
A.4.3.8.1 (4.3.8.1) EUT design status.
EUT hardware, software and firmware shall be representative of production. Software may be
supplemented with additional code that provides diagnostic capability to assess performance.
Discussion: It is important that the hardware and software being tested is the same as the
equipment that is being fielded. Sometimes equipment is tested which is pre-production and
contains circuit boards that do not include the final layout or software that is not the final
version. Questions inevitably arise concerning the effects of the differences between the tested
equipment and production configurations on the qualification status of the equipment.
Analytically determining the impact is usually difficult.
A.4.3.8.2 (4.3.8.2) Bonding of EUT.
Only the provisions included in the design of the EUT shall be used to bond units such as
equipment case and mounting bases together, or to the ground plane. When bonding straps
are required, they shall be identical to those specified in the installation drawings. Bonding of
the EUT to the ground plane shall be verified to be in accordance with the installation drawings
or equipment specification before connecting cables and EMI testing. The verification process
and results shall be recorded in the EMITR.
Discussion: Electrical bonding provisions for equipment are an important aspect of platform
installation design. Adequacy of bonding is usually one of the first areas reviewed when
platform problems develop. Electrical bonding controls common mode voltages that develop
between the equipment enclosures and the ground plane. Voltages potentially affecting the
183
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
equipment will appear across the bonding interface when RF stresses are applied during
susceptibility testing. Voltages will also develop due to internal circuit operation and will
contribute to radiated emission profiles. Therefore, it is important that the test setup use actual
bonding provisions so that test results are representative of the intended installation.
Revision G of this standard adds verification of bonding in the setup. This verification should be
performed prior to testing to ensure test repeatability and representation of actual installation
requirements. Bonding measurements should be taken from bonding points identified in EUT
documentation to the ground plane using a milliohm meter to the nearest 10th of a milliohm.
The test report should identify test locations and measurements obtained. EUT documentation
should specify the bonding requirements; otherwise, MIL-STD-464 provides default
requirements.
A.4.3.8.3 (4.3.8.3) Shock and vibration isolators.
EUTs shall be secured to mounting bases having shock or vibration isolators if such mounting
bases are used in the installation. The bonding straps furnished with the mounting base shall
be connected to the ground plane. When mounting bases do not have bonding straps, bonding
straps shall not be used in the test setup.
Discussion: Including shock and vibration isolators in the setup when they represent the
platform installation is important. The discussion above for A.4.3.8.2 is also applicable to shock
and vibration isolators; however, the potential effect on test results is even greater. Hard
mounting of the equipment enclosures to the ground plane can produce a low impedance path
across the bonding interface over most of the frequency range of interest. The bonding straps
associated with isolators will typically represent significant impedances at frequencies as low as
tens of kilohertz. The common mode voltages associated with these impedances will generally
be greater than the hard mounted situation. Therefore, the influence on test results can be
substantial.
A.4.3.8.4 (4.3.8.4) Safety grounds.
When external terminals, connector pins, or equipment grounding conductors are available for
safety ground connections and are used in the actual installation, they shall be connected to the
ground plane. Arrangement and length shall be in accordance with 4.3.8.6.1.
Discussion: Safety grounds used in equipment enclosures have been the source of problems
during EMI testing. Since they are connected to the equipment enclosure, they would be
expected to be at a very low potential with respect to the ground plane and a non-contributor to
test results. However, the wire lengths within enclosures are often sufficiently long that
coupling to them results from noisy circuits. Also, safety grounds can conduct induced signals
from external sources and reradiate within the equipment enclosure. Therefore, they must be
treated similarly to other wiring.
A.4.3.8.5 (4.3.8.5) Orientation of EUTs.
EUTs shall be oriented such that surfaces which produce maximum radiated emissions and
respond most readily to radiated signals face the measurement antennas. Bench mounted
EUTs shall be located 10 ±2 cm from the front edge of the ground plane subject to allowances
for providing adequate room for cable arrangement as specified below.
Discussion: Determination of appropriate surfaces is usually straightforward. Seams on
enclosures that have metal-to-metal contact or contain EMI gaskets rarely contribute and
should be considered low priority items. Prime candidates are displays such as video screens,
ventilation openings, and cable penetrations. In some cases, it may be necessary to probe the
surfaces with a sensor and measurement receiver to decide on EUT orientation.
184
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
MIL-STD-462 (superseded by this standard) specifically required probing with a loop antenna to
determine localized areas producing maximum emissions or susceptibility for radiated electric
field testing. The test antennas were to be placed one meter from the identified areas. The
requirement was not included in this standard due to difficulties in applying the requirement and
the result that probing was often not performed. Probing implies both scanning in frequency
and physical movement of the probe. These two actions cannot be performed in a manner to
cover all physical locations at all frequencies. A complete frequency scan can be performed at
particular probe locations and movement of the probe over the entire test setup can be
performed at particular frequencies. The detailed requirements on the use of multiple antenna
positions and specific requirements on the placement of the antennas in test procedures for
RE102 and RS103 minimize concerns with the need to probe.
A.4.3.8.6 (4.3.8.6) Construction and arrangement of EUT cables.
Electrical cable assemblies shall simulate actual installation and usage. Shielded cables or
shielded leads within cables shall be used only if they have been specified in installation
requirements. Input (primary) power leads, returns, and wire grounds shall not be shielded.
Cables shall be checked against installation requirements to verify proper construction
techniques such as use of twisted pairs, shielding, and shield terminations. Details on the cable
construction used for testing shall be included in the EMITP.
Discussion: For most EUTs, electrical interface requirements are covered in interface control
or similar documents. Coordination between equipment manufacturers and system integration
organizations is necessary to ensure a compatible installation from both functional and
electromagnetic interference standpoints. For general purpose EUTs, which may be used in
many different installations, either the equipment specifications cover the interface
requirements or the manufacturer’s published recommendations in the documentation
associated with the equipment.
Equipment manufacturers sometimes contend that failures during EMI testing are not due to
their equipment and can be cured simply by placing overall shields on the interface cabling.
High level emissions are often caused by electronic circuits within EUT enclosures coupling
onto cables simulating the installation which interface with the EUT. Overall shielding of the
cabling is certainly permissible if it is present in the installation. However, the use of overall
shielding that is not representative of the installation would result in test data that is useless.
Also, overall shielding of cabling in some installations is not a feasible option due to weight and
maintenance penalties. The presence of platform structure between cabling and antennas on a
platform is not an acceptable reason for using overall shields on cables for testing in
accordance with this standard. The presence of some platform shielding is a basic assumption.
An issue that arises with power leads concerns the use of shielding. It is unusual for power
leads to be shielded in the actual installation. If they come directly off a prime power bus,
shielding can only be effective if the entire bus is shielded end-to-end. Since buses normally
distribute power to many locations, it is not practical to shield them. An exception to this
situation is when power is derived from an intermediate source that contains filtering. Shielding
between the intermediate source and the EUT will then be effective. When it is proposed that
shielded power leads be used in the test setup, the configuration needs to be researched to
ensure that it is correct. There may be instances when published interface information is not
available. In this case, overall shielding is not to be used. Individual circuits are to be treated
as they typically would for that type of interface with shielding not used in questionable cases.
For some testing performed in the past using bulk cable drive techniques, overall cable shields
were routinely removed and the injected signal was applied to the core wiring within the shield.
185
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
The intent of this standard is to test cables as they are configured in the installation. If the
cable uses an overall shield, the test signal is applied to the overall shielded cable. If the
procuring agency desires that the test be performed on the core wiring, specific wording needs
to be included in contractual documentation.
In some instances, Navy surface ship applications specify shielded power leads for a particular
length of run. The shielded arrangement may be simulated in the test setup. Since unshielded
power distribution wiring will be present at some point in the installation, an additional length of
unshielded power leads (not less than 2 meters) should normally be added and routed parallel
to the front plane of the test setup boundary during radiated testing. Approval of the procuring
activity is required for using power leads that are entirely shielded. The additional unshielded
cable should not be used during conducted emissions testing.
A.4.3.8.6.1 (4.3.8.6.1) Interconnecting leads and cables.
Individual leads shall be grouped into cables in the same manner as in the actual installation.
Total interconnecting cable lengths in the setup shall be the same as in the actual platform
installation. If a cable is longer than 10 meters, at least 10 meters shall be included. When
cable lengths are not specified for the installation, cables shall be sufficiently long to satisfy the
conditions specified below. At least the first 2 meters (except for cables which are shorter in
the actual installation) of each interconnecting cable associated with each enclosure of the EUT
shall be run parallel to the front boundary of the setup. Remaining cable lengths shall be routed
to the back of the setup, positioned 5 cm above the ground plane, and shall be placed in a zig-
zagged arrangement, minimizing cable overlap or crossing. When the setup includes more
than one cable, individual cables shall be separated by 2 cm measured from their outer
circumference. For bench top setups using ground planes, the cable closest to the front
boundary shall be placed 10 cm from the front edge of the ground plane. All cables shall be
supported 5 cm above the ground plane with non-conductive material such as wood or foam. If
the EUT is a tall cabinet and the cables are routed from top or near the top, then the cables
shall be routed down to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters shall be run parallel to the
front edge of the boundary. If the EUT is a floor standing unit and the cables are routed from
the top, then the cables shall be routed down to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters
shall be run parallel to the front edge of the boundary. If the cables are routed from the bottom,
then the cables shall be routed up to the bench ground plane and then 2 meters shall be run
parallel to the front edge of the boundary.
Discussion: Actual lengths of cables used in installations are necessary for several reasons.
At frequencies below resonance, coupling is generally proportional to cable length. Resonance
conditions will be representative of the actual installation. Also, distortion and attenuation of
intentional signals due strictly to cable characteristics will be present and potential susceptibility
of interface circuits to induced signals will therefore be similar to the actual installation.
Zig-zagging of long cables is accomplished by first placing a length of cable in an open area
and then reversing the direction of the cable run by 180 degrees each time a change of
direction is required. Each subsequent segment is farther from the first. Individual segments of
the cable are parallel and should be kept 2 cm apart. The zig-zagging of long cables rather
than coiling is to control excess inductance. A 2 cm spacing between cables is required to
expose all cabling to the test antennas and limit coupling of signals between cables. The 10 cm
dimension for cables from the front edge of the ground plane ensures that there is sufficient
ground plane surface below the first cable to be effective. The 5 cm standoffs standardize loop
areas available for coupling and capacitance to the ground plane. The standoffs represent
routing and clamping of cables in actual installations a fixed distance from structure.
186
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
The requirement that the first 2 meters of each interconnecting cable associated with each
enclosure of the EUT be routed parallel to the front boundary of the setup is intended to ensure
that radiated emissions and susceptibility testing properly assesses the performance of the
EUT. Noise signals developed within the EUT and conducted outside on electrical interfaces will
tend to be attenuated as they travel along interconnecting cables, particularly at frequencies
where the associated wavelength is becoming short compared with the cable length. Similarly,
induced signals on interconnecting cables from radiated susceptibility fields will be attenuated
as they travel along the cable. Requiring that the first 2 meters of the cabling be exposed
therefore maximizes the effects of potential radiated coupling.
In some military applications, there can be over 2000 cables associated with a subsystem. In
most cases where large numbers of cables are involved, there will be many identical cable
interfaces connected to identical circuitry. Testing of every cable interface is not necessary in
this situation. The EMITP should document instances where these circumstances exist and
should propose which cables are to be included in the setup and to be tested.
A.4.3.8.6.2 (4.3.8.6.2) Input (primary) power leads.
Two meters of input power leads (including neutrals and returns) shall be routed parallel to the
front edge of the setup in the same manner as the interconnecting leads. Each input power
lead, including neutrals and returns, shall be connected to a LISN (see 4.3.6). Power leads that
are bundled as part of an interconnecting cable in the actual installation shall be separated from
the bundle and routed to the LISNs (outside the shield of shielded cables). After the 2 meter
exposed length, the power leads shall be terminated at the LISNs in as short a distance as
possible. The total length of power lead from the EUT electrical connector to the LISNs shall
not exceed 2.5 meters, except for large EUTs, where the cables are routed from the top of a tall
EUT or bottom of a floor standing cabinet, then the total length may exceed 2.5 meters, but
shall be kept at a minimum. All power leads shall be supported 5 cm above the ground plane
with non-conductive material such as wood or foam. If the power leads are twisted in the actual
installation, they shall be twisted up to the LISNs.
Discussion: Appropriate power lead length is a trade-off between ensuring sufficient length for
efficient coupling of radiated signals and maintaining the impedance of the LISNs. To keep a
constant setup, it is undesirable to change the power lead length for different test procedures.
Requiring a 2 meter exposed length is consistent with treatment of interconnecting leads for
radiated concerns. Wiring inductance 5 cm from a ground plane is approximately 1 μH/m. At 1
MHz this inductance has an impedance of approximately 13 ohms which is significant with
respect to the LISN requirement.
While it is common to require that neutrals and returns be isolated from equipment chassis
within equipment enclosures, there are some cases where the neutral or return is tied directly to
chassis. If the equipment is electrically bonded to metallic system structure in the installation
and the system power source neutral or return is also tied to system structure, power return
currents exist primarily through system structure rather than through wiring. For this case, a
LISN should normally be used only on the high side of the power. There are other installations,
such as many types of aircraft, where returns and neutrals are isolated within the equipment,
but they are often connected to system structure outside of the equipment enclosure. This
practice allows for the flexibility of using a wired return, if necessary. For this situation, LISNs
should normally be used on neutrals and returns to test for the wired return configuration.
The LISN requirement standardizes impedance for power leads. While signal and control
circuits are usually terminated in specified impedances, power circuit impedances are not
usually well defined. The LISN requirement applies to all input prime power leads. The LISN
187
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
requirement does not apply to output power leads. These leads should be terminated after the
2 meters exposed length in a load representing worst-case conditions. This load would
normally draw the maximum current allowed for the power source.
The construction of the power cable between the EUT and the LISNs must be in accordance
with the requirements of 4.3.8.6. For example, if a twisted triplet is used to distribute three
phase delta power in the actual installation, the same construction should be used in the test
setup. The normal construction must be interrupted over a sufficient length to permit
connection to the LISNs.
A.4.3.8.7 (4.3.8.7) Electrical and mechanical interfaces.
All electrical input and output interfaces shall be terminated with either the actual equipment
from the platform installation or loads which simulate the electrical properties (impedance,
grounding, balance, and so forth) present in the actual installation. Signal inputs shall be
applied to all applicable electrical interfaces to exercise EUT circuitry. EUTs with mechanical
outputs shall be suitably loaded. When variable electrical or mechanical loading is present in
the actual installation, testing shall be performed under expected worst case conditions. When
active electrical loading (such as a test set) is used, precautions shall be taken to insure the
active load meets the ambient requirements of 4.3.4 when connected to the setup, and that the
active load does not respond to susceptibility signals. Antenna ports on the EUT shall be
terminated with shielded, matched loads.
Discussion: The application of signals to exercise the electrical interface is necessary to
effectively evaluate performance. Most electronic subsystems on platforms are highly
integrated with large amounts of digital and analog data being transferred between equipment.
The use of actual platform equipment for the interfacing eliminates concerns regarding proper
simulation of the interface. The interfaces must function properly in the presence of induced
levels from susceptibility signals. Required isolation may be obtained by filtering the interface
leads at the active load and either shielding the load or placing it outside of the shielded
enclosure. The filtering should be selected to minimize the influence on the interface electrical
properties specified above. For proper simulation, filtering at the loads should be outside the
necessary bandwidth of the interface circuitry.
Antenna ports are terminated in loads for general setup conditions. Specific test procedures
address electromagnetic characteristics of antenna ports and required modifications to the test
setup.
A.4.3.9 (4.3.9) Operation of EUT.
During emission measurements, the EUT shall be placed in an operating mode which produces
maximum emissions. During susceptibility testing, the EUT shall be placed in its most
susceptible operating mode. For EUTs with several available modes (including
software/firmware controlled operational modes), a sufficient number of modes shall be tested
for emissions and susceptibility such that all circuitry is evaluated. The rationale for modes
selected shall be included in the EMITP.
Discussion: The particular modes selected may vary for different test procedures.
Considerations for maximum emissions include conditions which cause the EUT to draw
maximum prime power current, result in greatest activity in interface circuit operation, and
generate the largest current drain on internal digital clock signals. Settings for a radar could be
adjusted such that an output waveform results which has the highest available average power.
Data bus interfaces could be queried frequently to cause constant bus traffic flow. Any modes
188
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
of the EUT that are considered mission critical in the installation should be evaluated during
susceptibility testing.
A primary consideration for maximum susceptibility is placing the EUT in its most sensitive state
for reception of intentional signals (maximum gain). An imaging sensor would normally be
evaluated with a scene meeting the most stringent specifications for the sensor. RF receivers
are normally evaluated using an input signal at the minimum signal to noise specification of the
receiver. An additional consideration is ensuring that all electrical interfaces that intentionally
receive data are exercised frequently to monitor for potential responses.
A.4.3.9.1 (4.3.9.1) Operating frequencies for tunable RF equipment.
Measurements shall be performed with the EUT tuned to not less than three frequencies within
each tuning band, tuning unit, or range of fixed channels, consisting of one mid-band frequency
and a frequency within ±5 percent from each end of each band or range of channels.
Discussion: Tuned circuits and frequency synthesis circuitry inside RF equipment typically
vary in characteristics such as response, rejection, and spectral content of emissions as they
are set to different frequencies. Several test frequencies are required simply to obtain a
sampling of the performance of the EUT across its operating range.
RF equipment that operates in several frequency bands or performs multiple functions is
becoming more common. One example is a radio transceiver with VHF-FM, VHF-AM, and
UHF-AM capability. Other devices are adaptive over large frequency ranges and can be
programmed to perform different functions as the need arises. To meet the intent of the
requirement to perform measurements at three frequencies within each tuning band, tuning
unit, or range of fixed channels, each of the three functions of the radio in the example should
be treated as separate bands, even if they are adjacent in frequency. Similarly, each function
of adaptive RF equipment needs to be separately assessed.
The “value added” of performing all required tests at three frequencies within each band needs
to be weighed against the added cost and schedule. The specific equipment design and
intended function needs to be evaluated for each case.
For example, performing CS101 on a VHF-FM, VHF-AM, and UHF-AM combined receiver–
transmitter would require that the test be performed a minimum of 18 times (3 frequencies * 3
bands * 2 modes). Since CS101 performance generally is related to the power supply design
and load rather than the specific tuned frequency, doing the test for more than a few conditions
may not add much value. If there is a problem, a typical result is “hum” on the secondary power
outputs that is transmitted with the RF or that appears on the output audio of the receiver
portion of the equipment. An appropriate approach for this particular requirement might be to
test at one mid-band frequency for each of the three functions for both transmit and receive (6
tests – 3 frequencies * 2 modes).
Other requirements need to be evaluated similarly. Since CE102 emissions are mainly caused
by power supply characteristics, testing at a mid-band frequency for each band just in the
transmit mode might be adequate. For requirements with frequency coverage that extends into
the operating frequency range of the equipment, such as RE102, CE106, and RS103, testing at
three frequencies per band may be necessary.
A.4.3.9.2 (4.3.9.2) Operating frequencies for spread spectrum equipment.
Operating frequency requirements for two major types of spread spectrum equipment shall be
as follows:
189
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
a. Frequency hopping. Measurements shall be performed with the EUT utilizing a hop
set which contains a minimum of 30% of the total possible frequencies. This hop set
shall be divided equally into three segments at the low, mid, and high end of the EUT’s
operational frequency range.
b. Direct sequence. Measurements shall be performed with the EUT processing data at
the highest possible data transfer rate.
Discussion: During testing it is necessary to operate equipment at levels that they will
experience during normal field operations to allow for a realistic representation of the emission
profile of the EUT during radiated and conducted testing and to provide realistic loading and
simulation of the EUT during radiated and conducted susceptibility testing.
Frequency hopping: Utilization of a hopset that is distributed across the entire operational
spectrum of the EUT will help assure that internal circuitry dependent on the exact EUT transmit
frequency being used is active intermittently during processing of the entire pseudo random
stream. The fast operating times of hopping receivers/transmitters versus the allowable
measurement times of the measurement receivers being used (see 4.3.10.3) will allow a
representative EUT emission signature to be captured.
Direct sequence: Requiring the utilization of the highest data transfer rate used in actual
operation of the EUT should provide a representative worst-case radiated and conducted
emission profile. Internal circuitry will operate at its highest processing rate when integrating
the data entering the transmitter, and then resolving (disintegrating) the data back once again
on the receiver end. Additionally, the data rate will need to be an area of concentration during
all susceptibility testing.
A.4.3.9.3 (4.3.9.3) Susceptibility monitoring.
The EUT shall be monitored during susceptibility testing for indications of degradation or
malfunction. This monitoring is normally accomplished through the use of built-in-test (BIT),
visual displays, aural outputs, and other measurements of signal outputs and interfaces.
Monitoring of EUT performance through installation of special circuitry in the EUT is
permissible; however, these modifications shall not influence test results.
Discussion: Most EUTs can be adequately monitored through normal visual and aural outputs,
self-diagnostics, and electrical interfaces. The addition of special circuitry for monitoring can
present questions related to its influence on the validity of the test results and may serve as an
entry or exit point for electromagnetic energy.
The monitoring procedure needs to be specified in the EMITP and needs to include allowances
for possible weaknesses in the monitoring process to assure the highest probability of finding
regions of susceptibility.
If the EUT contains or controls an electrically initiated device (EID), then special monitoring may
be required and described in the EMITP. This is intended as part of risk mitigation, not in lieu of
HERO Test/Certification.
A.4.3.10 (4.3.10) Use of measurement equipment.
Measurement equipment shall be as specified in the individual test procedures of this standard.
Any frequency selective measurement receiver may be used for performing the testing
described in this standard provided that the receiver characteristics (that is, sensitivity, selection
of bandwidths, detector functions, dynamic range, and frequency of operation) meet the
constraints specified in this standard and are sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the
applicable limits. Typical instrumentation characteristics may be found in ANSI C63.2.
190
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Measurement receivers using Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) time domain measurement
techniques are acceptable for use, as long as Table II parameters are directly user accessible
and can be verified.
Discussion: Questions frequently arise concerning the acceptability for use of measurement
receivers other than instruments that are specifically designated "field intensity meters" or "EMI
receivers." Most questions are directed toward the use of spectrum analyzers. These
instruments are generally acceptable for use. However, depending on the type, they can
present difficulties that are not usually encountered with the other receivers. Sensitivity may not
be adequate in some frequency bands requiring that a low noise preamplifier be inserted before
the analyzer input. Impulse type signals from the EUT with broad spectral content may
overload the basic receiver or preamplifier. The precautions of 4.3.7.3 must be observed. Both
of these concerns can usually be adequately addressed by the use of a preselector with the
analyzer. These devices typically consist of a tunable filter which tracks the analyzer followed
by a preamplifier.
ANSI C63.2 represents a coordinated position from industry on required characteristics of
instrumentation receivers. This document can be consulted when assessing the performance
of a particular receiver.
Many of the test procedures require non-specialized instrumentation that is used for many other
purposes. The test facility is responsible for selecting instrumentation that has characteristics
capable of satisfying the requirements of a particular test procedure.
Current probes used for EMI testing are more specialized instrumentation. These devices are
current transformers with the circuit under test forming a single turn primary. They are
designed to be terminated in 50 ohms. Current probes are calibrated using transfer impedance
that is the ratio of the voltage output of the probe across 50 ohms to the current through the
probe. Probes with higher transfer impedance provide better sensitivity. However, these
probes also result in more series impedance added to the circuit with a greater potential to
affect the electrical current level. The series impedance added by the probe is the transfer
impedance divided by the number of turns in the secondary winding on the probe. Typical
transfer impedances are 5 ohms or less. Typical added series impedance is 1 ohm or less.
An FFT receiver time samples a portion of the frequency spectrum and use digital signal
processing techniques to display frequency data in a manner similar to conventional spectrum
analyzers. The dwell times specified in Table II apply to the overall sampling time and must not
include any processing time.
A.4.3.10.1 (4.3.10.1) Detector.
A peak detector shall be used for all frequency domain emission and susceptibility
measurements. This device detects the peak value of the modulation envelope in the receiver
bandpass. Measurement receivers are calibrated in terms of an equivalent Root Mean Square
(RMS) value of a sine wave that produces the same peak value. When other measurement
devices such as oscilloscopes, non-selective voltmeters, or broadband field strength sensors
are used for susceptibility testing, correction factors shall be applied for test signals to adjust
the reading to equivalent RMS values under the peak of the modulation envelope.
Discussion: The function of the peak detector and the meaning of the output indication on the
measurement receiver are often confusing. Although there may appear to be an inherent
discrepancy in the use of the terms "peak" and "RMS" together, there is no contradiction. All
detector functions (that is peak, carrier, field intensity, and quasi-peak) process the envelope of
the signal present in the receiver intermediate frequency (IF) section. All outputs are calibrated
191
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
in terms of an equivalent RMS value. For a sine wave input to the receiver, the signal envelope
in the IF section is a DC level and all detectors produce the same indicated RMS output.
Calibration in terms of RMS is necessary for consistency. Signal sources are calibrated in
terms of RMS. If a 0 dBm (107 dBμV) unmodulated signal is applied to the receiver, the
receiver must indicate 0 dBm (107 dBμV).
If there is modulation present on the signal applied to the receiver, the detectors respond
differently. The IF section of the receiver sees the portion of the applied signal within the
bandwidth limits of the IF. The peak detector senses the largest level of the signal envelope in
the IF and displays an output equal to the RMS value of a sine wave with the same peak. The
specification of a peak detector ensures that the worst case condition for emission data is
obtained. A carrier detector averages the modulation envelope based on selected charge and
discharge time constants.
Figure A-4 shows the peak detector output for several modulation waveforms. An item of
interest is that for a square wave modulated signal, which can be considered a pulse type
modulation, the receiver can be considered to be displaying the RMS value of the pulse when it
is on. Pulsed signals are often specified in terms of peak power. The RMS value of a signal is
derived from the concept of power, and a receiver using a peak detector correctly displays the
peak power.
IF SIGNAL EQUIVALENT SINE WAVE, SAME PEAK

A A
B B
C C
A B C
RECEIVER OUTPUT INDICATION WILL BE , , , RESPECTIVELY
2 2 2
FIGURE A-4. Peak detector response.
192
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
All frequency domain measurements are standardized with respect to the response that a
measurement receiver using a peak detector would provide. Therefore, when instrumentation
is used which does not use peak detection, correction factors must be applied for certain
signals. For an oscilloscope, the maximum amplitude of the modulated sine wave measured
from the DC level is divided by 1.414 (square root of 2) to determine the RMS value at the peak
of the modulation envelope.
Correction factors for other devices are determined by evaluating the response of the
instrumentation to signals with the same peak level with and without modulation. For example,
a correction factor for a broadband field sensor can be determined as follows. Place the sensor
in an unmodulated field and note the reading. Apply the required modulation to the field
ensuring that the peak value of the field is the same as the unmodulated field. For pulse type
modulation, most signal sources will output the same peak value when modulation is applied.
Amplitude modulation increases the peak amplitude of the signal and caution must be
observed. Note the new reading. The correction factor is simply the reading with the
unmodulated field divided by the reading with the modulated field. If the meter read 10 V/m
without modulation and 5 V/m with modulation, the correction factor is 2. The evaluation should
be tried at several frequencies and levels to ensure that a consistent value is obtained. When
subsequently using the sensor for measurements with the evaluated modulation, the indicated
reading is multiplied by the correction factor to obtain the correct reading for peak detection.
A.4.3.10.2 (4.3.10.2) Computer-controlled instrumentation.
A description of the operations being directed by software for computer-controlled
instrumentation shall be included in the EMITP. Verification techniques used to demonstrate
proper performance of the software shall also be included. If commercial software is being
used then, as a minimum, the manufacturer, model and revision of the software shall be
provided. If the software is developed in-house, then documentation shall be included that
describes the methodology being used for the control of the test instrumentation and how the
software revisions are handled.
Discussion: Computer software obviously provides excellent opportunities for automating
testing. However, it also can lead to errors in testing if not properly used or if incorrect code is
present. It is essential that users of the software understand the functions it is executing, know
how to modify parameters (such as transducer or sweep variables) as necessary, and perform
sanity checks to ensure that the overall system performs as expected. As a minimum, the
following data should be included in the EMITP: sweep times, how correction factors are
handled, how final data are determined and presented, and an audit trail that provides details
on what part of the software controls which functions.
A.4.3.10.3 (4.3.10.3) Emission testing.
A.4.3.10.3.1 (4.3.10.3.1) Bandwidths.
The measurement receiver bandwidths listed in Table II shall be used for emission testing.
These bandwidths are specified at the 6 dB down points for the overall selectivity curve of the
receivers. Video filtering shall not be used to bandwidth limit the receiver response. If a
controlled video bandwidth is available on the measurement receiver, it shall be set to its
greatest value. Larger receiver bandwidths may be used; however, they may result in higher
measured emission levels. No bandwidth correction factors shall be applied to test data due to
the use of larger bandwidths.
Discussion: The bandwidths specified in Table II are consistent with the recommended
available bandwidths and the bandwidth specification technique for receivers contained in ANSI
193
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
C63.2. Existing receivers have bandwidths specified in a number of different ways. Some are
given in terms of 3 dB down points. The 6 dB bandwidths are usually about 40% greater than
the 3 dB values. Impulse bandwidths are usually very similar to the 6 dB bandwidths. For
Gaussian shaped bandpasses, the actual value is 6.8 dB.
The frequency break point between using a 1 kHz and 10 kHz bandwidth was modified from
250 kHz to 150 kHz in MIL-STD-461E to harmonize with commercial EMI standards.
In order not to restrict the use of presently available receivers that do not have the specified
bandwidths, larger bandwidths are permitted. The use of larger bandwidths can produce higher
detected levels for wide bandwidth signals. The prohibition against the use of correction factors
is included to avoid any attempts to classify signals. A previous version of this standard
eliminated the concept of classification of emissions as broadband or narrowband in favor of
fixed bandwidths and single limits. Emission classification was a controversial area often poorly
understood and handled inconsistently among different facilities.
The sensitivity of a particular receiver is an important factor in its suitability for use in making
measurements for a particular requirement. RE102 is usually the most demanding
requirement. The sensitivity of a receiver at room temperature can be calculated as follows:
Sensitivity in dBm = -114 dBm/MHz + bandwidth (dBMHz) + noise figure (dB)
As noted in the equation, reducing the noise figure is the only way (cryogenic cooling is not
practical) to improve sensitivity for a specified bandwidth. The noise figure of receivers can
vary substantially depending on the front end design. System noise figure can be improved
through the use of low noise preamplifiers. The resulting noise figure of a preamplifier/receiver
combination can be calculated from the following. All numbers are real numbers. Conversion
to decibels (10 log) is necessary to determine the resulting sensitivity in the above formula:
System noise figure = preamp noise figure + (receiver noise figure)/(preamp gain)
Since preamplifiers are broadband devices, issues of potential overload need to be addressed.
Separate preselectors, which are available for some spectrum analyzers, usually combine a
tracking filter with a low noise preamplifier to eliminate overload. Preselection is an integral part
of many receivers.
An example of multiple scan times derived from Table II is shown below. The frequency bands
listed do not imply that those entire bands should be scanned at one time. The requirements
for frequency resolution defined in 4.3.10.3.4 “Emission data presentation” must be met.
194
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9
Start Stop Span Resolution # of steps Dwell Table II Single # of fast

Freq Freq (Hz) Bandwidth time single fast sweeps
(Hz) (Hz) (Hz) per sweep sweep to equal
step time time one
(sec) (sec) (sec) Table II
sweep
From From C2 – C1 From Table 2*(C3/C4) From C5 * C6 C5/C4 C7/C8

Table II Table II II Table II
30 1000 970 10 194 0.15 29.1 19.4 1.5
1k 10 k 9k 100 180 0.015 2.7 1.8 1.5
10 k 150 k 140 k 1k 280 0.015 4.2 0.28 15
0.15 M 30 M 29.85 M 10 k 5970 0.015 89.55 0.597 150
30 M 1000 M 970 M 100 k 19400 0.015 291 0.194 1500
1G 18 G 17 G 1M 34000 0.015 510 0.034 15000
The multiple scan option can be an effective method for capturing signals that are intermittent
with a low duty cycle rate “On” time and significant “Off” time. Scan times and number of scans
should be controlled for known signal characteristics to enhance the probability of capturing
these signals. Scan times and sweep speeds are subject to limitations per column 8 of the
above table which provides for enough dwell time for the IF filter to respond. Modern spectrum
analyzers/ receivers have inhibits to prevent an uncalibrated sweep resulting from sweep
speeds that are too fast for the final IF filter to respond. These types of signals form a Binomial
type probability distribution for chance of capturing. Given the signal characteristics and the
scanning parameters, the probability of capturing a signal can be reasonably estimated.
Measurement receivers need to operate in a maximum hold mode such that the highest levels
across the frequency band are recorded over the sequence of scans. The signal
characteristics (cycle times) should be included in the EMITR, if available.
The 0.015 second dwell time specified in Table II for step-tuned and analog-tuned receivers
was selected to capture signals that had a minimum repetition rate of ~ 60 Hz. For lower
frequency signals with lower repetition rates, traditional receivers will typically display individual
pulses (in contrast to spectral lines) depending on the scan rate of the receiver (see A.4.3.10.3
discussion). The 1 second dwell time for FFT receivers below 10 MHz is intended to capture
baseband (no carrier frequency) emission profiles that have repetition rates as low as 1 Hz.
The 10 MHz upper frequency was selected to correspond with the upper frequency of CE102
where power supplies may produce conducted noise with lower repetition rate profiles.
A.4.3.10.3.2 (4.3.10.3.2) Emission identification.
All emissions regardless of characteristics shall be measured with the measurement receiver
bandwidths specified in Table II and compared against the applicable limits. Identification of
emissions with regard to narrowband or broadband categorization is not applicable.
195
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Discussion: Requirements for specific bandwidths and the use of single limits are intended to
resolve a number of problems. Versions of MIL-STD-461 and MIL-STD-462 prior to the “D”
revision had no controls on required bandwidths and provided both narrowband and broadband
limits over much of the frequency range for most emission requirements. The significance of
the particular bandwidths chosen for use by a test facility was addressed by classification of the
appearance of the emissions with respect to the chosen bandwidths. Emissions considered to
be broadband had to be normalized to equivalent levels in a 1 MHz bandwidth. The bandwidths
and classification techniques used by various facilities were very inconsistent and resulted in a
lack of standardization. The basic issue of emission classification was often poorly understood
and implemented. Requiring specific bandwidths with a single limit eliminates any need to
classify emissions.
An additional problem is that emission profiles from modern electronics are often quite complex.
Some emission signatures have frequency ranges where the emissions exhibit white noise
characteristics. Normalization to a 1 MHz bandwidth using spectral amplitude assumptions
based on impulse noise characteristics is not technically correct. Requiring specific bandwidths
eliminates normalization and this discrepancy.
A.4.3.10.3.3 (4.3.10.3.3) Frequency scanning.
For emission measurements, the entire frequency range for each applicable test shall be
scanned. Minimum measurement time for analog measurement receivers during emission
testing shall be as specified in Table II. Synthesized measurement receivers shall step in one-
half bandwidth increments or less, and the measurement dwell time shall be as specified in
Table II. For equipment that operates such that potential emissions are produced at only
infrequent intervals, times for frequency scanning shall be increased as necessary to capture
any emissions.
Discussion: For each emission test, the entire frequency range as specified for the applicable
requirement must be scanned to ensure that all emissions are measured.
Continuous frequency coverage is required for emission testing. Testing at discrete
frequencies is not acceptable unless otherwise stated in a particular test procedure. The
minimum scan times listed in Table II are based on two considerations. The first consideration
is the response time of a particular bandwidth to an applied signal. This time is 1/(filter
bandwidth). The second consideration is the potential rates (that is modulation, cycling, and
processing) at which electronics operate and the need to detect the worst case emission
amplitude. Emission profiles usually vary with time. Some signals are present only at certain
intervals and others vary in amplitude. For example, signals commonly present in emission
profiles are harmonics of microprocessor clocks. These harmonics are very stable in
frequency; however, their amplitude tends to change as various circuitry is exercised and
current distribution changes.
The first entry in the table for analog measurement receivers of 0.015 sec/Hz for a bandwidth of
10 Hz is the only one limited by the response time of the measurement receiver bandpass. The
response time is 1/bandwidth = 1/10 Hz = 0.1 seconds. Therefore, as the receiver tunes, the
receiver bandpass must include any particular frequency for 0.1 seconds implying that the
minimum scan time = 0.1 seconds/10 Hz = 0.01 seconds/Hz. The value in the table has been
increased to 0.015 seconds/Hz to ensure adequate time. This increase by a multiplication
factor of 1.5 results in the analog receiver having a frequency in its bandpass for 0.15 seconds
as it scans. This value is the dwell time specified in the table for synthesized receivers for 10
Hz bandwidths. Since synthesized receivers are required to step in one-half bandwidth
196
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
increments or less and dwell for 0.15 seconds, test time for synthesized receivers will be
greater than analog receivers.
The measurement times for other table entries are controlled by the requirement that the
receiver bandpass include any specific frequency for a minimum of 15 milliseconds (dwell time
in table), which is associated with a potential rate of variation of approximately 60 Hz. As the
receiver tunes, the receiver bandpass is required to include any particular frequency for the 15
milliseconds. For the fourth entry in the table of 1.5 seconds/MHz for a 10 kHz bandwidth, the
minimum measurement time is 0.015 seconds/0.01 MHz = 1.5 seconds/MHz. A calculation
based on the response time of the receiver would yield a response time of 1/bandwidth = 1/10
kHz = 0.0001 seconds and a minimum measurement time of 0.0001 seconds/0.01 MHz = 0.01
seconds/MHz. The longer measurement time of 1.5 seconds/MHz is specified in the table. If
the specified measurement times are not adequate to capture the maximum amplitude of the
EUT emissions, longer measurement times should be implemented.
Caution must be observed in applying the measurement times. The specified parameters are
not directly available on measurement receiver controls and must be interpreted for each
particular receiver. Also, the specified measurement times may be too fast for some data
gathering devices such as real-time X-Y recording. Measurement receiver peak hold times
must be sufficiently long for the mechanical pen drive on X-Y recorders to reach the detected
peak value. In addition, the scan speed must be sufficiently slow to allow the detector to
discharge after the signal is detuned so that the frequency resolution requirements of 4.3.10.3.4
are satisfied.
For measurement receivers with a “maximum hold” feature that retains maximum detected
levels after multiple scans over a particular frequency range, multiple faster sweeps that
produce the same minimum test times as implied by Table II are acceptable. For the situation
noted in the requirement concerning equipment that produces emissions at only infrequent
intervals, using the multiple scan technique will usually provide a higher probability of capturing
intermittent data than using one slower scan.
FFT based measurement receivers perform time samples of signals in a relatively large
bandwidth (typically in the MHz range) and mathematically convert the results to the frequency
domain representation of the emission profile using the bandwidths specified by the standard.
Two primary advantages of the FFT technique are reduced measurement time and the ability to
capture frequency agile signals that jump around in a designated frequency band.
Disadvantages are that the receiver can saturate at lower signal levels and that low repetition
rate signals can be totally missed if the dwell time is shorter than the pulse repetition interval of
the emission. For example, an emission signature that occurs at one pulse/second rate with a
short duration (~ 10 microseconds) will typically be captured at a number of measurement
points with a traditional measurement receiver but would have only about a 1.5 % probability of
being captured by the FFT receiver (0.015 second measurement time for 1 second period). A
one pulse/second repetitive signal produces spectral lines that are 1 Hz apart extending well up
in frequency based on the pulse width of the signal. If a traditional measurement receiver had a
1 Hz bandwidth, the individual spectral lines would be detected and would be continuously
present. Larger receiver bandwidths start to reform the pulse and the detected pulse continues
to get closer to its true shape with increasing bandwidth. The effect is that a traditional
measurement receiver with bandwidths that are significantly larger than 1 Hz will detect a
version of the pulse when it is on. If a particular frequency scan is required to last 10 seconds
based in Table II in the standard, the above signal would produce 10 events (pulse responses
rather than spectral lines) during the scan. The solution for the FFT receiver would be to
increase the dwell time to at least 1 second to detect the pulse. If the FFT receiver does detect
197
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
the pulse, a continuous spectral profile will be presented. Figures A-5 through A-8 illustrate the
results for the postulated situation (1 pulse/second, 10 microsecond duration, 0.1 volt
amplitude).
Peak CE102 115VAC

90
80
70
60
Level (dBµV)
50
40
30
20
10
60 k 70 k 80 k 90 k 100 k 110 k 120 k 130 k 140 k 150 k
F re q u e n c y (H z )
FIGURE A-5. Traditional measurement receiver with 10 second scan time (minimum
required by Table II).
198
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Peak CE102 115VAC

90
80
70
60
Level (dBµV)
50
40
30
20
10
60 k 70 k 80 k 90 k 100 k 110 k 120 k 130 k 140 k 150 k
FIGURE A-6. Traditional measurement receiver with 300 second scan time.
Peak CE102 115VAC

90
80
70
60
Level (dBµV)
50
40
30
20
10
60 k 70 k 80 k 90 k 100 k 110 k 120 k 130 k 140 k 150 k
FIGURE A-7. FFT measurement receiver with 15 millisecond dwell time.
199
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Peak CE102 115VAC

90
80
70
60
Level (dBµV)
50
40
30
20
60 k 70 k 80 k 90 k 100 k 110 k 120 k 130 k 140 k 150 k
FIGURE A-8. FFT measurement receiver with 1 second dwell time.
Due to the larger measurement bandwidths associated with FFT receivers, there is an
increased chance of saturation of the receiver for detected signals with a spectral density
content that is broad with respect to the receiver bandpass. The detected signal level which is
the bandpass times the spectral density (x MHz * y µV/MHz) will be larger for wider bandwidths.
Depending on the architecture of the receiver, this may result in saturation sooner for FFT
receivers as compared to traditional receivers.
A.4.3.10.3.4 (4.3.10.3.4) Emission data presentation.
Amplitude versus frequency profiles of emission data shall be automatically generated and
displayed at the time of test and shall be continuous. The displayed information shall account
for all applicable correction factors (transducers, attenuators, cable loss, and the like) and shall
include the applicable limit. Manually gathered data is not acceptable except for verification of
the validity of the output. Plots of the displayed data shall provide a minimum frequency
resolution of 1% or twice the measurement receiver bandwidth, whichever is less stringent, and
minimum amplitude resolution of 1 dB. The above resolution requirements shall be maintained
in the reported results of the EMITR.
Discussion: Versions of MIL-STD-462 prior to the “D” revision permitted data to be taken at
the three frequencies per octave for the highest amplitude emissions. This approach is no
longer acceptable. Continuous displays of amplitude versus frequency are required. This
information can be generated in a number of ways. The data can be plotted real-time as the
receiver scans. The data can be stored in computer memory and later dumped to a plotter.
Photographs of video displays are acceptable; however, it is generally more difficult to meet
resolution requirements and to reproduce data in this form for submittal in an EMITR.
Placement of limits can be done in several ways. Data may be displayed with respect to actual
limit dimensions (such as dBμV/m) with transducer, attenuation, and cable loss corrections
made to the data. An alternative is to plot the raw data in dBμV (or dBm) and convert the limit
to equivalent dBμV (or dBm) dimensions using the correction factors. This second technique
200
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
has the advantage of displaying the proper use of the correction factors. Since both the
emission level and the required limit are known, a second party can verify proper placement.
Since the actual level of the raw data is not available for the first case, this verification is not
possible.
An example of adequate frequency and amplitude resolution is shown on Figure A-9. The 1%
frequency resolution means that two sinusoidal signals of the same amplitude separated by 1%
of the tuned frequency are resolved in the output display so that they both can be seen. As
shown in the figure, 1% of the measurement frequency of 5.1 MHz is 0.051 MHz and a second
signal at 5.151 MHz (1 dB different in amplitude on the graph) is easily resolved in the display.
The "2 times the measurement receiver bandwidth" criteria means that two sinusoidal signals of
the same amplitude separated by twice the measurement receiver bandwidth are resolved. For
the example shown on Figure A-9, the bandwidth is 0.01 MHz and 2 times this value is 0.02
MHz. Therefore, the 1% criterion is less stringent and is applicable. The 1 dB amplitude
resolution means that the amplitude of the displayed signal can be read within 1 dB. As shown
in the figure, the reviewer can determine whether the signal amplitude is 60 dBμV or 61 dBμV.
EMISSION LEVEL (dBV)

70
60
5.1 MHz
61 dBV 5.151 MHz
60 dBV
50
40
30
20
10
4 5 6 7 8
FREQUENCY (MHZ)
FIGURE A-9. Example of data presentation resolution.
The difference between resolution and accuracy is sometimes confusing. Paragraph 4.3.1 of
the standard requires 3 dB measurement system accuracy for amplitude while 4.3.10.3.4 of the
standard requires 1 dB amplitude resolution. Accuracy is an indication how precisely a value
needs to be known while resolution is an indication of the ability to discriminate between two
values. A useful analogy is reading time from a watch. A watch typically indicates the time
within one second (resolution) but may be 30 seconds different than the absolute correct time
(accuracy).
201
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.4.3.10.4 (4.3.10.4) Susceptibility testing.

A.4.3.10.4.1 (4.3.10.4.1) Frequency scanning.
For susceptibility measurements, the entire frequency range for each applicable test shall be
scanned. For swept frequency susceptibility testing, frequency scan rates and frequency step
sizes of signal sources shall not exceed the values listed in Table III. The rates and step sizes
are specified in terms of a multiplier of the tuned frequency (fo) of the signal source. Analog
scans refer to signal sources which are continuously tuned. Stepped scans refer to signal
sources which are sequentially tuned to discrete frequencies. Stepped scans shall dwell at
each tuned frequency for the greater of 3 seconds or EUT response time. Scan rates and step
sizes shall be decreased when necessary to permit observation of a response.
Discussion: For any susceptibility test performed in the frequency domain, the entire
frequency range as specified in the applicable requirement must be scanned to ensure that all
potentially susceptible frequencies are evaluated. Care must be taken to ensure that the
scanning type, analog or stepped, is correctly selected. Note that most ‘Sweep Generators’ are
actually digital synthesized generators and the “Stepped” scan rates must be used.
The scan rates and step sizes in Table III are structured to allow for a continuous change in
value with frequency for flexibility. Computerized test systems could be programmed to change
values very frequently. A more likely application is to block off selected bands for scanning and
to base selections of scan rate or step size on the lowest frequency. Computerized test
systems could be programmed to calculate the step size for each step. For example, if 1 - 2
GHz were selected, the maximum step at 1.5 GHz would be: 0.0025 x 1.5 GHz = 3.75 MHz.
Both automatic and manual scanning are permitted.
The two primary areas of concern for frequency scanning for susceptibility testing are response
times for EUTs to react to stimuli and how sharply the responses tune with frequency, normally
expressed as quality factor (Q). Both of these items have been considered in the determination
of the scan rates and step sizes in Table III. The table entries are generally based on the
assumption of a maximum EUT response time of three seconds and Q values of 10, 50, 100,
500, and 1000 (increasing values as frequency increases in Table III). Since EUT responses
are more likely to occur in approximately the 1 to 200 MHz range due to efficient cable coupling
based on wavelength considerations, Q values have been increased somewhat to slow the
scan and allow additional time for observation of EUT responses. More detailed discussions on
these items follow.
The assumption of a maximum response time of three seconds is considered to be appropriate
for a large percentage of possible cases. There are several considerations. While the
electronics processing the interfering signal may respond quickly, the output display may take
some time to react. Outputs that require mechanical motion such as meter movements or
servo driven devices will generally take longer to show degradation effects than electronic
displays such as video screens. Another concern is that some EUTs will only be in particularly
susceptible states periodically. For example, sensors feeding information to a microprocessor
are typically sampled at specific time intervals. It is important that the susceptibility stimuli be
located at any critical frequencies when the sensor is sampled. The time intervals between
steps and sweep rates in Table III may need to be modified for EUTs with unusually long
response times.
Some concern has been expressed on the susceptibility scan rates and the impact that they
would have on the length of time required to conduct a susceptibility test. The criteria of Table
III allow the susceptibility scan rate to be adjusted continually as the frequency is increased;
however, as a practical matter, the rate would most likely only be changed once every octave or
202
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
decade. As an example, Table A-I splits the frequency spectrum up into ranges corresponding
to Table III and frequency ranges of some of the requirements. Actual test times were
measured in a laboratory allowing for settling time and leveling. The total test time to run
RS103 from 2 MHz to 18 GHz for a stepped scan is 168 minutes for one polarization. Similarly,
an analog scan would result in a total test time of approximately 100 minutes. These times are
based on continuously calculating the next frequency using the present tuned frequency and
the allowed step size. It must be emphasized that the scan speeds should be slowed down if
the EUT response time or Q are more critical than those used to establish the values in Table
III. Note that the sweep times in the table should be used as programmed times for a scan.
Maximum allowable step sizes must be used. If scanning techniques employing alternative
calculations, such as using the step size at the beginning frequency of an octave for the entire
octave, larger test times will result.
Q is expressed as fo/BW where fo is the tuned frequency and BW is the width in frequency of
the response at the 3 dB down points. For example, if a response occurred at 1 MHz at a
susceptibility level of 1 V and the same response required 1.414 V (3 dB higher in required
drive) at 0.95 and 1.05 MHz, the Q would be 1 MHz/(1.05 - 0.95 MHz) or 10. Q is primarily
influenced by resonances in filters, interconnecting cabling, physical structure, and cavities.
The assumed Q values are based on observations from various types of testing. The step
sizes in Table III are one half of the 3 dB bandwidths of the assumed value of Q ensuring that
test frequencies will lie within the resonant responses.
TABLE A-I. Susceptibility testing times.
Frequency Range Maximum Actual

Step Size Scan Time
(minutes)
30 Hz - 150 kHz 0.05 fo 16
150 kHz – 1 MHz 0.05 fo 4
1 MHz – 2 MHz 0.01 fo 5
2 MHz – 30 MHz 0.01 fo 20
30 MHz – 1 GHz 0.005 fo 54
1 GHz – 18 GHz 0.0025 fo 94
18 GHz – 40 GHz 0.0025 fo 28
Below approximately 200 MHz, the predominant contributors are cable and interface filter
resonances. There is loading associated with these resonances which dampens the responses
and limits most values of Q to less than 50. Above 200 MHz, structural resonances of
enclosures and housings start playing a role and have higher values of Q due to less
dampening. Above approximately 1 GHz, aperture coupling with excitation of cavities will be
become dominant. Values of Q are dependent on frequency and on the amount of material
contained in the cavity. Larger values of Q result when there is less material in the volume. A
densely packaged electronics enclosure will exhibit significantly lower values of Q than an
enclosure with a higher percentage of empty volume. Q is proportional to Volume/(Surface
Area X Skin Depth). The value of Q also tends to increase with frequency as the associated
wavelength becomes smaller. EUT designs with unusual configurations that result in high Q
characteristics may require that the scan rates and step sizes in Table III be decreased for valid
testing.
203
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
RF processing equipment presents a special case requiring unique treatment. Intentionally

tuned circuits for processing RF can have very high values of Q. For example, a circuit
operating at 1 GHz with a bandwidth of 100 kHz has a Q of 1 GHz/100 kHz or 10,000.
Automatic leveling used to stabilize the amplitude of a test signal for stepped scans may require
longer dwell times than one second at discrete frequencies. The signal will take time to settle
and any EUT responses during the leveling process should be ignored.
A.4.3.10.4.2 (4.3.10.4.2) Modulation of susceptibility signals.

Susceptibility test signals for CS114 and RS103 shall be pulse modulated (on/off ratio of 40 dB
minimum) at a 1 kHz rate with a 50% duty cycle.
Discussion: Modulation is usually the effect that degrades EUT performance. The
wavelengths of the RF signal cause efficient coupling to electrical cables and through apertures
(at higher frequencies). Non-linearities in the circuit elements detect the modulation on the
carrier. The circuits may then respond to the modulation depending upon detected levels,
circuit bandpass characteristics, and processing features.
Pulse modulation at a 1 kHz rate, 50% duty cycle, (alternately termed 1 kHz square wave
modulation) is specified for several reasons. One kHz is within the bandpass of most analog
circuits such as audio or video. The fast rise and fall times of the pulse causes the signal to
have significant harmonic content high in frequency and can be detrimental to digital circuits.
Response of electronics has been associated with energy present and a square wave results in
high average power. The modulation encompasses many signal modulations encountered in
actual use. The square wave is a severe form of amplitude modulation used in communications
and broadcasting. It also is a high duty cycle form of pulse modulation representative of radars.
Care needs to be taken in implementing 1 kHz, 50% duty cycle, pulse modulation (on/off ratio
of 40 dB) using some signal sources. Most higher frequency signal sources have either internal
pulse modulation or an external port for pulse modulation. This function switches the output on
and off without affecting the amplitude of the unmodulated signal, provided that the strength of
the modulation signal is adequate. For other signal sources, particularly at lower frequencies,
the external amplitude modulation (AM) port needs to be driven to a minimum of 99 % depth of
modulation (equivalent to 40 dB on/off ratio) to simulate pulse modulation. The output signal
will essentially double in amplitude compared to an unmodulated signal for this type of input.
Depending on the type of testing being performed and the technique of monitoring applied
signals, this effect may or may not influence the results. Use of an AM port can be substantially
more involved than using a pulse modulation port. The amplitude of the input signal directly
influences the depth of modulation. There is a potential of exceeding 100% depth of
modulation, which will result in signal distortion. Since the on/off ratio requirement is stringent,
it is necessary to view the output signal on an oscilloscope to set the appropriate depth of
modulation. Another complication is that the bandwidth of AM ports is usually less than pulse
ports. Driving the port with a pulse shape may result in difficulty in setting the source for a
minimum of 99%.
MIL-STD-461A required that the worst case modulation for the EUT be used. Worst case
modulation usually was not known or determined. Also, worst case modulation may not be
related to modulations seen in actual use or may be very specialized. The most typical
modulations used below approximately 400 MHz have been amplitude modulation at either 400
or 1000 Hz (30 to 80%) or pulse modulation, 50% duty cycle, at 400 or 1000 Hz. These same
modulations have been used above 400 MHz together with pulse modulation at various pulse
widths and pulse repetition frequencies. Continuous wave (CW - no modulation) has also
204
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
occasionally been used. CW typically produces a detected DC level in the circuitry and affects
certain types of circuits. In general, experience has shown that modulation is more likely to
cause degradation. CW should be included as an additional requirement when assessing
circuits that respond only to heat such as electroexplosive devices. CW should not normally be
used as the only condition.
Consideration should be given to applying a secondary 1 Hz modulation (where the normal 1
kHz square wave modulated waveform is completely turned on and off every 500 milliseconds)
for certain subsystems with low frequency response characteristics, such as aircraft flight
control subsystems. This modulation simulates characteristics of some transmitters such as
high frequency (HF) radios in single sideband operation (no carrier), where a transmitted voice
signal will cause the RF to be present only when a word is spoken. The dilemma with using this
modulation is that the potential response of some subsystems may be enhanced, while others
may be less responsive. In the latter case, the 500 millisecond off period allows the subsystem
to recover from effects introduced during the “on” period.
Starting in MIL-STD-461G, verification of the presence of correct modulation by monitoring
output signals is specified in the CS114 and RS103 sections. Correct modulation is essential
for evaluating EUT performance. Many items will respond readily to a modulated signal and not
to a continuous wave source. Modulation sources are internal to some signal generators.
Other signal generators require an external source. Simple forgetfulness to apply modulation,
improper settings, or lack of visible indications of modulation on instrumentation displays can all
result in deficient testing.
A.4.3.10.4.3 (4.3.10.4.3) Thresholds of susceptibility.
Susceptibilities and anomalies that are not in conformance with contractual requirements are
not acceptable. However, all susceptibilities and anomalies observed during conduct of the test
shall be documented. When susceptibility indications are noted in EUT operation, a threshold
level shall be determined where the susceptible condition is no longer present. Thresholds of
susceptibility shall be determined as follows and described in the EMITR:
a. When a susceptibility condition is detected, reduce the interference signal until the
EUT recovers.
b. Determine the worst-case failure frequency within the failure bandwidth by manually
tuning the frequency, iteratively reducing the step size by a factor of two until the lowest
threshold is determined.
c. Reduce the interference signal by an additional 6 dB.
d. Gradually increase the interference signal until the susceptibility condition reoccurs.
The resulting level is the threshold of susceptibility.
e. Record this level, frequency range of occurrence, frequency and level of greatest
susceptibility, and other test parameters, as applicable.
Discussion: It is usually necessary to test at levels above the limits to ensure that the test
signal is at least at the required level. Determination of a threshold of susceptibility is
necessary when degradations or anomalies are present to assess whether requirements are
met. This information should be included in the EMITR. Threshold levels below limits are
unacceptable.
The specified steps to determine thresholds of susceptibility standardize a particular technique.
An alternative procedure sometimes utilized in the past was to use the value of the applied
205
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
signal where the EUT recovers (step a above) as the threshold. Hysteresis type effects are
often present where different values are obtained for the two procedures.
Distortion of sinusoidal susceptibility signals caused by non-linear effects in power amplifiers
can lead to erroneous interpretation of results. When distortion is present, the EUT may
actually respond to a harmonic of the intended susceptibility frequency, where the required limit
may be lower. When frequency selective receivers are used to monitor the injected level,
distortion itself does not prevent a valid susceptibility signal level from being verified at the
intended frequency. However, harmonic levels should be checked when susceptibility is
present to determine if they are influencing the results. When broadband sensors are being
used such as in portions of RS103, distortion can result in the sensor incorrectly displaying the
required signal level at the intended frequency. In this case, distortion needs to be controlled
such that correct levels are measured.
A.4.3.11 (4.3.11) Calibration of measuring equipment.
Primary measurement devices and accessories required for measurement in accordance with
this standard shall be calibrated in accordance with ISO/IEC 17025 or ISO 10012 or under an
approved calibration program traceable to the National Institute for Standards and Technology.
After the initial calibration, passive devices such as measurement antennas, current probes,
and LISNs, no further formal calibration is required unless the device is repaired. The
measurement system integrity check in the procedures is sufficient to determine acceptability of
passive devices.
Discussion: Calibration is typically required for any measurement device whose
characteristics are not verified through use of another calibrated item during testing. For
example, it is not possible during testing to determine whether an antenna used to measure
radiated emissions is exhibiting correct gain characteristics. Conversely, a power amplifier
used during radiated susceptibility testing often will not require calibration since application of
the proper signal level is verified through the use of a separate calibrated field sensing device.
Other amplifier applications such as the use of a signal pre-amplifier in front of a measurement
receiver would require calibration of the amplifier characteristics since the specific gain versus
frequency response is critical and is not separately verified.
In revision G of this standard, measurement system verification was added to assure that
passive devices, such as LISN, current probes, etc. are checked as part of the test. Therefore,
periodic calibration is not specified for these devices. In the event the measurement system
integrity check does not meet the expected results, use AIR6236.
A.4.3.11.1 (4.3.11.1) Measurement system test.
At the start of each emission test, the complete test system (including measurement receivers,
cables, attenuators, couplers, and so forth) shall be verified by injecting a known signal, as
stated in the individual test procedure, while monitoring system output for the proper indication.
When the emission test involves an uninterrupted set of repeated measurements (such as
evaluating different operating modes of the EUT) using the same measurement equipment, the
measurement system test needs to be accomplished only one time.
Discussion: The end-to-end system check prior to emission testing is valuable in
demonstrating that the overall measurement system is working properly. It evaluates many
factors including proper implementation of transducer factors and cable attenuation, general
condition and setting of the measurement receiver, damaged RF cables or attenuators, and
proper operation of software. Details on implementation are included in the individual test
procedures.
206
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.4.3.11.2 (4.3.11.2) Antenna factors.

Factors for test antennas shall be determined in accordance with SAE ARP958.
Discussion: SAE ARP958 provides a standard basis for determining antenna factors emission
testing. A caution needs to be observed in trying to apply these factors in applications other
than EMI testing. The two antenna technique for antennas such as the biconical and double
ridge horns is based on far field assumptions which are not met over much of the frequency
range. Although the factors produce standardized results, the true value of the electric field is
not necessarily being provided through the use of the factor. Different measuring sensors need
to be used when the true electric field must be known.
A.5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS

A.5.1 (5.1) General.
This section specifies detailed emissions and susceptibility requirements and the associated
test procedures. Table IV is a list of the specific requirements established by this standard
identified by requirement number and title. General test procedures are included in this section.
Specific test procedures are implemented by the Government approved EMITP (see 6.3). All
results of tests performed to demonstrate compliance with the requirements are to be
documented in the EMITR (see 6.3) and forwarded to the Command or agency concerned for
evaluation prior to acceptance of the equipment or subsystem. Design procedures and
techniques for the control of EMI shall be described in the EMICP (see 6.3). Approval of design
procedures and techniques described in the EMICP does not relieve the supplier of the
responsibility of meeting the contractual emission, susceptibility, and design requirements.
Discussion: The applicability of individual requirements in Table IV for a particular equipment

or subsystem is dependent upon the platforms where the item will be used. The
electromagnetic environments present on a platform together with potential degradation modes
of electronic equipment items play a major role regarding which requirements are critical to an
application. For example, emissions requirements are tied to protecting antenna-connected
receivers on platforms. The operating frequency ranges and sensitivities of the particular
receivers on-board a platform, therefore, influence the need for certain requirements.
The EMICP, EMITP, and EMITR are important elements in documenting design efforts for
meeting the requirements of this standard, testing approaches which interpret the generalized
test procedures in this standard, and reporting of the results of testing. The EMICP is a
mechanism instituted to help ensure that contractors analyze equipment design for EMI
implications and include necessary measures in the design for compliance with requirements.
Approval of the document does not indicate that the procuring activity agrees that all the
necessary effort is stated in the document. It is simply a recognition that the design effort is
addressing the correct issues.
The susceptibility limits are the upper bound on the range of values for which compliance is
required. The EUT must also provide required performance at any stress level below the limit.
For example, if the limit for radiated susceptibility to electric fields is 10 V/m, the EUT must also
meet its performance requirements at 5 V/m or any other field less than or equal to 10 V/m.
There have been cases documented where equipment (such as equipment with automatic gain
control circuitry) was not susceptible to radiated electric fields at given frequencies at the limit
level but was susceptible to the environment at the same frequencies when exposed to fields
below the limit level.
207
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
In the “B” and “C’ versions of MIL-STD-461, separate requirements were included to deal
specifically with mobile electric power units as UM04 equipment. The intent of the present
version of MIL-STD-461 is that the requirements for this type of equipment are platform
dependent and should simply be the same as any other equipment associated with that
platform as listed in Table IV.
CS106 was added in MIL-STD-461F and is deleted in MIL-STD-461G. The rationale for adding
it was included in the MIL-STD-461F rationale appendix. The underlying issue was not the
response of the power supply to the transient, but crosstalk within an equipment between the
transient on the power wiring and signals carried on wiring adjacent to the power wires without
adequate protection. The purpose of the requirement was to force adequate segregation
between power and signal circuitry.
However, CS115/CS116 was designed specifically to represent the coupling of transients on a
power bus into cables run adjacent to it. The very short 30 ns duration and even shorter 2 ns
rise and fall times of CS115 represent the leading edge of a waveform such as CS106 on a
power bus inductively coupling into an adjacent cable. Measurements on a one foot section of
ribbon cable modeling an unprotected connection between a connector and motherboard
revealed that injecting CS115/CS116 on the simulated signal wires exceeded the cross-
coupling from injecting CS106 on the simulated power wires.
It was concluded that CS115/CS116 already meets the intent behind the reintroduction of
CS106.
A.5.1.1 (5.1.1) Units of frequency domain measurements.
All frequency domain limits are expressed in terms of equivalent Root Mean Square (RMS)
value of a sine wave as would be indicated by the output of a measurement receiver using peak
envelope detection (see 4.3.10.1).
Discussion: A detailed discussion is provided on peak envelope detection in A.4.3.10.1. A
summary of output of the detector for several input waveforms is as follows. For an
unmodulated sine wave, the output simply corresponds to the RMS value of the sine wave. For
a modulated sine wave, the output is the RMS value of an unmodulated sine wave with the
same absolute peak value. For a signal with a bandwidth greater than the bandwidth of the
measurement receiver, the output is the RMS value of an unmodulated sine wave with the
same absolute peak value as the waveform developed in the receiver bandpass.
A.5.2 (5.2) EMI control requirements versus intended installations.
Table V summarizes the requirements for equipment and subsystems intended to be installed
in, on, or launched from various military platforms or installations. When an equipment or
subsystem is to be installed in more than one type of platform or installation, it shall comply with
the most stringent of the applicable requirements and limits. An "A" entry in the table means
the requirement is applicable. An "L" entry means the applicability of the requirement is limited
as specified in the appropriate requirement paragraphs of this standard; the limits are contained
herein. An "S" entry means the procuring activity must specify the applicability, limit and
verification procedures in the procurement specification. Absence of an entry means the
requirement is not applicable.
Discussion: Discussion on each requirement as it relates to different platforms is contained in

the sections on the individual requirements.
208
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.5.3 (5.3) Emission and susceptibility requirements, limits, and test procedures.
Individual emission or susceptibility requirements and their associated limits and test
procedures are grouped together in the following sections. The applicable frequency range and
limit of many emission and susceptibility requirements varies depending on the particular
platform or installation. The test procedures included in this section are valid for the entire
frequency range specified in the procedure; however, testing only needs to be performed over
the frequency range specified for the particular platform or installation.
Discussion: In this version of MIL-STD-461, the test procedures for individual requirements
follow directly after the applicability and limit statements. The discussion for the individual
requirements is separated into these two areas.
A.5.4 (5.4) CE101, conducted emissions, audio frequency currents, power leads.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 30 Hz to 10 kHz for leads that
obtain power from sources that are not part of the EUT. There is no requirement on output
leads from power sources. Since power quality standards are normally used to govern the
characteristics of output power, there is no need for separate EMI requirements on output
leads.
The limits are in terms of current because of the difficulty in controlling the power source
impedance in test facilities at lower frequencies. This type of control would be necessary to
specify the limits in terms of voltage. Emission current levels will be somewhat independent of
power source impedance variations as long as the impedance of the emission source is large
relative to the power source impedance.
For surface ships and submarines, the intent of this requirement is to control the effects of
conducted emissions peculiar to the shipboard power distribution system. Harmonic line
currents are limited for each electrical load connected to the power distribution system. Power
quality for surface ships and submarines is controlled by MIL-STD-1399-300.
The surface ships and submarine power distribution systems (ship's primary power) supplied by
the ship’s alternators is 440 V, 60 Hz, 3-phase, 3-wire, ungrounded. Although ship's primary
power is ungrounded, there exists a virtual AC ground at each electrical load due to
capacitance to chassis. The unbalance between the virtual grounds at each electrical load
causes AC currents in the hull of the submarine. These hull currents can degrade the
performance of electronic equipment, upset ground detectors, and counteract degaussing.
Hull currents are controlled by limiting the amplitude of harmonic currents conducted on the
power distribution system wiring for each electrical load. The limit is based on maintaining total
harmonic voltage distortion of the ship power distribution system within 5% of the supply
voltage with the contribution from any single harmonic being less than 3%. In addition to the
hull current concern, total harmonic distortion of the supply voltage waveform greater than 5%
is above the tolerance of most electronic equipment, induction motors, magnetic devices, and
measuring devices.
For Army aircraft, the primary concern is to ensure that the EUT does not corrupt the power
quality (allowable voltage distortion) on the power buses present on the platform. The Army
aircraft limits are based on relating the allowable current into a 1.0 ohm impedance to MIL-STD-
704 requirements on voltage distortion. The Army limit includes approximately a 20 dB margin
with respect to MIL-STD-704 to allow for contributions from multiple emission sources.
For Navy aircraft, the requirement is applicable for installations using anti-submarine warfare
(ASW) equipment, specifically equipment in the same cabinet or avionics bay, or that share the
same power bus or same cable bundles, as the ASW equipment. In addition, the requirement
209
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
should be tailored for equipment that uses more than 6 amps of current on-board an ASW
aircraft. The primary mission of ASW aircraft is to detect and locate submarines.
Unacceptable levels of emission currents in the frequency range of this test would limit the
detection and processing capabilities of the Magnetic Anomaly Detection (MAD) and Acoustic
Sensor systems. The MAD systems must be able to isolate a magnetic disturbance in the
earth's magnetic field of less than one part in 50,000. In present aircraft, the full sensitivity of
the MAD systems is not available due to interference produced by onboard equipment. Low
frequency interference effects in the 30 Hz to 10 kHz can be a problem for Acoustic Sensor
systems.
Possible tailoring of the requirements by the procuring activity is to impose the requirement if
sensitive receivers operating in the frequency range of the requirement are to be installed on a
platform or to modify the limit based on the particular characteristics of the power system
onboard the platform.
Another possible tailoring of the requirement by the procuring activity is for cases where high
current loads exist (filter size may be massive to meet limit), where power distribution wiring has
short lengths, or where dedicated returns run with the high sides (versus structure return). For
these cases, the use of a 5 μH LISN may be appropriate, but it must be approved by the
procuring activity. If a 5 μH LISN is used, the following modifications to the CE101 requirement
could be applicable. Figure A-10 shows limits that will preserve MIL-STD-704 power quality and
minimize filter size, regardless of EUT current load. The low frequency plateau of each curve is
shown for a 1 Amp load at the power frequency. The low frequency plateau shifts upward for
higher currents by adding a factor of 20*log (load current in Amperes). The limit extends to 150
kHz instead of 10 kHz. The limit at 150 kHz is fixed and calculated to coincide with the CE102
limit at 150 kHz, based on the impedance of a 5 μH LISN. Thus the slope of the limit curve
between the scaled 2 kHz point and the fixed 150 kHz is a function of load current. For an AC
load, the scan should start just below 400 cycles so that the 400 cycle load current can be used
to properly scale the limit, even though the AC limit does not begin until the second harmonic.
Below 2 kHz, limit scales as 20*log (steady-state current, Amps rms)
120
Curve #1
110
Curve #2
100
Curve #3
dBuA 90
80
NOMINAL EUT SOURCE VOLTAGE APPLICABLE
70 CURVE
66 dBuA, fixed
115 Vac, 400 Hz #1
60 28 Vdc #2 62 dBuA, fixed
270 Vdc #3 56 dBuA, fixed
50
0.01 0.1 1 10 100
150 kHz
Frequency kHz
FIGURE A-10. CE101 limits for a 5 µH LISN.
210
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Test procedures: Emission levels are determined by measuring the current present on each
power lead. The LISNs will have little influence on the results of this testing. The circuit
characteristics of the LISN will help stabilize measurements near 10 kHz; however, the LISN
parameters will not be significant over most of the frequency range of the test.
Current is measured because of the low impedances present over most of the frequency range
of the test. Current levels will be somewhat independent of power source impedance variations
as long as the impedance of the emission source is significant in relation to the power source
impedance. However, at frequencies where the shielded room filters in the test facility resonate
(generally between 1 and 10 kHz), influences on measured currents can be expected.
During the measurement system check, the signal generator may need to be supplemented
with a power amplifier to obtain the necessary current 6 dB below the applicable limit.
The value of the resistor “R” on Figure CE101-5 is not specified because a particular value is
not critical. Whatever value is convenient for measurement and possible matching of the signal
generator can be used.
A possible alternative measurement tool in this frequency range is a wave analyzer using a Fast
Fourier Transform algorithm. Use of this type of instrumentation requires specific approval by
An alternative test procedure for high current loads from 30 Hz – 150 kHz may be desirable.
While the CE101 test method can be used without modification with these load current-
dependent limits, it is desirable, especially for 400 Hz loads, to eliminate the LISN altogether,
since it is not relevant to the measurement. A 5 μH LISN as described in the discussion of
A.4.3.6 may be used; however, it will influence the measurement somewhat. Another
contributor to high power source impedance is the EMI test facility electrical filters, which
typically resonate below 10 kHz and can have impedance as high as 50 ohms at a resonance.
For AC loads, which are drawing harmonic currents below 10 kHz, it may be desirable to short
out the EMI filters. For DC power, this effect is easily accomplished by placing a large capacitor
across the power source. For AC power this approach is not practical. For AC power, the input
and output ends of the facility filter would have to be shorted together to bypass the series
inductance. If the line-to-ground capacitance of the filter then causes power factor problems, it
may be necessary to bypass the filters altogether and bring power into the test chamber from
an unfiltered source. The technical criterion for low source impedance is that the power
waveform as loaded by the EUT has suitably low distortion. The distortion as measured when
the EUT is energized is:
Allowable distortion (%) = (MIL-STD-704 total distortion (%)) x (EUT load current/power source
rated load current)
For an AC bus, use of a distortion meter is desirable rather than a measurement receiver. If a
distortion meter is not available, then the peak AC voltage should be measured open circuit and
as loaded by the EUT, the difference between these divided by the open-circuit peak potential
is subject to the limit above.
A.5.5 (5.5) CE102, conducted emissions, radio frequency potential, power leads.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 10 kHz to 10 MHz for leads
including returns, which obtain power from other sources not part of the EUT. There is no
requirement on output leads from power sources.
The basic concept in the lower frequency portion of the requirement is to ensure that the EUT
does not corrupt the power quality (allowable voltage distortion) on the power buses present on
211
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
the platform. Examples of power quality documents are MIL-STD-704 for aircraft, MIL-STD-
1399-300 for ships, MIL-STD-1539 for space systems, and MIL-STD-1275 for military vehicles.
Since power quality standards govern allowable distortion on output power, there is no need for
separate EMI requirements on output leads. The output power leads are treated no differently
than any other electrical interface. This standard does not directly control the spectral content
of signals present on electrical interfaces. Waveform definitions and distortion limits are
specified in documents such as interface control documents. In the case of output power, the
quality of the power must be specified over an appropriate frequency range so that the user of
the power can properly design for its characteristics. This situation is true whether the power
source is a primary source such as 115 V, 400 Hz, or a ±15 VDC low current supply. A
significant indirect control on spectral content exists in the RE102 limits which essentially
require that appropriate waveform control and signal transmission techniques be used to
prevent unacceptable radiation (see discussion on CE102 limit placement and RE102
relationship below).
Since voltage distortion is the basis for establishing power quality requirements, the CE102 limit
is in terms of voltage. The use of standardized line impedance over the frequency range of this
test provides for the convenient measurement of the voltage as developed across this
impedance. In previous versions of MIL-STD-461, a current measurement into a 10 μF
feedthrough capacitor was specified. The intent of the capacitor was to provide an RF short of
the power lead to the ground plane. It was difficult to interpret the significance of the current
limit with respect to platform applications. The presence of standardized impedance is
considered to reflect more closely the electrical characteristics of the power buses in platforms.
Of the power quality documents reviewed, MIL-STD-704 is the only one with a curve specifying
an amplitude versus frequency relationship for the allowable distortion. The CE102 limits
require that amplitude decays with increasing frequency similar to the requirements of MIL-
STD-704. Common requirements are specified for all applications since the concerns are the
same for all platforms.
The basic limit curve for 28 V is placed approximately 20 dB below the power quality curve in
MIL-STD-704. There are several reasons for the placement. One reason is that a number of
interference sources present in different subsystems and equipment on a platform may be
contributing to the net interference voltage present at a given location on the power bus.
Assuming that the interference sources are not phase coherent, the net voltage will be the
square root of the sum of the squares of the voltages from the individual sources. A second
reason is that the actual impedance in an installation will vary from the control impedance with
actual voltages being somewhat higher or lower than that measured during the test. Therefore,
some conservatism needs to be included in the limit.
The relaxation for other higher voltage power sources is based on the relative levels of the
power quality curves on ripple for different operating voltages.
At higher frequencies, the CE102 limit serves as a separate control from RE102 on potential
radiation from power leads that may couple into sensitive antenna-connected receivers. The
CE102 limits have been placed to ensure that there is no conflict with the RE102 limit.
Emissions at the CE102 limit should not radiate above the RE102 limit. Laboratory experiments
on coupling from a 2.5 meter power lead connected to a line impedance stabilization network
have shown that the electric field detected by the RE102 rod antenna is flat with frequency up
to approximately 10 MHz and is approximately equal to (x-40) dBV/m, where “x” is the voltage
expressed in dBμV. For example, if there is a signal level of 60 dBμV on the lead, the detected
electric field level is approximately 20 dBμV/m.
212
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Tailoring of the requirements in contractual documents may be desirable by the procuring

activity. Adjusting the limit line to more closely emulate a spectral curve for a particular power
quality standard is one possibility. Contributions from multiple interference sources need to be
considered as noted above. If antenna-connected receivers are not present on the platform at
the higher frequencies, tailoring of the upper frequency of the requirement is another possibility.
The requirement is limited to an upper frequency of 10 MHz due to the allowable 2.5 meter
length of power lead in the test setup approaching resonance. Any conducted measurements
become less meaningful above this frequency. If tailoring is done to impose the requirement at
higher frequencies, the test setup should be modified for CE102 to shorten the allowable length
of the power leads.
If the alternate CE101 limit and procedure for high current loads has been used below 150 kHz,
then CE102 may start at 150 kHz instead of 10 kHz. In this case, a 5 μH LISN (such as the one
described in the discussion under A.4.3.6) should be used. While the CE102 limit does not
change, the use of the 5 μH LISN provides relief in EMI filter design for both differential and
common mode noise. Differential mode noise is a voltage source which will establish the same
voltage in a 5 or 50 μH LISN, but the 5 μH LISN allows more current for the same potential, so
the filter attenuation requirements are lower. Common mode noise is a current source, and the
lower impedance of the 5 μH LISN means that for a given current less measured voltage results
below about 3 MHz. At 3 MHz and above the 5 and 50 μH LISNs have the same impedance,
but it is much easier to filter in this high frequency 50 ohm region than between 10 kHz and 3
MHz.
Test procedures: Emission levels are determined by measuring the voltage present at the
output port on the LISN.
The power source impedance control provided by the LISN is a critical element of this test.
This control is imposed due to wide variances in characteristics of shielded room filters and
power line impedances among various test agencies and to provide repeatability through
standardization. The LISN standardizes this impedance. The impedance present at the EUT
electrical interface is influenced by the circuit characteristics of the power lead wires to the
LISNs. The predominant characteristic is inductance. The impedance starts to deviate
noticeably at approximately 1 MHz where the lead inductance is about 13 ohms.
A correction factor must be included in the data reduction to account for the 20 dB attenuator
and for voltage drops across the coupling capacitor. This capacitor is in series with a parallel
combination of the 50 ohm measurement receiver and the 1 kilohm LISN resistor. The two
parallel resistances are equivalent to 47.6 ohms. The correction factor equals:
20 log10((1 + 5.60x10-9f2)1/2/(7.48x10-5f))
where f is the frequency of interest expressed in Hz. This equation is plotted on Figure A-11.
The correction factor is 4.45 dB at 10 kHz and drops rapidly with frequency.
The upper measurement frequency is limited to 10 MHz because of resonance conditions with
respect to the length of the power leads between the EUT and LISN. As noted in 4.3.8.6.2 of
the main body of the standard, these leads are between 2.0 and 2.5 meters long. Laboratory
experimentation and theory show a quarter-wave resonance close to 25 MHz for a 2.5 meter
lead. In the laboratory experiment, the impedance of the power lead starts to rise significantly
at 10 MHz and peaks at several thousand ohms at approximately 25 MHz. Voltage
measurements at the LISN become largely irrelevant above 10 MHz.
213
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
dB
0
10 100 200
FREQUENCY (kHz)
FIGURE A-11. Correction factor for 50 μH LISN coupling capacitor.
The 0.25 μF coupling capacitor in the LISN allows approximately 3.6 V to be developed across
the 50 ohms termination on the signal port for 115 V, 400 Hz, power sources. The 20 dB
attenuator is specified in the test procedure to protect the measurement receiver and to prevent
overload. Sources of 60 Hz pose less of a concern.
An oscilloscope is necessary for the measurement system check on Figure CE102-1 to ensure
that the actual applied voltage is measured accurately at 10.5 kHz and 100 kHz and maintains
a sinusoidal shape. The LISN presents a 50 ohms load impedance to a 50 ohms signal
generator only for frequencies of approximately 300 kHz or higher (see Figure 7). Since a 50
ohms signal generator is essentially an ideal voltage source in series with 50 ohms, the
amplitude display setting of the generator is correct only when it is terminated in a matched
impedance of 50 ohms. Under this condition the voltage splits between the two 50 ohms
resistances. If the output is measured directly with a high impedance instrument, such as an
oscilloscope, the indicated voltage is twice the amplitude setting. The load seen by the signal
generator varies with frequency and the voltage at the LISN will also vary.
An area of concern for this test procedure is the potential to overload the measurement receiver
due to the line voltage at the power frequency. Overload precautions are discussed in 4.3.7.3
of this standard. When an overload condition is predicted or encountered, a rejection filter can
be used to attenuate the power frequency. A correction factor must be then included in the
emission data to account for the filter loss with respect to frequency.
The CE102 test procedure for a 5 μH LISN is identical to that using a 50 μH LISN. The only
difference is starting the test at 150 kHz. No correction factor is necessary for the coupling
capacitor in the 5 μH LISN above 150 kHz.
As part of the measurement system integrity check, LISN impedance is spot-checked at the
same frequencies as the traditional measurement system integrity check that verifies the test
214
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
set-up and measurement procedures are correct. At 1.95 and 9.8 MHz, the 50 µH LISN
impedance is automatically verified by the traditional method, because at these frequencies the
LISN impedance is 50 ohms, so the signal generator level is what appears across the LISN,
and if the LISN impedance is not 50 ohms, that will show up in the traditional check.
At 10.5 kHz and 100 kHz, the 50 µH LISN impedance is lower than 50 ohms and it loads a 50
ohms signal source more than would a 50 ohms load. The ratio of the RF potential across the
LISN relative to that delivered into a 50 ohms load is termed the insertion loss. Insertion loss is
easily measured as an adjunct to the traditional measurement system integrity check.
Insertion loss is given by:
IL (dB) = 20 log [2 * ZLISN / (ZLISN + 50)]
At 10 kHz, the 50 µH LISN impedance is 5 ohms, so the insertion loss is -14.8 dB.
At 100 kHz, the 50 µH LISN impedance is 27 ohms, so the insertion loss is -3.2 dB.
The tolerance on LISN impedance is +/- 20%, and that translates into +1.6 dB, -2 dB.
When using a 5 µH LISN, the impedance is 50 ohms at and above 5 MHz, so the 50 Ohm
portion of the LISN can be checked at 5 and 10 MHz in the traditional manner.
At 200 kHz, the 5 µH LISN impedance is 5.6 ohms, so the insertion loss is 14 dB.
At 1 MHz, the 5 µH LISN impedance is 27 ohms, so the insertion loss is -3.2 dB.
A.5.6 (5.6) CE106, conducted emissions, antenna port.
Applicability and limits: The requirement is applicable from 10 kHz to 40 GHz for
transmitters, receivers and amplifiers. The basic concern is to protect antenna-connected
receivers both on and off the platform from being degraded due to radiated interference from
the antenna associated with the EUT. The limit for transmitters in the transmit mode is placed
primarily at levels which are considered to be reasonably obtainable for most types of
equipment. Suppression levels that are required to eliminate all potential electromagnetic
compatibility situations are often much more severe and could result in significant design
penalties. The limit for receivers and transmitters in standby is placed at a level that provides
reasonable assurance of compatibility with other equipment. Common requirements are
specified for all applications since the concerns are the same for all platforms.
As an example of an antenna coupling situation, consider a 10 watt VHF-AM transmitter
operating at 150 MHz and a UHF-AM receiver with a sensitivity of -100 dBm tuned to 300 MHz
with isotropic antennas located 10 meters apart. The requirement is that the transmitter second
harmonic at 300 MHz must be down 50 + 10 log 10 = 60 dB. The free space loss equation,
PR/PT = (2GTGR)/(4R)2 indicates an isolation of 42 dB between the two antennas.
PR = Received Power GR = Receive Antenna Gain = 1
PT = Transmitted Power GT = Transmitter Antenna Gain = 1
 = Wavelength = 1 meter R = Distance between Antennas = 10 meters
A second harmonic at the limit would be 60 + 42 = 102 dB down at the receiver. 102 dB below
10 Watts (40 dBm) is -62 dBm which is still 38 dB above the receiver sensitivity. The level that
is actually required not to cause any degradation in the receiver is -123 dBm. This value results
because the worst-case situation occurs when the interfering signal is competing with the
sidebands of the intentional signal with a signal amplitude at the receiver sensitivity. For a
standard tone of 30% AM used to verify sensitivity, the sidebands are 13 dB down from the
carrier and a 10 dB signal-to-noise ratio is normally specified. To avoid problems, the
215
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
interfering signal must, therefore, be 13 + 10 = 23 dB below -100 dBm or -123 dBm. This
criterion would require the second harmonic to be 121 dB down from the transmitter carrier that
could be a difficult task. Harmonic relationships can sometimes be addressed through
frequency management actions to avoid problems.
Assessing the 34 dBμV (-73 dBm) requirement for standby, the level at the receiver would be
-115 dBm which could cause some minimal degradation in the presence of a marginal
intentional signal.
Greater antenna separation or antenna placement not involving direct line of sight would
improve the situation. Also, the VHF antenna may be poorer than isotropic in the UHF band.
CE106 does not take into account any suppression associated with frequency response
characteristics of antennas; however, the results of the case cited are not unusual. RE103,
which is a radiated emission control on spurious and harmonic outputs, includes assessment of
antenna characteristics.
Since the free space loss equation indicates that isolation is proportional to the wavelength
squared, isolation values improve rapidly as frequency increases. Also, antennas are generally
more directional in the GHz region and receivers tend to be less sensitive due to larger
bandwidths.
The procuring activity may consider tailoring contractual documents by establishing suppression
levels based on antenna-to-antenna coupling studies on the particular platform where the
equipment will be used. Another area could be relaxation of requirements for high power
transmitters. The standard suppression levels may result in significant design penalties. For
example, filtering for a 10,000 watt HF transmitter may be excessively heavy and substantially
attenuate the fundamental frequency. Engineering trade-offs may be necessary.
For Navy surface ships, there are many instances of sensitive receivers operating within 10 m
of high and medium power transmitters. These sensitive receivers are also installed on nearby
surface and air platforms which operate within a few nautical miles of the transmitters. The
frequency separation between these transmitters and receivers is often only a few percent of
the fundamental, and sometimes their frequency ranges even overlap. To maximize the Navy’s
ability to use these systems simultaneously, the emissions of all of these transmitters must be
kept as low as possible across a broad frequency range. For transmitters with peak transmit
power less than 1 kW, the existing 5% frequency exclusion is considered appropriate. For
transmitters with higher peak power additional relaxation is required and a range of 5 - 9% is
considered achievable for the updated Navy limits. Many sensitive receivers have noise figures
between 1 - 5 dB which results in a system noise floor between -113 to -109 dBm/MHz. To
eliminate the risk of EMI, all spurious emissions would have to be greater than 10 dB below
those levels in all configurations and operational scenarios. In many shipboard topside
configurations, the isolation between systems can be as low as 60 dB. Taking this isolation into
account results in an ideal limit of -63 dBm/MHz. Realizing that this ideal limit is very
challenging, a level of -40 dBm/MHz has been selected. Compliance with this limit line is
feasible and it will reduce the risk for EMI for typical installation geometries and scenarios.
Compliance with this new limit will not always be enough to ensure that out of band emissions
do not cause EMI for all geometries and as such tailoring is encouraged where warranted.
It should be noted that for simplification the absolute measurement limits are given in terms of
power and not power spectral density. To be accurate the measured power should be given in
terms of power per receiver bandwidth e.g. above 1 GHz the limit is more correctly stated in
units of dBm/MHz since in that frequency range the receiver bandwidth is 1 MHz per Table II.
216
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Test procedures: Since the test procedures measure emissions present on a controlled
impedance, shielded, transmission line, the measurement results should be largely independent
of the test setup configuration. Therefore, it is not necessary to maintain the basic test setup
described in the main body of this standard.
The CE106 procedure uses a direct coupled technique and does not consider the effect that the
antenna system characteristics will have on actual radiated levels.
The selection of modulation for transmitters and frequency, input power levels, and modulation
for amplifiers can influence the results. The procedure requires that parameters that produce
the worst case emission spectrum be used. The most complicated modulation will typically
produce the worst case spectrum. The highest allowable drive level for amplifiers usually
produces the worst harmonics and spurious outputs. However, some amplifiers with automatic
gain controls may produce higher distortion with drive signals set to the lowest allowable input
due to the amplifier producing the highest gain levels. The details of the analysis on the
selection of test parameters should be included in the EMITP.
Figure CE106-3 is used for receivers and transmitters in the stand-by mode. The purpose of
the attenuator pad on Figure CE106-3 is to establish a low voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR)
for more accurate measurements. Its nominal value is 10 dB, but it can be smaller, if
necessary, to maintain measurement sensitivity.
The setup on Figure CE106-1 is used for low power transmitters in which the highest
intentionally generated frequency does not exceed 40 GHz. The attenuator pad should be
approximately 20 dB or large enough to reduce the output level of the transmitter sufficiently so
that it does not damage or overload the measurement receiver. The rejection network in the
figure is tuned to the fundamental frequency of the EUT and is intended to reduce the
transmitter power to a level that will not desensitize or induce spurious responses in the
measurement receiver. Both the rejection network and RF pad losses must be adjusted to
maintain adequate measurement system sensitivity. The total power reaching the
measurement receiver input should not exceed the maximum allowable level specified by the
manufacturer. All rejection and filter networks must be calibrated over the frequency range of
measurement.
The setup of Figure CE106-2 is for transmitters with high average power. For transmitters with
an integral antenna, it is usually necessary to measure the spurious emissions by the radiated
procedures of RE103.
Some caution needs to be exercised in applying Table II. For spurious and harmonic emissions
of equipment in the transmit mode, it is generally desirable for the measurement receiver
bandwidth to be sufficiently large to include at least 90% of the power of the signal present at a
tuned frequency. This condition is required if a comparison is being made to a power
requirement in a specification. Spurious and harmonic outputs generally have the same
modulation characteristics as the fundamental. Since this procedure measures relative levels
of spurious and harmonic signal with respect to the fundamental, it is not necessary for the
measurement receiver to meet the above receiver bandwidth to signal bandwidth criterion.
However, if the measurement receiver bandwidth does not meet the criterion and spurious and
harmonic outputs are located in frequency ranges where this standard specifies a bandwidth
different than that used for the fundamental, the measurement receiver bandwidth should be
changed to that used at the fundamental to obtain a proper measurement.
For EUTs having waveguide transmission lines, the measurement receiver needs to be coupled
to the waveguide by a waveguide to coaxial transition. Since the waveguide acts as a high-
217
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
pass filter, measurements are not necessary at frequencies less than 0.8 f co, where fco is the
waveguide cut-off frequency.
A.5.7 (5.7) CS101, conducted susceptibility, power leads.
Applicability and limits: The requirement is applicable from 30 Hz to 150 kHz for power input
leads that obtain power from other sources that are not part of the EUT. There is no
requirement on power output leads. The basic concern is to ensure that equipment
performance is not degraded from ripple voltages associated with allowable distortion of power
source voltage waveforms.
The required signal is applicable only to the high sides on the basis that the concern is
developing a differential voltage across the power input leads to the EUT. The series injection
technique in the test procedure results in the voltage dropping across the impedance of the
EUT power input circuitry. The impedance of the power return wiring is normally insignificant
with respect to the power input over most of the required frequency range. Common mode
voltages evaluations are addressed by other susceptibility tests such as CS114 and RS103.
Injection on a power return will result in the same differential voltage across the power input;
however, the unrealistic condition will result in a large voltage at the return connection to the
EUT with respect to the ground plane.
Similar to CE102, the limits are based on a review of the power quality standards with emphasis
toward the spectral content curves present in MIL-STD-704. Rather than having a separate
curve for each possible power source voltage, only two curves are specified. The voltage
amplitude specified is approximately 6 dB above typical power quality limits, although the limit
has been somewhat generalized to avoid complex curves. The margin between the limit and
the power quality standard is necessary to allow for variations in performance between
manufactured items.
The difference between the limits for CE102 and CS101 of approximately 26 dB should not be
viewed as a margin. The CE102 limit is placed so that ripple voltages do not exceed that
allowed by the power quality standards due to interference contributions from multiple EUTs.
Therefore, the power quality standard is the only valid basis of comparison.
The primary tailoring consideration for the procuring activity for contractual documents is
adjustment of the limit to follow more closely a particular power quality standard.
In revision G of this standard, the maximum current draw for most equipment was reduced from
100 amps to 30 amps. This was done because above 30 amps the expected ripple is higher
than the CS101 test level.
Test procedures: Since the applied voltage is coupled in series using a transformer,
Kirchhoff's voltage law requires that the voltage appearing across the transformer output
terminals must drop around the circuit loop formed by the EUT input and the power source
impedance. The voltage level specified in the limit is measured across the EUT input because
part of the transformer induced voltage can be expected to drop across the source impedance.
The procedure allows the use of either an oscilloscope to make a time domain measurement or
a measurement receiver with a transducer to make a frequency domain measurement. The
transducer is used to isolate the 50 ohm measurement receiver from the power source voltage
and to lower the signal amplitudes to safe levels. The transfer characteristics of the transducer
with respect to the amplitude versus frequency need to be characterized across the frequency
range of the test and applied to determine the actual signal level.
218
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Earlier EMI standards introduced a circuit for a phase shift network which was intended to
cancel out AC power waveforms and allow direct measurement of the ripple present across the
EUT. While these devices very effectively cancel the power waveform, they return the incorrect
value of the ripple and are not acceptable for use. The networks use the principle of inverting
the phase of the input power waveform, adding it to the waveform (input power plus ripple)
across the EUT, and presumably producing only the ripple as an output. For a clean power
waveform, the network would perform properly. However, the portion of the ripple that drops
across the power source impedance contaminates the waveform and gets recombined with the
ripple across the EUT resulting in an incorrect value.
Below 10 kHz there is a possibility that a portion of the injected signal will drop across the
power source rather than the test sample power input. Therefore, below 10 kHz when the
specification limit potential cannot be developed across the test sample power input and the
precalibrated power limit has been reached, it is incumbent on the tester to check that the
missing signal level is not being dropped across the power source. If the missing potential is
there (usually due to high impedance test facility EMI filters), then steps should be taken to
lower the source impedance. This can be done on DC power by using a larger capacitor
(~10,000 µF) in parallel with the 10 µF capacitor. With AC power, this isn’t possible and the
best approach is to bypass facility EMI filters entirely, bringing unfiltered power into the room.
Voltages will appear across the primary side of the injection transformer due to the EUT current
load at the power frequency. Larger current loads will result in larger voltages and are the
predominant concern. These voltages can cause potential problems with the power amplifier.
The circuit arrangement on Figure A-12 will substantially reduce this voltage and provide
protection for the amplifier. This effect is accomplished by using a dummy load equal to the
EUT and wiring the additional transformer so that its induced voltage is equal to and 180
degrees out of phase with the induced voltage in the injection transformer. If possible, the
dummy load should have the same power factor as the EUT.
On initial turn on, DC to DC power switching converters can create large voltages on the
primary side of the injection transformer that can damage the power amplifier. A precaution is
to place a 5 ohm resistor across the primary and to disconnect the transformer during initial turn
on.
The injected signal should be maintained as a sinusoid. Saturation of the power amplifier or
coupling transformer may result in a distorted waveform.
If the return side of power is not connected to the shielded room ground, the oscilloscope may
need to be electrically “floated” using an isolation transformer to correctly measure the injected
voltage, resulting in a potential shock hazard. Differential probe amplifiers are available which
will convert a differential measurement between the high side and an isolated ground to a
single-ended measurement where the measurement device can be grounded. These probes
have an output that is suitable for measurement with either an oscilloscope or a high
impedance, frequency selective receiver (provided the receiver can tolerate the high input
voltage).
219
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
AC POWER
INPUTS ONLY
VOLTAGE
EUT
MONITOR
SIGNAL POWER
GENERATOR AMPLIFIER
DUMMY
LOAD
SAME
CURRENT
AS EUT
IDENTICAL
ISOLATION
TRANSFORMERS
FIGURE A-12. CS101 power amplifier protection.
A.5.8 (5.8) CS103, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, intermodulation.

Applicability and limits: This receiver front-end susceptibility requirement is applicable from
15 kHz to 10 GHz for equipment and subsystems, such as communications receivers, RF
amplifiers, transceivers, radar receivers, acoustic receivers, and electronic warfare receivers as
specified in the individual procurement specification. The intent of this requirement is to control
the response of antenna-connected receiving subsystems to in-band signals resulting from
potential intermodulation products of two signals outside of the intentional passband of the
subsystem produced by non-linearities in the subsystem. Due to the wide diversity of
subsystem designs being developed, the applicability of this type of requirement and
appropriate limits need to be determined for each procurement. Also, requirements need to be
specified that are consistent with the signal processing characteristics of the subsystem and the
particular test procedures to be used to verify the requirement.
One approach for determining levels required for the out-of-band signals is from an analysis of
the electromagnetic environments present and characteristics of receiving antennas. However,
levels calculated by this means will often place unreasonable design penalties on the receiver.
For example, if an external environment of 200 V/m is imposed on a system, an isotropic
antenna at 300 MHz will deliver 39 dBm to the receiver. This level represents a severe design
requirement to many receivers. An alternative approach is to simply specify levels that are
within the state-of-the-art for the particular receiver design.
220
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
This requirement is most applicable to fixed frequency, tunable, superheterodyne receivers.

Previous versions of this standard required normal system performance with the two out-of-
band signals to be 66 dB above the level required to obtain the standard reference output for
the receiver. One signal was raised to 80 dB above the reference in the 2 to 25 MHz and 200
to 400 MHz bands to account for transmissions from HF and UHF communication equipment.
Maximum levels for both signals were limited to 10 dBm. As an example, conventional
communication receivers commonly have sensitivities on the order of -100 dBm. For this case,
the 66 dB above reference signal is at -34 dBm and the 80 dB above reference signal is at -20
dBm. Both are substantially below the 10 dBm maximum used in the past.
For other types of receivers, application of this requirement is often less straightforward and
care must be taken to ensure that any applied requirements are properly specified. Many
receivers are designed to be interference or jam resistant and this feature may make
application of this requirement difficult or inappropriate.
One complicating factor is that one of the out-of-band signals typically is modulated with a
waveform normally used by the receiver. For receivers that process a very specific modulation,
the issue exists whether an out-of-band signal can reasonably be expected to contain that
modulation. Another complicating factor is related to the potential intermodulation products
resulting from two signals. Responses from intermodulation products can be predicted to occur
when fo = mf1 ± nf2 where fo is the operating frequency of the receiver, m and n are integers,
and f1 and f2 are the out-of-band signals. For receivers which continuously change frequency
(such as frequency agile or frequency hopping), the relationship will be true only for a portion of
the operating time of the receiver, unless the out-band-signals are also continuously tuned or
the receiver operating characteristics are modified for the purpose of evaluation.
Test procedures: No test procedures are provided in the main body of this standard for this
requirement. Because of the large variety of receiver designs being developed, the
requirements for the specific operational characteristics of a receiver must be established
before meaningful test procedures can be developed. Only general testing techniques are
discussed in this appendix.
Intermodulation testing can be applied to a variety of receiving subsystems such as receivers,
RF amplifiers, transceivers and transponders.
Several receiver front-end characteristics must be known for proper testing for intermodulation
responses. These characteristics generally should be determined by test. The maximum
signal input that the receiver can tolerate without overload needs to be known to ensure that the
test levels are reasonable and that the test truly is evaluating intermodulation effects. The
bandpass characteristics of the receiver are important for determining frequencies near the
receiver fundamental fo that will be excluded from test. Requirements for this test are generally
expressed in terms of a relative degree of rejection by specifying the difference in level between
potentially interfering signals and the established sensitivity of the receiver under test.
Therefore, determination of the sensitivity of the receiver is a key portion of the test.
The basic concept with this test is to combine two out-of-band signals and apply them to the
antenna port of the receiver while monitoring the receiver for an undesired response. One of
the out-of-band signals is normally modulated with the modulation expected by the receiver.
The second signal is normally continuous wave (CW). Figure A-13 shows a general setup for
this test.
221
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
SIGNAL
SOURCE NO. 1
FILTERS, MEASUREMENT
ATTENUATORS, RECEIVER
AS NEEDED
3 PORT
3 PORT 3 PORT
NETWORK, EUT
NETWORK NETWORK
IF NEEDED
FILTERS, FILTERS,
ATTENUATORS, OUTPUT
ATTENUATORS, MONITOR
AS NEEDED AS NEEDED
SIGNAL SIGNAL
SOURCE NO. 2 SOURCE NO. 3,
IF NEEDED
FIGURE A-13. CS103 General test setup.
For applications where the receiver would not provide an indication of interference without a
receive signal being present, a third signal can be used at the fundamental. This arrangement
may also be suitable for some receivers that process a very specialized type of modulation
which would never be expected on an out-of-band signal. An option is for the two out-of-band
signals to be CW for this application.
The frequency of the two out-of-band signals should be set such that fo = 2f1 - f2 where fo is the
tuned frequency of the receiver and f1 and f2 are the frequencies of the signal sources. This
equation represents a third order intermodulation product, which is the most common response
observed in receivers. f1 and f2 should be swept or stepped over the desired frequency range
while maintaining the relationship in the equation. It is important to verify that any responses
noted during this test are due to intermodulation responses. Responses can result from simply
lack of rejection to one of the applied signals or from harmonics of one of the signal sources.
Turning off each signal source in turn and noting whether the response remains can
demonstrate the source of the response.
For receivers with front-end mixing and filtering in an antenna module, the test may need to be
designed to be performed on a radiated basis. All signals would need to be radiated and
assurances provided that any observed intermodulation products are due to the receiver and
not caused by items in the test area. The EMITP would need to address antenna types,
antenna locations, antenna polarizations and field measurement techniques. This test would
probably need to be performed in an anechoic chamber.
222
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
For frequency hopping receivers, one possible approach is choose an fo within the hop set and
set up the signals sources as described above. The performance of the receiver could then be
evaluated as the receiver hops. If the frequency hopping receiver has a mode of operation
using just one fixed frequency, this mode should also be tested.
A common error made in performing this test procedure is attributing failures to the EUT which
are actually harmonics of the signal source or intermodulation products generated in the test
setup. Therefore, it is important to verify that the signals appearing at the EUT antenna port
are only the intended signals through the use of a measurement receiver as shown on Figure
A-13. Damaged, corroded, and faulty components can cause signal distortion resulting in
misleading results. Monitoring will also identify path losses caused by filters, attenuators,
couplers, and cables.
Typical data for this test procedure for the EMITR are the sensitivity of the receiver, the levels
of the signal sources, frequency ranges swept, operating frequencies of the receivers, and
frequencies and threshold levels associated with any responses.
A.5.9 (5.9) CS104, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, rejection of undesired signals.
30 Hz to 20 GHz for equipment and subsystems, such as communications receivers, RF
amplifiers, transceivers, radar receivers, acoustic receivers, and electronic warfare receivers as
the response of antenna-connected receiving subsystems to signals outside of the intentional
passband of the subsystem. The requirement can be applied to receivers, transceivers,
amplifiers, and the like. Due to the wide diversity of subsystem designs being developed, the
applicability of this type of requirement and appropriate limits need to be determined for each
procurement. Also, requirements need to be specified that are consistent with the signal
processing characteristics of the subsystem and the particular test procedures to be used to
verify the requirement.
One approach for determining levels required for the out-of-band signal can be determined
from an analysis of the electromagnetic environments present and characteristics of receiving
antennas. However, levels calculated by this means will often place unreasonable design
penalties on the receiver. For example, if an external environment of 200 V/m is imposed on a
system, an isotropic antenna at 300 MHz will deliver 39 dBm to the receiver. This level
represents a severe design requirement to many receivers. An alternative approach is to
simply specify levels that are within the state-of-the-art for the particular receiver design.
Previous versions of this standard required normal system performance for a 0 dBm signal
outside of the tuning range of the receiver and a signal 80 dB above the level producing the
standard reference output within the tuning range (excluding the receiver passband within the
80 dB points on the selectivity curve). As an example, a conventional UHF communication
receiver operating from 225 MHz to 400 MHz commonly has a sensitivity on the order of -100
dBm. For this case, the 0 dBm level applies below 225 MHz and above 400 MHz. Between
225 MHz and 400 MHz (excluding the passband), the required level is -20 dBm.
223
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
This requirement is usually specified using either one or two signals. With the one signal
requirement, the signal is out-of-band to the receiver and is modulated with a waveform
normally used by the receiver. No in-band signal is used. For receivers that process a very
specific modulation, the issue exists whether an out-of-band signal can reasonably be expected
to contain that modulation. An alternative is to specify the requirement for two signals. An in-
band signal can be specified which contains the normal receiver modulation. The out-of-band
signal can be modulated or unmodulated with the criterion being that no degradation in
reception of the intentional signal is allowed.
Front-end rejection testing can be applied to a variety of receiving subsystems such as
receivers, RF amplifiers, transceivers, and transponders.
Several receiver front-end characteristics must be known for proper testing. These
characteristics generally should be determined by test. The maximum signal input that the
receiver can tolerate without overload needs to be known to ensure that the test levels are
reasonable. The bandpass characteristics of the receiver are important for determining
frequencies near the receiver fundamental that will be excluded from testing. Requirements for
this test are often expressed in terms of a relative degree of rejection by specifying the
difference in level between a potentially interfering signal and the established sensitivity of the
receiver under test. Therefore, determination of the sensitivity of the receiver is a key portion of
the test.
The basic concept with this test procedure is to apply out-of-band signals to the antenna port of
the receiver while monitoring the receiver for degradation. Figure A-14 shows a general test
setup for this test. There are two common techniques used for performing this test using either
one or two signal sources. For the one signal source procedure, the signal source is modulated
with the modulation expected by the receiver. It is then swept over the appropriate frequency
ranges while the receiver is monitored for unintended responses. With the two signal source
procedure, a signal appropriately modulated for the receiver is applied at the tuned frequency of
the receiver. The level of this signal is normally specified to be close to the sensitivity of the
receiver. The second signal is unmodulated and is swept over the appropriate frequency
ranges while the receiver is monitored for any change in its response to the intentional signal.
224
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
FILTERS,
SIGNAL
ATTENUATORS,
SOURCE NO. 1
AS NEEDED
MEASUREMENT
RECEIVER
3 PORT
3 PORT
NETWORK, EUT
NETWORK
IF NEEDED
OUTPUT
MONITOR
SIGNAL FILTERS,
SOURCE NO. 2, ATTENUATORS,
IF NEEDED AS NEEDED
The two signal source procedure is more appropriate for most receivers. The one signal source
procedure may be more appropriate for receivers that search for a signal to capture since they
may respond differently once a signal has been captured. Some receivers may need to be
evaluated using both procedures to be completely characterized.
For frequency hopping receivers, one possible approach is to use a one signal procedure as if
the EUT did not have a tuned frequency (include frequency scanning across the hop set) to
evaluate the jamming/interference resistance of the receiver. If a frequency hopping receiver
has a mode of operation using just one fixed frequency, this mode should also be tested.
assurances provided that any observed responses are due to the receiver and not caused by
items in the test area. The EMITP would need to address antenna types, antenna locations,
antenna polarizations, and field measurement techniques. This test would probably need to be
performed in an anechoic chamber.
A common error made in performing this test procedure is attributing failures to the EUT which
are actually harmonics or spurious outputs of the signal source. Therefore, it is important to
verify that the signals appearing at the EUT antenna port are only the intended signals through
the use of a measurement receiver as shown on Figure A-14. Damaged, corroded, and faulty
components can cause signal distortion resulting in misleading results. Monitoring will also
identify path losses caused by filters, attenuators, couplers, and cables.
225
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
of the signal sources, frequency ranges swept, operating frequencies of the receivers, degree
of rejection (dB), and frequencies and threshold levels associated with any responses.
A.5.10 (5.10) CS105, conducted susceptibility, antenna port, cross modulation.
30 Hz to 20 GHz only for receivers that normally process amplitude-modulated RF signals, as
the response of antenna-connected receiving subsystems to modulation being transferred from
an out-of-band signal to an in-band signal. This effect results from a strong, out-of-band signal
near the operating frequency of the receiver that modulates the gain in the front-end of the
receiver and adds amplitude varying information to the desired signal. The requirement should
be considered only for receivers, transceivers, amplifiers, and the like, which extract information
from the amplitude modulation of a carrier. Due to the wide diversity of subsystem designs
being developed, the applicability of this type of requirement and appropriate limits need to be
determined for each procurement. Also, requirements need to be specified that are consistent
with the signal processing characteristics of the subsystem and the particular test procedure to
be used to verify the requirement.
One approach for determining levels required for the out-of-band signal can be determined
from an analysis of the electromagnetic environments present and characteristics of receiving
antennas. However, levels calculated by this means will often place unreasonable design
penalties on the receiver. For example, if an external environment of 200 V/m is imposed on a
system, an isotropic antenna at 300 MHz will deliver 39 dBm to the receiver. This level
represents a severe design requirement to many receivers. An alternative approach is to
simply specify levels that are within the state-of-the-art for the particular receiver design.
Previous versions of this standard required normal system performance with an out-of-band
signal to be 66 dB above the level required to obtain the standard reference output for the
receiver. The maximum level for the signal was limited to 10 dBm. As an example,
conventional communication receivers commonly have sensitivities on the order of -100 dBm.
For this example, the 66 dB above reference signal is at -34 dBm that is substantially below the
10 dBm maximum used in the past.
One complicating factor is that one of the out-of-band signals typically is modulated with a
waveform normally used by the receiver. For receivers that process a very specific modulation,
the issue exists whether an out-of-band signal can reasonably be expected to contain that
modulation. Another factor is that the out-of-band signal is normally specified to be close to the
receiver operating frequency. For receivers that continuously change frequency (such as
frequency agile or frequency hopping), an appropriate relationship may exist for only short
periods for a fixed frequency out-of-band signal.
226
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Cross modulation testing should be applied only to receiving subsystems such as receivers, RF
amplifiers, transceivers and transponders which extract information from the amplitude
modulation of a carrier.
Several receiver front-end characteristics must be known for proper testing for cross modulation
responses. These characteristics generally should be determined by test. The maximum
signal input that the receiver can tolerate without overload needs to be known to ensure that the
test levels are reasonable. The bandpass characteristics of the receiver are important for
determining frequencies near the receiver fundamental that will be excluded from test.
Requirements for this test are generally expressed in terms of a relative degree of rejection by
specifying the difference in level between potentially interfering signals and the established
sensitivity of the receiver under test. Therefore, determination of the sensitivity of the receiver
is a key portion of the test.
The basic concept with this test is to apply a modulated signal out-of-band to the receiver and
to determine whether the modulation is transferred to an unmodulated signal at the receiver's
tuned frequency resulting in an undesired response. There may be cases where the in-band
signal needs to be modulated if the receiver characteristics so dictate. The level of the in-band
signal is normally adjusted to be close to the receiver's sensitivity. The out-of-band signal is
modulated with the modulation expected by the receiver. It is then swept over the appropriate
frequency ranges while the receiver is monitored for unintended responses. Testing has
typically been performed over a frequency range ± the receiver intermediate frequency (IF)
centered on the receiver's tuned frequency. Figure A-15 shows a general setup for this test.
assurances provided that any responses are due to the receiver and not caused by items in the
test area. The EMITP would need to address antenna types, antenna locations, antenna
polarizations and field measurement techniques. This test would probably need to be
performed in an anechoic chamber.
For frequency hopping receivers, one possible approach is choose an fo within the hop set and
set up the signals sources as described above. The performance of the receiver could then be
evaluated as the receiver hops. If the frequency hopping receiver has a mode of operation
using just one fixed frequency, this mode should also be tested.
It is important to verify that the signals appearing at the EUT antenna port are only the intended
signals through the use of a measurement receiver as shown on Figure A-15. Damaged,
corroded, and faulty components can cause signal distortion resulting in misleading results.
Monitoring will also identify path losses caused by filters, attenuators, couplers, and cables.
227
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
FILTERS,
SIGNAL ATTENUATORS,
SOURCE NO. 1 AS NEEDED
MEASUREMENT
RECEIVER
3 PORT 3 PORT
NETWORK, EUT
NETWORK
IF NEEDED
OUTPUT
MONITOR
FILTERS,
SIGNAL ATTENUATORS,
SOURCE NO. 2 AS NEEDED
of the signal sources, frequency ranges swept, operating frequencies of the receivers, and
frequencies and threshold levels associated with any responses.
A.5.11 (5.11) CS109, conducted susceptibility, structure current.
Applicability and limits: This requirement is specialized and is intended to be applied from 60
Hz to 100 kHz only for very sensitive equipment (1 μV or better), such as tuned receivers
operating over the frequency range of the test. The basic concern of the requirement is to
ensure that equipment does not respond to magnetic fields caused by currents in platform
structure and through EUT housing materials. The magnetic fields are sufficiently low that
there is no concern with most circuitry.
An estimate can be made of induced voltages that may result from the required CS109
currents. Magnetic fields act by inducing voltages into loop areas in accordance with Faraday's
law (V = -d/dt). For a constant magnetic field perpendicular to a given loop area, Faraday's
law reduces to V = -2fBA where:
f = Frequency of Interest
B = Magnetic Flux Density
A = Loop Area
228
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Since Faraday's law indicates that these voltages are proportional to frequency, the maximum
voltage from the CS109 currents will result at the 20 kHz knee of the curve for a given loop
area. A drop of 20 dB/decade would result in a constant voltage. Since the curve is dropping at
only 10 dB/decade below 20 kHz, the induced voltage will rise as frequency increases. The
sharp drop off above 20 kHz results in decreasing voltages with increasing frequency.
If the 103 dBA current at 20 kHz specified in the requirement is assumed to spread uniformly
over a cross-sectional dimension of 10 cm, the surface current density and the resulting
magnetic field intensity at the surface would be 1.41 amperes/meter. In air, this value
corresponds to magnetic flux density of 1.77x10-6 Tesla. If it is further assumed that this
magnetic field is uniform over a circuit loop area of 0.001 m2 (such as 20 cm by 0.5 cm) within
the enclosure, Faraday's Law predicts an induced voltage of 222 μV.
Similar calculations at 400 Hz and 100 kHz yield values of 31 μV and 8 μV, respectively.
It is apparent that design considerations such as proper grounding techniques, minimizing of
loop areas, and common mode rejection concepts need to be implemented to prevent potential
problems with very sensitive circuits used in submarines such as low frequency tuned receivers.
However, these levels are well below the sensitivity of typical circuits used in other equipment.
The limit is derived from operational problems due to current conducted on equipment cabinets
and laboratory measurements of response characteristics of selected receivers.
No tailoring is recommended.
Test procedures: Electrical connection needs to be made to the external structure of the EUT
and damage to the external finish should be minimized. Screws or protuberances at ground
potential near the diagonal corners of the EUT should normally be used as test points.
Connections should be made with clip or clamp type leads. If convenient test points are not
available at the diagonal corners, a sharply pointed test probe should be used to penetrate the
finish in place of the clip or clamp type lead.
The requirement to maintain the leads perpendicular to the surface for at least 50 cm is to
minimize effects on the path of current along the surface from the magnetic fields caused by
the current in the leads.
Coupling transformers used to perform CS101 testing are normally suitable for this test. The
electrical isolation provided by the coupling transformer eliminates the need to electrically “float”
the amplifier and signal source that could result in a potential shock hazard.
A.5.12 (5.12) CS114, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 10 kHz to 200 MHz for all
electrical cables interfacing with the EUT enclosures. The basic concept is to simulate currents
that will be developed on platform cabling from electromagnetic fields generated by antenna
transmissions both on and off the platform. Investigation into aircraft carrier hangar deck
electromagnetic environment test data from nine aircraft carriers showed that significant HF
electric field levels are present. Measurements from on-board HF transmitters showed field
levels in the 2 to 30 MHz band up to 42 V/m in the hanger deck. Therefore, for equipment
located in the aircraft hangar deck, the same limit that is used for non-metallic ships (below
deck), is being used in the 2 to 30 MHz frequency range. In addition, a low frequency limit (77
dBμA) has been added from 4 kHz to 1 MHz for EUTs on surface ships and submarines with
solid state power generation (in contrast to electromechanical generation equipment) to
simulate common mode currents that have been found to be present on AC power cables. The
229
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
measured common mode currents have exceeded the previous CS114 Ships (metallic, below
deck) and submarines (internal) limits by up to 50 dB.
An advantage of this type of requirement is that it provides data that can be directly related to
induced current levels measured during platform-level evaluations. An increasingly popular
technique is to illuminate the platform with a low level, relatively uniform field while monitoring
induced levels on cables. Then, either laboratory data can be reviewed or current injection
done at the platform with the measured currents scaled to the full threat level. This same
philosophy has been applied to lightning and electromagnetic pulse testing.
Due to size constraints and available field patterns during radiated susceptibility testing (such
as RS103), it has long been recognized that cabling cannot be properly excited to simulate
platform effects at lower frequencies. The most notable example of this situation is experience
with HF (2 - 30 MHz) radio transmissions. HF fields have caused numerous problems in
platforms through cable coupling. However, equipment items rarely exhibit problems in this
frequency range during laboratory testing.
The limits are primarily derived from testing on aircraft that were not designed to have
intentionally shielded volumes. The basic structure is electrically conductive; however, there
was no attempt to ensure continuous electrical bonding between structure members or to close
all apertures. The shape of the limit reflects the physics of the coupling with regard to resonant
conditions and the cable length with respect to the interfering frequency wavelength. At
frequencies below resonance, coupling is proportional to frequency (20 dB/decade slope).
Above resonance, coupled levels are cyclic with frequency with a flat maximum value. The 10
dB/decade decrease in the limit level at the upper frequency portion is based on actual induced
levels in the aircraft testing data base when worst-case measurements for the various aircraft
are plotted together. From coupling theory for a specific cable, the decrease would be
expected to be cyclic with frequency with an envelope slope of 40 dB/decade.
The basic relationship for the limit level in the resonance (flat) portion of the curve is 1.5 mA per
V/m that is derived from worst-case measurements on aircraft. For example, 110 dBμA
corresponds to 200 V/m. At resonance, the effective shielding effectiveness of the aircraft can
be zero. Application of these results to other platforms is reasonable.
The frequency range of 10 kHz to 200 MHz is now standardized for all applications. The
optional frequency range of 200 MHz to 400 MHz is deleted because of the questionable
validity of performing bulk cable measurements at higher frequencies.
For submarines, the CS114 limit now distinguishes between equipment located internal versus
external to the pressure hull. For equipment installed internal to the pressure hull, the curve 2
limit is now specified above 30 MHz to account for portable transmitters used within the
submarine. For equipment located external to the pressure hull, stricter limits are imposed to
more closely reflect the electromagnetic environment. The external CS114 limits should be
applied only to equipment that is required to be fully operational when located above the
waterline. Separate limits are specified, which are less severe, for equipment that is “external”
to the pressure hull but located within the submarine superstructure (metallic boundary).
The limit may be tailored by the procuring activity in contractual documents with a curve whose
amplitude is based on the expected field intensity for the installation and with a breakpoint for
the curve based on the lowest resonance associated with the platform. Tailoring of the
frequency of application can be done based on the operating frequencies of antenna-radiating
equipment. Tailoring should also include transmitters that are not part of the platform. For
equipment used in benign environments, the requirement may not be necessary.
230
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Test procedures: This type of test is often considered as a bulk current test since current is
the parameter measured. However, it is important to note that the test signal is inductively
coupled and that Faraday's law predicts an induced voltage in a circuit loop with the resultant
current and voltage distribution dependent on the various impedances present. For this reason,
the test method under MIL-STD-461G reverts to an older method that was used in MIL-STD-
461D and MIL-STD-462D. Instead of leveling primarily on the cable-induced current, the pre-
calibrated forward power is the primary target, with only a frequency-independent induced cable
current limit equal to 6 dB above the flat (maximum) portion of the applicable limit. With this
older method, which is found in SAE ARP1972, and RTCA DO-160C/D, the relationship
between the Bulk Cable Injection (BCI) cable currents and those induced by radiated fields will
agree more closely for shielded cables, while being no different for unshielded cables.
It should be noted that the method used for MIL-STD-461E and MIL-STD-461F works well with
heuristically determined cable currents such as in DEF STAN 59-411, because there the
previously measured cable current is in fact the target, not the precalibrated forward power.
With limits based on the physics of field-to-wire coupling as described in previous paragraphs,
controlling the induced potential and allowing the current to be determined by the cable
impedance is the proper technique.
The calibration fixture with terminations is a 50 ohm transmission line. Since the injection probe
is around the center conductor within the fixture, a signal is being induced in the loop formed by
the center conductor, the two 50 ohm loads, and the structure of the fixture to which the 50 ohm
loads are terminated. From a loop circuit standpoint, the two 50 ohm loads are in series,
providing a total loop impedance of 100 ohms. Because of the transmission line configuration,
inductance effects are minimized. Measurement of induced current levels is performed by
measuring a corresponding voltage across one of the 50 ohm loads. Since the 50 ohm loads
are in series for the induced signal, the total drive voltage is actually two times that being
measured.
The actual current that appears on a tested cable from the pre-calibrated drive signal depends
on the loop impedance associated with the cable and the source impedance characteristics of
the drive probe and amplifier. If the loop impedance is low, such as would often result with an
overall shielded cable, currents greater than those in the calibration fixture will result. The
maximum required current is limited to 6 dB above the flat plateau portion of the pre-calibration
current limit.
In the past, MIL-STD-462 included a test procedure, CS02, which specified capacitive coupling
of a voltage onto individual power leads. As is the case for this test procedure, CS02 assessed
the effect of voltages induced from electromagnetic fields. CS114 improves on CS02 by
inducing levels on all wires at a connector interface simultaneously (common mode) which
better simulates actual platform use. Also, a deficiency existed with CS02 since the RF signals
were induced only on power leads. This test procedure is applicable to all EUT cabling.
The requirement to generate loop circuit characterization data has been removed from this
version of the standard. The information was not being used as it was originally envisioned.
A commonly used calibration fixture is shown on Figure A-16. Other designs are available.
The top is removable to permit the lower frequency probes to physically fit. The calibration
fixture can be scaled to accommodate larger injection probes. Figure A-17 displays the
maximum VSWR that this calibration fixture should exhibit when measured without a current
probe installed in the fixture. The presence of a probe will usually improve the VSWR of the
fixture.
231
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
NOTE: VERTICAL CROSS-SECTION AT CENTER OF FIXTURE SHOWN
TOP SHALL BE REMOVEABLE

12.7 mm ALUMINUM
120 mm WIDE
35 mm DIA TYPE N
CONNECTORS (2)
*
120 mm
12.7 mm ALUMINUM
15 mm DIA 180 mm WIDE
BRASS
60 mm PLASTIC COATED
70 mm
230 mm
260 mm
* DIMENSIONS OF OPENING CRITICAL
FIGURE A-16. Typical CS114 calibration fixture.
3.5
3
VSWR:1
2.5
1.5
0 100 200 300 400

Frequency (MHz)
FIGURE A-17. Maximum VSWR of calibration fixture.
232
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
An advantage of this type of conducted testing as compared to radiated susceptibility testing is

that voltage and current levels can be more easily induced on the interfaces that are
comparable to those present in installations. The physical dimensions of the EUT cabling in a
test setup are often not large enough compared to the installation for efficient coupling at lower
frequencies.
In the past, some platform-level problems on Navy aircraft could not be duplicated in the
laboratory using the standard test procedures in earlier versions of this standard. It was
determined that differences between the aircraft installation and laboratory setups regarding the
laboratory ground plane and avionics (aircraft electronics) mounting and electrical bonding
practices were responsible. Most avionics are mounted in racks and on mounting brackets. At
RF, the impedances to general aircraft structure for the various mounting schemes can be
significantly different than they are with the avionics mounted on a laboratory ground plane. In
the laboratory, it is not always possible to produce a reasonable simulation of the installation. A
ground plane interference (GPI) test was developed to detect potential failures due to the
higher impedance. In the GPI test, each enclosure of the EUT, in turn, is electrically isolated
above the ground plane and a voltage is applied between the enclosure and the ground plane
to simulate potential differences that may exist in the installation. Since CS114 provides similar
common mode stresses at electrical interfaces as the GPI, the GPI is not included in this
standard. However, the Navy may prefer to perform an additional susceptibility scan for aircraft
applications with an inductor placed between the EUT enclosure and ground plane to more
closely emulate the results of a GPI setup. The primary side of a typical CS101 injection
transformer is considered to be an appropriate inductor.
CS114 has several advantages over the GPI as a general evaluation procedure. The GPI often
results in significant current with little voltage developed at lower frequencies. CS114 is a
controlled current test. A concern with the GPI test, which is not associated with CS114, is that
the performance of interface filtering can be altered due to isolation of the enclosure from the
ground plane. The results of CS114 are more useful since the controlled current can be
compared with current levels present in the actual installation induced from fields. This
technique has commonly been used in the past for certification of aircraft as safe to fly.
Testing is required on both entire power cables and power cables with the returns removed to
evaluate common mode coupling to configurations that may be present in different installations.
In some installations, the power returns are routed with the high side wiring. In other
installations, power returns are tied to system structure near the utilization equipment with
system structure being used as the power return path.
Insertion loss characteristics of injection probes are specified on Figure CS114-2 of the test
procedure. A control on insertion loss has been found to be necessary to obtain consistency in
test results. Insertion loss is measured as shown on Figure A-18. It is the difference in dB of
the power applied to the probe installed in the calibration fixture and the power level detected by
the measurement receiver. Lower insertion loss indicates more efficient coupling. Since the
signal level that is induced in the calibration fixture is equally divided between the 50 ohm
coaxial load and the measurement receiver, the lowest possible loss is 3 dB. The use of a
network analyzer or measurement receiver that includes a tracking generator can simplify the
measurement.
233
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Coaxial Load
Injection
Probe
Signal
Generator
Calibration
Fixture
Measurement
Receiver
FIGURE A-18. Insertion loss measurement.
Techniques using network analyzers or spectrum analyzers with tracking generators can
simplify the measurements for both 5.12.3.4b calibration and 5.12.3.4c EUT testing portions of
the procedure. For example, the output signal can first be set to a predetermined value such as
1 mW and the flatness of the signal with frequency can be separately verified through a direct
connection to the receiver. With this same signal then applied to the directional coupler, the
induced level in the calibration fixture can be directly plotted.
Ideal bulk cable monitor probes would have no effect on the circuit under test. In reality, there
is a transfer function associated with insertion into the calibration or test circuit (not to be
confused with insertion loss). However, a well-engineered probe might introduce only a 1 dB
response change after introduction into the 100 Ω calibration circuit. There are other problems
that may be encountered when conducting a bulk cable test (e.g. loose or damaged
connections and center pins, damaged cables, bad attenuators, bad terminations, overheated
injection or monitor probe and incorrect monitor probe factors). In computer controlled
systems, it is possible to cross the two spectrum analyzers or use of the probe outside of an
appropriate band without realizing it. These will never be discovered while conducting the test.
Therefore, revision G adds the monitoring probe to the calibration step and a new verification
step was added.
The lower frequency limit for ships and submarines has been extended to 4 kHz to simulate
common mode currents that have been found to be present on AC power cables for EUTs
installed on platforms with solid state power generation (ships and submarines). The calibration
limit from 4 kHz to 10 kHz is 77 dBμA. This limit is achievable with a 100 watt power amplifier
234
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
and an injection probe which complies with the insertion loss requirement of Figure CS114-2. A
possible alternative to the injection probe method below 10 kHz is to utilize a CS101 injection
transformer in each power lead and to drive all in parallel. The common mode current is
measured between the injection transformers and the EUT power input. The alternative
method for a three-phase ungrounded power system is shown schematically on Figure A-19.
Signal
Generator
Measurement
Receiver
Amplifier
Monitor Probe
LISNs
A
EUT B
C
Power
Inputs
Power Leads
FIGURE A-19. CS114 alternate test setup, three phase delta power system.
A.5.13 (5.13) CS115, conducted susceptibility, bulk cable injection, impulse excitation.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable to all electrical cables interfacing
with EUT enclosures. The basic concern is to protect equipment from fast rise and fall time
transients that may be present due to platform switching operations and external transient
environments such as lightning and electromagnetic pulse. The requirement is intended to
replace "chattering relay" type requirements (RS06 in MIL-STD-461C) commonly used in
procurements of equipment for aircraft applications in the past. The chattering relay has been
criticized as unscientific and non-repeatable. The CS115 requirement has a defined waveform
and a repeatable coupling mechanism.
The 2 nanosecond rise time is consistent with rise times possible for the waveforms created by
inductive devices interrupted by switching actions. The 30 nanosecond pulse width
standardizes the energy in individual pulses. In addition, it separates the rising and falling
portions of the pulse so that each may act independently. Also, each portion may affect
different circuits. The 5 ampere amplitude (500 V across 100 ohm loop impedance calibration
fixture) covers most induced levels that have been observed during system-level testing of
235
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
aircraft to transient environments. The 30 Hz pulse rate is specified to ensure that a sufficient
number of pulses are applied to provide confidence that the equipment will not be upset.
Many circuit interfaces are configured such that potential upset is possible for only a small
percentage of the total equipment operating time. For example, a microprocessor may
sequentially poll various ports for input information. A particular port may continuously update
information between polling intervals. If the transient occurs at the time the port is accessed,
an upset condition may result. At other times, no effect may occur.
Possible tailoring by the procuring activity for contractual documents is lowering or raising the
required amplitude based on the expected transient environments in the platform. Another
option is to adjust the pulse width based on a particular environment onboard a platform or for
control of the energy content of the pulse.
Test procedures: The excitation waveform from the generator is a trapezoidal pulse. The
actual waveform on the interconnecting cable will be dependent on natural resonance
conditions associated with the cable and EUT interface circuit parameters.
A circuit diagram of the 50 ohm, charged line, pulse generator required by CS115 is shown on
Figure A-20. Its operation is essentially the same as impulse generators used to calibrate
measurement receivers except that the pulse width is much longer. A direct current power
supply is used to charge the capacitance of an open-circuited 50 ohm coaxial line. The high
voltage relay is then switched to the output coaxial line to produce the pulse. The pulse width is
dependent upon the length of the charge line. The relay needs to have bounce-free contact
operation.
The calibration fixture with terminations is a 50 ohm transmission line. Since the injection probe
is around the center conductor within the fixture, a signal is being induced in the loop formed by
the center conductor, the two 50 ohm loads, and the structure of the fixture to which the 50 ohm
loads are terminated. From a loop circuit standpoint, the two 50 ohm loads are in series,
providing a total loop impedance of 100 ohms. Because of the transmission line configuration,
inductance effects are minimized. Measurement of induced current levels is performed by
measuring a corresponding voltage across one of the 50 ohm loads. Since the 50 ohm loads
are in series for the induced signal, the total drive voltage is actually two times that being
measured.
236
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
PULSE
RATE
CONTROL
VARIABLE
DC POWER
SUPPLY
HIGH VOLTAGE
COAXIAL RELAY
50 OHM COAXIAL
CHARGE LINE
50 OHM
COAXIAL
OUTPUT
CONNECTOR
50 OHM COAXIAL
OUTPUT LINE
FIGURE A-20. Circuit diagram of CS115 pulse generator.
Paragraph 5.13.3.4b(3) of CS115 requires verification that the rise time, fall time, and pulse
width portions of the applied waveform are present in the observed waveform induced in the
calibration fixture. Figure A-21 shows a typical waveform that will be present. Since the
frequency response of injection probes falls off at lower frequencies, the trapezoidal pulse
supplied to the probe sags in the middle portion of the pulse that is associated with the lower
frequency content of the applied signal. The relevant parameters of the waveform are noted. It
is critical that an injection probe be used with adequate response at higher frequencies to
produce the required rise time and fall time characteristics.
As also specified in CS114, testing is required on both entire power cables and power cables
with the returns removed to evaluate common mode coupling to configurations which may be
present in different installations. In some installations, the power returns are routed with the
high side wiring. In other installations, power returns are tied to system structure near the
utilization equipment with system structure being used as the power return path.
237
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
PULSE WIDTH MAINTAINED

AT > 30 NANOSECONDS
2
AMPERES
0
RISETIME AND FALLTIME
MAINTAINED AT < 2 NANOSECONDS
-2
-4
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
TIME (NANOSECONDS)
FIGURE A-21. Typical CS115 calibration fixture waveform.
RS06 was previously included in MIL-STD-462. RS06 was a formalization of the "chattering
relay" test used widely throughout the military aircraft industry. This test procedure improves on
RS06. The chattering relay has been found to be effective for determining upset conditions of
equipment. The basic concept was to electrically connect the relay coil in series with a normally
closed contact and allow the relay to continuously interrupt itself. The wire between the coil and
contact was used to couple the transient onto EUT cables. The greatest concern with the
chattering relay is that it does not produce a repeatable waveform since an arcing process is
involved. The particular relay being used and the condition of its contact and coil mechanics
play a large role. CS115 retains the most important characteristic of the chattering relay which
is the fast rise time waveform and also has the important advantage of a consistent excitation
waveform.
The same calibration fixture used for CS114 can be used for this test procedure. An available
design is shown on Figure A-16.
238
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.5.14 (5.14) CS116, conducted susceptibility, damped sinusoid transients, cables and
power leads.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 10 kHz to 100 MHz for all
electrical cables interfacing with each EUT enclosure and also individually on each high side
power lead. Power returns and neutrals need not be tested individually. The basic concept is
to simulate electrical current and voltage waveforms occurring in platforms from excitation of
natural resonances.
In contrast to CS115 that excites natural resonances, the intent of this requirement is to control
the waveform as a damped sine. Damped sine waveforms (sometimes complex combinations)
are a common occurrence on platforms from both external stimuli such as lightning and
electromagnetic pulse and from platform electrical switching phenomena. Waveforms
appearing on cables can be due to the cable itself resonating or to voltage and current drives
resulting from other resonances on the platform. Wide frequency coverage is included to
account for a wide range of conditions. Transients caused from switching actions within the
platform can also result in similar waveforms.
A consideration for the requirement is whether momentary upsets are allowable if the EUT is
capable of self-recovery to normal operation. Some upsets may occur that are not even noticed
by an operator due to self-correcting mechanisms in the equipment. There may be cases
where longer term upset is acceptable which may possibly require action by an operator to
reset the equipment. The EMITP should address any instances where the contractor proposes
that observable upsets be accepted.
A limited set of damped sine waves is specified to address a sampling of the various ringing
frequencies that may be present in the platform. An advantage of using a set of damped sine
waves is that different circuit types are evaluated for various waveform attributes that may
cause worst-case effects. Some circuits may respond to peak amplitude while others may
respond to total energy or rate of rise.
The requirement to test at resonant frequencies determined through loop circuit
characterization evaluation has been removed from this version of the standard. Test
experience had shown that equipment was no more susceptible at these frequencies than the
standard frequencies.
The current limits are set at levels that cover most induced levels found in platforms during
system-level testing to external transient environments. The lower frequency breakpoints are at
worst-case platform resonant frequencies below which the response will fall off at 20
dB/decade. The upper frequency breakpoint is located where the spectral content of the
transient environments falls off.
Possible tailoring of the requirements by the procuring activity in contractual documents is to
adjust the curve amplitude either higher or lower based on the degree of protection provided in
the area of the platform where the equipment and interconnecting cabling will be located. A
caution with this particular requirement based on past experiences is that the platform designer
should be required to share in the burden of the hardening process by providing stress
reduction measures in the platform. The equipment should not be expected to provide the total
protection. Protection against transients generated internal to the platform needs to remain a
consideration. Another potential tailoring area is adjusting the lower frequency breakpoint to be
more consistent with the lowest resonance of a particular platform.
Test procedures: The calibration fixture with terminations is a 50 ohm transmission line.
Since the injection probe is around the center conductor within the fixture, a signal is being
239
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
induced in the loop formed by the center conductor, the two 50 ohm loads, and the structure of
the fixture to which the 50 ohm loads are terminated. From a loop circuit standpoint, the two 50
ohm loads are in series, providing a total loop impedance of 100 ohms. Because of the
transmission line configuration, inductance effects are minimized. Measurement of induced
current levels is performed by measuring a corresponding voltage across one of the 50 ohm
loads. Since the 50 ohm loads are in series for the induced signal, the total drive voltage is
actually two times that being measured.
In the past, MIL-STD-462 included test procedures CS10, CS11, CS12, and CS13, which
addressed various types of damped sine testing on both cables and individual circuits or
connector pins. This test procedure is a single replacement for all those procedures. CS116
addresses testing of cables (interconnecting, including power) and individual power leads. The
common mode cable portion of the test is the best simulation of the type of condition present on
platforms from electromagnetic field excitation. The individual power lead test addresses
differential type signals present on platforms from switching functions occurring in the power
system.
As necessary, the test can be applied in a straightforward manner to wires on individual pins on
an EUT connector or to individual circuits (twisted pairs, coaxial cables, and so forth).
Since the quality factor (Q) of the damped sine signal results in both positive and negative
peaks of significant value regardless of the polarity of the first peak, there is no requirement to
switch the polarity of the injected signal.
The common mode injection technique used in this procedure and other procedures such as
CS114 is a partial simulation of the actual coupling mechanism on platforms. The magnetic
field in the injection device is present at the physical location of the core of the injection device.
In the platform, the electromagnetic field will be distributed in space. The injection probe
induces a voltage in the circuit loops present with the voltage dropping and current exists based
on impedances present in the loop. There is a complex coupling relationship among the
various individual circuits within the cable bundle. The injection probe is required to be close to
the EUT connector for standardization reasons to minimize variations particularly for higher
frequencies where the shorter wavelengths could affect current distribution.
Exercise caution to ensure that attenuators and current injection probes are rated such that
they will not be damaged nor have their characteristics altered by the injected signals.
Attenuators are generally rated in terms of their ability to handle average power. The peak
power and voltages associated with the injected susceptibility signal can damage attenuators.
For example, the 10 A current limit for CS116, exposes the attenuator to 500 V (10 A x 50
ohms) levels, which corresponds to a peak power of 5 kW ((500 V)2/50 ohms). Similarly,
current injection probes can have their magnetic properties altered by the pulsed signals.
For measurement of Q of the injected waveform, Figure CS116-1 specifies the use of the peak
of the first half-sine wave and the associated peak closest to being 50% down in amplitude.
Some facilities use a damped cosine waveform rather than a damped sine. Since this
waveform is more severe than the damped sine because of the fast rise time on the leading
edge, there is no prohibition from using it. Because of potential distortion caused by leading
edge effects, the first peak should not be used to determine Q for damped cosine waveforms.
The next half peak (negative going) should be used together with the associated negative peak
closest to 50% down (see Figure A-22). Equipment may exhibit failures with this waveform that
would not be present with the damped sine.
240
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
FIGURE A-22. Typical CS116 calibration fixture sine and cosine waveforms.
A.5.15 (5.15) CS117, conducted susceptibility, lightning transients, cables and power
leads.
Applicability and limits: These levels and waveforms were derived from general and civil
aviation experience and are considered applicable to military aircraft equipment and
subsystems. This requirement is intended to address the equipment-level indirect effects of
lightning as outlined in the platform electromagnetic environments defined within MIL-STD-464,
specifically Figure 2 and Table 7.
Test method CS117 does not provide test coverage for either the Direct Effects or Nearby
Lightning requirement from MIL-STD-464. However, for most equipment, testing with some
combination of CS116 and CS115 may provide sufficient coverage to address the environment
for nearby lightning called out in MIL-STD-464. This is because the changing electromagnetic
fields primarily result in currents being induced on equipment cables. Equipment with antennas
and receivers that respond to low frequency fields (for example AM radio band or ADF sensors)
may require additional testing to satisfy MIL-STD-464, Nearby Lightning requirements.
The levels are defined as default values for the identified equipment classifications. The intent
was to give high confidence test levels for design assurance and equipment qualification that is
primarily targeted for aircraft flight/safety critical equipment within various installation locations
and types of aircraft construction/shielding. In the event that actual lightning threat levels from
the host aircraft are available, tailoring of the equipment test levels to match the host threat
levels (with appropriate margins) is encouraged and must be approved by the procuring
agency. More detailed discussion on this approach can be found in SAE ARPs 5412, 5414,
5415 and 5416.
The EUT will be specified as either internal or external by the procuring authority. Table VII
defines external located equipment as being located on a platform where it is exposed to the
external electromagnetic environment. The lightning induced coupling to wiring that is external
to the aircraft is expected to be significantly higher than coupling to wiring fully contained inside
241
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
the protection of the aircraft main fuselage/shielded interior. Often there are line–replaceable
units (LRUs) that are installed within the aircraft fuselage, but have wire bundles routed through
exterior portions of the aircraft. This situation would require the LRU to be tested to external
levels even though the LRU itself was inside the fuselage. Only the externally routed interfaces
to that LRU would need to be tested to higher levels. In addition, aircraft with portions of
structure that are constructed of non-conductive materials would be considered external and
any LRUs or wiring installed inside such structures would therefore need to meet the external
lightning threat. Examples of such could be an empennage or fairing made of non-conductive
composite materials. Aircraft often have wiring routed in wheel wells, bomb bays and leading
edge areas of the wings that are exposed to external threats during certain flight phases,
therefore wiring or LRUs in these areas would need to meet the external threat levels.
The waveform sets and levels of Table VII were chosen based on information gathered from
SAE ARP5412 and RTCA DO-160. The applicability of each waveform set is highly dependent
on the location, routing and design of the EUT cable harness. For the purposes of this
procedure it is assumed that the majority of cable bundles under test are shielded. In this case,
it is expected that current will be driven down the low impedance bundles and that the required
current test levels of waveform set 2/1 and 4/5A will be achieved. The other factor to take into
account when selecting waveform sets is the cable bundle routing on an aircraft and the type of
coupling that may occur during a lightning event. In most cases the lightning transients will
predominantly be coupled through aperture coupling in which case waveform set 2/1 is
applicable. This type of coupling is dominant in metallic type aircraft. However, in situations
where a cable harness is routed through an area of the aircraft that is made of composite
material, the coupling may also consist of resistive coupling in addition to the aperture coupling.
This resistive coupling from the lightning transient passing through the composite material
stretches the double exponential waveforms typically seen in aperture coupling environments.
In these cases, the longer duration waveform set 4/5A is applicable in addition to waveform set
2/1 to cover the additional resistive coupling from the composite material. Waveform set 3/3 is
defined as a voltage test level due to the higher frequency content of the transient compared to
its double exponential counterparts and the typical interaction in cable harnesses in actual
aircraft environments and is applicable to all equipment installations. Waveform 6 will typically
only be present on very well shielded cable bundles, with the shielding terminated with a 360-
degree shield to connector terminations at the connectors on both ends of the bundle. These
types of very low impedance cables are typically found in areas of the aircraft that are
electromagnetically exposed outside the fuselage, such as landing gear regions, engines, flight
control surfaces, wingtips, or empennage regions. Cable bundles that are both not heavily
shielded and not routed outside the fuselage or wing structures will typically not be tested for
Waveform 6.
The current test level and limit level specified for individual power lines (identified in Table VII) is
the expected worst-case current for an individual core wire in an actual aircraft installation.
These worst-case current levels are based on information gathered from SAE ARP5412 and
RTCA DO-160. In a typical cable bundle made up of multiple leads, the total bundle current is
distributed in each lead and the larger current level is applicable. However, since power lines
are required to be tested separate from the bundle and the high side tested individually, it is
necessary to define a worst-case current limit for these individual leads (the value in Table VII)
so as not to force an extreme over-test condition.
There may also be similar situations where there are signal bundles to be tested with a
relatively low wire count. Bundles with only a few wires should utilize a current limit that is
based upon the individual wire limit (stated current limits in Table VII). The test should be
242
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
performed and the injection currents controlled so as not to exceed these individual wire limits
for each individual wire. This may require an initial survey by testing the bundle to lower levels
to see how the currents distribute amongst the wires within the bundle. Once this distribution is
known, then the transients are judiciously applied so that the individual wire currents are well
controlled and do not exceed the individual wire limits. This control may drive a need to break
the test point into individual leads and test them separately, using the individual wire limits.
The requirement definition includes the timing effects associated with a Multiple Stroke and
Multiple Burst lightning event. RTCA DO-160 allows the Single Stroke and Multiple Stroke tests
to be performed separately. CS117 applies the Single Stroke and Multiple Stroke waveforms
as a combined test. For this reason the first stroke of the Multiple Stroke application has been
adjusted to the applicable Single Stroke test level from RTCA DO-160. The Multiple Stroke and
Multiple Burst tests are not synchronized to any particular EUT critical frequency so an irregular
pattern is applied and is not intended to be synchronized with the EUT timing processes. This
excites the system so that the probability of upsetting periodic signals in the EUT is increased.
The timing for the waveforms is defined in 5.15.3.4b(3). This irregular timing approach results
in excitation of the cable resonance points.
Test Procedures: It is desired to initially test to the current test levels IT for Waveform 1 and
5A. For low impedance bundles, this is generally not an issue. However, for unshielded and
hybrid (mix of shielded and unshielded wiring) bundles, the higher impedance may result in the
voltage test limit (VL) being achieved before IT which will then require a Waveform 2 and 4 test
to be completed. In the case that VL is achieved during a Waveform 1 or 5A test, it can be
acceptable to go over VL to meet the IT requirements. Caution is urged during this test
condition as it may induce core voltages in excess of hardware design limits. Consultation with
engineering design is recommended.
Transient amplitude determination can be a significant source of test variability and error. The
techniques used not only determine the susceptibility threat level applied to the EUT, but they
are also the basis of timing measurements that determine whether the wave-shape is compliant
during generator calibration/verification. Variability and error can be minimized by using
consistent oscilloscope measurement techniques when making transient measurements. The
proper time scale and the use/placement of cursors are critical to proper measurements.
Time Scale Selection: It is important for consistent transient amplitude measurements to
choose the proper time scale. This improves consistency in the identification of high frequency
noise versus the transient being measured. During generator calibration/generator
performance verification, the time scale should be set to the minimum time per division that
displays all of the waveform parameters necessary to show compliance. For example, for most
oscilloscopes, 1 μs per division is the minimum time scale which displays the required
waveform parameters for Waveform 3 at 1 MHz. Depending on transient generator design and
waveform set, the open circuit voltage and short circuit current time scales may be different.
Cursor Placement: Whenever a voltage or current transient amplitude measurement
determines the level applied to the EUT, including cable bundle test’s generator performance
verification, and cable bundle test’s test sequences, peak amplitude should be determined by
manually placing the oscilloscope’s horizontal cursors rather than by using automatic
measurement functions which just report the absolute peaks. The possibility of under-testing is
the reason the use of cursors is advisable when the measurement determines the level applied
to the EUT. Transient characteristics described in this section such as high frequency noise
and the inductive kick effect, which are not uncommon, cause the absolute peak of the transient
to be higher than the actual transient amplitude. If a transient is free of these characteristics,
243
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
both measurement techniques will yield the same amplitude. One transient characteristic that
may appear during both generator calibration/generator performance verification and the EUT
test sequence is high frequency (high with respect to the intended transient’s frequency
components) noise. High frequency noise can appear on the leading edge and/or peak of both
damped sine and double exponential waveforms and it should be ignored/not given credit.
Figure A-23 is an example of correct amplitude determination of a Waveform 3 damped sine
transient with high frequency noise. The narrow spike on the peak of this transient’s first cycle
is the high frequency noise that should be ignored during amplitude determination. The narrow
spike gradually opens as amplitude decreases, requiring a subjective judgment of where to
place the cursor. The narrow spike should be minimized or not exist during the generator
calibration/generator performance verification, but may be unavoidable as a loading effect
during the EUT test sequence. As shown in this example, place the cursor at the peak where
there is some discernable energy under the curve. This discernable energy under the curve
amplitude determination criterion illustrates the importance of time scale choice.
FIGURE A-23. High frequency noise - Waveform 3 amplitude determination.
Figure A-24 is an example of correct amplitude determination of a Waveform 4 double

exponential transient with high frequency noise. Loading effect high frequency noise is present
both as the narrow spikes on the leading edge and peak of the transient and as a hash around
the decay of the transient. Since the double exponential test transient is masked by high
frequency noise, a curve was drawn to represent the test transient based on the general
underlying waveshape, which may differ from the generator calibration/generator performance
verification waveshape. As shown in this example (and similar to Figure A-23), place the peak
amplitude cursor at the peak of the curve representing the test transient. Understand that there
is energy under the curve that is masked by the noise, in order to avoid overly conservative
cursor placement at the base of the noise. The curve representing the test transient may be
drawn on a printed waveform or may only be drawn mentally by an experienced operator.
244
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Ideally, transient generators do not produce even close to this amount of high frequency noise
during generator calibration/generator performance verification, but some amount may be
present. In this case, base the 50% amplitude point that determines T2 on the peak amplitude
cursor. In both of these examples, the subjective judgment of the test operator is required, but
that is unavoidable. The use of an automatic measurement function for either transient would
result in amplitude over-reporting, an unacceptable under-test if the measurement determines
the level applied to the EUT. Careless cursor placement can result in amplitude under-
reporting, an unnecessary over-test.
FIGURE A-24. High frequency noise - Waveform 4 amplitude determination.
In general, amplitude determination of transients with loading effects is no different than

amplitude determination of transients that follow the ideal damped sine or double exponential
waveforms: the peak of the transient is the amplitude if there is discernable energy under the
peak. For example, Figure A-25 is a Waveform 5A double exponential transient with two
notable loading effects- ripple and high frequency noise. Ripple should only be present as a
loading effect, not during generator calibration/generator performance verification, if the
generator is well designed. Ripple can appear on damped sine and double exponential
waveforms, with or without higher frequency spikes included. Like most other loading effects,
the peak of the test transient is the peak of the ripple, but high frequency noise should still be
ignored. In this example, the upper cursor gives credit for the high frequency noise and is
therefore incorrect amplitude determination that results in an under-test. The second cursor is
correct amplitude determination because it ignores high frequency noise as described above,
yet gives credit for the peak of the ripple. Like Figure A-24, a curve was drawn between the
peaks of the ripple as another example of representing the test transient based on the general
underlying waveshape, which may differ from the generator calibration/generator performance
verification waveshape.
245
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
FIGURE A-25. Ripple with high frequency noise - Waveform 5A amplitude determination.
The most common damped sine loading effect is the inductive kick effect, which arises because
of the ability of inductance in the load circuit (EUT) to store energy initially upon discharge of
the transient generator. The stored energy is released later in the cycle, increasing the charge
on the generator’s tank capacitor above the open circuit level. The result is subsequent peak(s)
of higher amplitude than the first peak and of higher amplitude than the generator was charged
to, as shown on Figure A-26.
Figure A-26 is a Waveform 3 cable bundle test. Since the second positive peak is more than
20% higher than the first positive peak record the amplitude of the second positive peak, which
is currently at the requirement level +20% (the maximum allowed amplitude tolerance). The
goal is to reach the requirement level with the first peak, however to avoid overstressing the
EUT, it is acceptable to stop leveling, if one of the subsequent peaks reaches the requirement
level plus the maximum allowed amplitude tolerance (20%).
246
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
FIGURE A-26. Inductive kick effect - Waveform 3 amplitude determination.
A.5.16 (5.16) CS118, personnel borne electrostatic discharge.

Applicability and limits: The requirement is applicable to electrical, electronic, and
electromechanical subsystems and equipment which does not interface with or control
ordnance items. This is a new requirement in MIL-STD-461G to address effects of electrostatic
discharging on electrical and electronic equipment caused by human ESD. This test
methodology is not part of any other military standard. Implementation of this requirement at
the subsystem level supports the requirements outlined in MIL-STD-464 for electrostatic charge
control at the system level.
ESD will have its greatest effect on equipment with intentional seams and apertures, such as
controls and displays: equipment designed to provide a man-machine interface. Equipment of
the type labeled “black box,” with six metal sides and only connector interfaces are much less
likely to be susceptible to ESD, and less likely to be handled while operational. Therefore such
“black box” type equipment are prime candidates for qualification by analysis. The analysis
being that these “black boxes” are inherently hard, and inherently isolated from ESD events.
Failures caused by ESD are caused by the rapid transfer of charge (current) and the short
duration, high-energy radiated electromagnetic fields generated during the ESD event. The
effects of these failures may be immediate or latent (delayed), with the failure mode ranging
from a temporary deviation in the subsystem’s specified performance to damage requiring
repair or replacement of the affected component(s) or subsystem. The failures may be
subdivided into two categories: “soft” and “hard” ESD-induced failures.
Soft ESD-induced failures are typically characterized by the momentary disruption in operation
of a subsystem’s internal circuitry. The first source of this disruption is the short duration, high-
energy radiated electromagnetic field generated by the ESD discharge. This field couples to
traces on the circuit board. As the electromagnetic field decays, the circuit returns to normal
operation without any lasting damage. The second source is the current associated with the
rapid transfer of charge during the ESD event. This current may cause a momentary level shift
such as a change in the voltage measured by an analog-to-digital converter, or momentary
actuation of an active component (e.g. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor or “H” bridge). The
operation of the circuit returns to normal as this transient current approaches zero.
247
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Hard ESD-induced failures typically involve physical damage to subsystem circuitry such as
discrete and integrated bipolar and metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) components. Damage
occurs through thermal and dielectric breakdown within the underlying semiconductor material,
or metallization melt with damage to bond wires. Passive components such as filter capacitors
may also be affected when repeated exposure to ESD causes a breakdown of the dielectric
material. This results in the filter capacitor acting more like a resistor than a capacitor.
Immunity to ESD is reduced, and the probability of subsystem susceptibility to the external
electromagnetic environment (EME) and increased unintended emissions levels on conductors
connected to the affected circuit increases.
Test procedures: The test procedure described in this section presents a controlled method to
evaluate the susceptibility of electrical and electronic subsystems to ESD. The intent is to cover
subsystem aspects accessible by personnel during EUT operations. The test equipment and
procedures are based upon internationally recognized standards such as IEC 61000-4-2. The
use of a single configuration with bonding as installed in actual usage is intentional. The
insertion of an isolated handling test was considered, however the maximum charge transfer
should occur when the system is bonded, which makes the installed configuration the worst
case.
The verification of any ESD simulator prior to the start of testing is required to ensure the
validity of the test results. An ESD simulator is subject to repeated physical handling by the test
operator as hundreds, if not thousands of ESD events are applied to the EUT during a single
test. Depending on the usage profile i.e., number of tests performed over a given period, an
annual calibration interval is insufficient to detect and correct any ESD simulator-related issues.
At a minimum, the tip voltage should be verified prior to the start of testing, preferably on a daily
basis for a series of tests spanning several days. Verification of the peak discharge current and
discharge network time constant should be done at the beginning of test. The ESD current
target is available from several manufacturers of ESD test equipment.
Verification of the ESD simulator’s performance using the contact discharge waveform is
preferred over verification using the air discharge waveform. During application of an air
discharge event to the ESD target, the approach speed and angle of approach to the target
introduce variability into the waveform which is observable as a change in the rise time, peak
current, and duration of the waveform. Repeatability of the air discharge waveform is highly
dependent upon the skill of the operator. Annex E of ISO 10605:2008 provides further reading
in regards to the use of air discharge to verify the ESD simulator’s performance.
Exposure of the EUT to multiple discharges at different test points provides greater confidence
that the EUT will operate as designed when fielded. Test points typically include apertures or
seams in the case and connectors accessible to the user during operation. This also includes
test points such as dials, indicators, lamp bezels, switches, etc. All of these points represent
potential coupling paths, both direct and indirect, into the EUT. Exposure of these test points
ensures the electrical and mechanical design of the EUT is robust to the effects of ESD. For
example, the design of a commercially-available electronic module uses a printed circuit board,
conformal coated and contained within a non-hermetically sealed, non-conductive plastic
housing. The design of the housing has an integral one-way aperture which allows moisture to
escape from within the housing and equalize pressure between inside the housing and the
surrounding atmosphere. If this aperture is located near ESD-sensitive components, even if the
size of the aperture is on the order of a pinhole, the aperture will allow ESD to couple into the
components and disrupt its operation or damage the module beyond repair.
248
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
A.5.17 (5.17) RE101, radiated emissions, magnetic field.

Applicability and limits: This requirement is specialized and is intended primarily to control
magnetic fields from 30 Hz to 100 kHz for applications where equipment is present in the
installation which is potentially sensitive to magnetic induction at lower frequencies. The most
common example is a tuned receiver that operates within the frequency range of the test.
RS101 is a complimentary requirement imposed on equipment to ensure compatibility with the
anticipated magnetic fields. The RS101 limits are higher to allow for variations in performance
between manufactured items and to account for the possibility that the emissions from the EUT
may couple into a larger physical area than that evaluated under the RS101 test procedures.
For Navy aircraft, the requirement is applicable for installations using anti-submarine warfare
(ASW) equipment, specifically equipment in the same cabinet or avionics bay, or that share the
same power bus or same cable bundles, as the ASW equipment. In addition, the requirement
should apply to any equipment that uses more than 6 amps of current on-board an ASW
aircraft.
The Navy RE101 limit is based on preventing induction of more than 0.5 μV (nominal) in an RG-
264A/U transmission line (loop area, A, of 4.19 square centimeters), with a maximum induced
level of 4 μV at 60 Hz. The need to limit the low frequency magnetic field emissions from
equipment is due to the close proximity of electronic and electrical systems and associated
cables installed on the Navy platforms, and the essentiality of low frequency sensors and
systems. The primary concerns are potential effects to low frequency acoustic systems and
sensors, and ELF and VLF/LF communications systems and sensors that have sensitivities in
the nV range.
Note that the limit does not take into account magnetic effects from equipment such as
magnetic launchers, magnetic guns and the like.
An estimate can be made of the types of induced levels that will result in circuitry from the
limits. Magnetic fields act by inducing voltages into loop areas in accordance with Faraday's
law (V = -d/dt). For a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the loop area, the induced
voltage from Faraday's law reduces to V = -2fBA.
f = Frequency of Interest B = Magnetic Flux Density A = Loop Area
The Army RE101 limit is based on preventing induction of more than 2.5 mV (5 mV for RS101)
in a 12.7 cm (5 inch) diameter loop. Since magnetic induction is proportional to frequency and
the limit falls off at 20 dB/decade, the induced voltage in a given loop area is constant. Since
the Army limit is greater than or equal to the Navy limit at all frequencies, this induced level
represents the worst-case. The primary concerns are potential effects to engine, flight and
weapon turret control systems and sensors that have sensitivities in the mV range.
There are certain limited applications in the Air Force where an RE101 requirement needs to be
considered. These applications are primarily when a subsystem will be installed in an aircraft in
close proximity to an antenna connected to a VLF/LF receiver. An appropriate limit needs to be
chosen based upon distances between the equipment and the antenna.
For Army applications, possible tailoring is increasing the limit for single-use equipment that will
be located a sufficient distance from any potentially susceptible systems or waiving of the
requirement.
Test procedures: A 13.3 cm loop is specified for the test. If the maximum level is always
observed on one face or on one cable at all frequencies, then data only needs to be recorded
249
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
for that face or cable. Typical points of magnetic field emissions leakage from EUT enclosures
are CRT yokes, transformers and switching power supplies.
MIL-STD-462D required measurement of emissions from electrical interface cables. This
standard limits measurements to electrical interface connectors. This change recognizes that
the connectors are the most likely place for emissions associated with electrical interfaces to
occur due to a number of reasons. One is that signal paths transition from normal cable
construction techniques (such as twisted pairs) to parallel routing through the connector pins.
Also, there are potential contributions from shield termination techniques.
A possible alternative measurement tool in this frequency range is wave analyzer using a Fast
Fourier Transform algorithm. Use of this type of instrumentation requires specific approval by
A generic correction factor curve was included in MIL-STD-462D to convert from the voltage
indicated by the measurement receiver to the magnetic field in dBpT. However, the various
manufacturers use different construction techniques that cause the actual factor to vary
somewhat. Therefore, it is necessary to use the manufacturers’ supplied data.
Measurements are now required for each point of maximum radiation which exceeds the RE101
limit at 7 cm. These measurements are performed by increasing the measurement distance
until the emission falls below the specified limit. The fall-off measurement data is intended to
assist the equipment designer in determining the source of the magnetic field emissions and in
the development of appropriate mitigation techniques. It should be noted the EUT is required to
comply with the applicable RE101 limit at 7cm; this is not a change to the RE101 limit or
measurement distance.
A.5.18 (5.18) RE102, radiated emissions, electric field.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 10 kHz to 18 GHz for electric
field emissions from the EUT and associated cables. The basic intent of the requirement is to
protect sensitive receivers from interference coupled through the antennas associated with the
receiver. Many tuned receivers have sensitivities on the order of 1 μV and are connected to
intentional apertures (the antenna) that are constructed for efficient reception of energy in the
operating range of the receiver. The potential for degradation requires relatively stringent
requirements to prevent platform problems.
There is no implied relationship between this requirement and RS103 that addresses radiated
susceptibility to electric fields. Attempts have been made quite frequently in the past to
compare electric field radiated emission and susceptibility type requirements as a justification
for deviations and waivers. While RE102 is concerned with potential effects with antenna-
connected receivers, RS103 simulates fields resulting from antenna-connected transmitters.
Often, the same equipment item will be involved in influencing both requirements. A 30 watt
VHF-AM radio with a typical blade antenna operating at 150 MHz can easily detect a 40
dBμV/m electric field (approximately -81 dBm developed at receiver input) while in the receive
mode. When this same piece of equipment transmits at the same 150 MHz frequency, it will
produce a field of approximately 150 dBμV/m (32 V/m) at a 1 meter distance. The two field
levels are 110 dB apart.
The limit curves are based on experience with platform-level problems with antenna-connected
receivers and the amount of shielding typically between antennas and equipment and
associated wiring. The limits for surface ships, both topside and below deck, is based on
numerous documented incidents of case and cable radiation coupling to receiver antennas and
250
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
sensitive systems. The topside limit is more stringent than corresponding electric field radiation
emissions requirements contained in military-related international agreements and standards
such as those used by NATO. The below deck limit is comparable to many
commercial/international standards.
For submarines, the RE102 limit distinguishes between equipment located internal versus
external to the pressure hull. For equipment located external to the pressure hull, stricter limits
are imposed. Possible tailoring is to apply the external RE102 requirement only to equipment
that is located above the waterline.
The limit curves for equipment in internal installations on fixed wing aircraft are placed for air
vehicles that are not designed to have intentionally shielded volumes that are effective across
the frequency range of the test. Some minimal shielding is present. The curve for equipment
in external installations and helicopters is 10 dB more stringent because even this minimal
shielding is not available.
These limits for the 30 to 400 MHz band, in particular, have been validated as being properly
placed. It has become standard practice on some aircraft programs to use spectral analysis
equipment wired to aircraft antennas to assess degradation due to radiated emissions from
onboard equipment. Many problems due to out-of-limit conditions in this band have been
demonstrated. It has also been determined that equipment meeting the limit generally does not
cause problems. Most of this experience is on fighter size aircraft. The 20 dB/decade increase
in the limit above 100 MHz is due to the aperture size of a tuned antenna (G2/(4)) decreasing
with frequency. The coupled power level from an isotropic tuned antenna will remain constant.
The curve breaks at 100 MHz because of difficulty with maintaining a tuned antenna due to
increasing physical size and the lower likelihood of coupling to the antenna with longer
wavelengths.
For Air Force aircraft, there is no limit specified below 2 MHz for internal equipment. There are
antennas on some aircraft that operate below 2 MHz; however, these antennas are usually
magnetic loops that have an electrostatic shield. These antennas have very short electrical
lengths with respect to the wavelength of frequencies below 2 MHz and any electric field
coupling will be inefficient. The inefficient coupling to cabling at lower frequencies has been
demonstrated innumerable times in EMI testing.
For Navy aircraft, the starting frequency was reduced to capture electrical switching noise
sources to address their impact on sensitivities and range of specialized receivers. The
increased use of switching power supplies can raise the noise floor of the ground plane the
antennas are referencing and has been shown to affect the reception abilities of sensitive
receivers.
The limits for Navy mobile and all Army ground equipment are the same. Also, the limits for
Navy fixed and all Air Force ground equipment are identical. The 20 dB difference between the
limits exists because of the general situations where the equipment is deployed. The Navy
mobile is primarily oriented toward the Marines that operate in a fashion similar to the Army.
Equipment is often very close to unprotected antennas such as installations in vehicles or tents
or near physically small helicopter aircraft. The Navy fixed and most Air Force installations
have less critical coupling situations with regard to antenna coupling.
The limit for surface ships is based on numerous documented incidents of case and cable
radiation coupling to receiver antennas. The use of hand-held type transceivers below deck
within a ship is increasing and can be plagued by excessive levels of interference below deck.
The limit is more stringent than corresponding electric field radiation emissions requirements
251
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
contained in military-related international agreements and standards such as those used by

NATO.
Another issue is that there have been substantial conflicts between allowed radiated levels
implied by the power quality limits of MIL-STD-704 and previous MIL-STD-461 requirements.
For example, MIL-STD-704 allows approximately 0.63 Vrms on 115 V, 400 Hz, AC power buses
at 15 kHz. Based on laboratory testing, this level will radiate at approximately 76 dBμV/m. This
level is 31 dB above the previous MIL-STD-461 limit for aircraft equipment. It is interesting to
note that if the rod antenna in the MIL-STD-462 setup were usable down to 400 Hz, an
approximate 1 V/m level would be indicated because of the power source waveform.
Possible tailoring by the procuring activity for contractual documents is as follows. The limits
could be adjusted based on the types of antenna-connected equipment on the platform and the
degree of shielding present between the equipment, associated cabling, and the antennas. For
example, substantial relaxations of the limit may be possible for equipment and associated
cabling located totally within a shielded volume with known shielding characteristics. It may be
desirable to tailor the frequency coverage of the limit to include only frequency bands where
antenna-connected receivers are present. Some caution needs to be exercised in this regard
since there is always the chance the equipment will be added in the future. For example, it is
not uncommon to add communications equipment (such as HF radio) onboard an aircraft as
different missions evolve.
Based on the above discussion concerning MIL-STD-704, relaxing of RE102 limits for aircraft
should be considered at lower frequencies for power generation equipment to avoid conflicts
between the two sets of requirements.
Test procedures: Specific antennas are required by this test procedure for standardization
reasons. The intent is to obtain consistent results between different test facilities.
In order for adequate signal levels to be available to drive the measurement receivers,
physically large antennas are necessary. Due to shielded room measurements, the antennas
are required to be relatively close to the EUT, and the radiated field is not uniform across the
antenna aperture. For electric field measurements below several hundred megahertz, the
antennas do not measure the true electric field.
The 104 cm rod antenna has a theoretical electrical length of 0.5 meters and is considered to
be a short monopole with an infinite ground plane. It would produce the true electric field if a
sufficiently large counterpoise were used to form an image of the rod in the ground plane.
However, there is not adequate room. The biconical and double ridged horn antennas are
calibrated using far-field assumptions at a 1 meter distance. This technique produces
standardized readings. However, the true electric field is obtained only above approximately 1
GHz where a far field condition exists for practical purposes.
The defined configuration for rod antennas measurements on Figure RE102-6 came from a
study of various approaches to obtaining the most accurate results. A calibrated vertical field
was first generated using a special structure and was measured with an electrically small
broadband sensor (RS103) in an empty room, with the sensor located at the center position of
the rod. The rod antenna was then placed at its normal location and a field level indicated by
the rod antenna was measured (scaled to prevent saturation). Bonding the counterpoise to the
bench ground plane or the floor with a wide strap was found to enhance readings at higher
frequencies of the rod and depress readings at other frequencies. Floating the counterpoise
with the coaxial cable electrically bonded at the floor with a weak ferrite sleeve (lossy with
minimum inductance) on the cable produced the best overall results. Lowering the antenna
252
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
such that the center point of the rod is 120 cm above the floor to be consistent with the other
antennas improved the results further.
For shielded enclosures that do not have an available point for bonding the coaxial cable from
the matching network to the floor directly beneath the counterpoise, a low inductance copper
sheet should be installed from the nearest access point on the floor to the counterpoise
location. Another possibility is to switch between rod and biconical at 20 MHz instead of 30
MHz, assuming the availability of a properly calibrated biconical over the extended frequency
range.
Another issue is that some rod antennas have output connectors that are not electrically
bonded to the matching network enclosure. These antennas include a common choke that
have the return side of the connector wired through the choke. It is required that these
antennas be modified to bond the shell of the connector to the enclosure. This change does
not affect the antenna factor but can have a large affect on the resulting measurements.
Antenna factors are determined using the procedures of SAE ARP958. They are used to
convert the voltage at the measurement receiver to the field strength at the antenna. Any RF
cable loss and attenuator values must be added to determine the total correction to be applied.
Previous versions of this standard specified conical log spiral antennas. These antennas were
convenient since they did not need to be rotated to measure both polarizations of the radiated
field. The double ridged horn is considered to be better for standardization for several reasons.
At some frequencies, the antenna pattern of the conical log spiral is not centered on the
antenna axis. The double ridged horn does not have this problem. The circular polarization of
the conical log spiral creates confusion in its proper application. Electric fields from EUTs
would rarely be circularly polarized. Therefore, questions are raised concerning the need for 3
dB correction factors to account for linearly polarized signals. The same issue is present when
spiral conical antennas are used for radiated susceptibility testing. If a second spiral conical is
used to calibrate the field correctly for a circularly polarized wave, the question arises whether a
3 dB higher field should be used since the EUT will respond more readily to linearly polarized
fields of the same magnitude.
Other linearly polarized antennas such as log periodic antennas are not to be used. It is
recognized that these types of antennas have sometimes been used in the past; however, they
will not necessarily produce the same results as the double ridged horn because of field
variations across the antenna apertures and far field/near field issues. Uniform use of the
double ridge horn is required for standardization purposes to obtain consistent results among
different test facilities.
The stub radiator required by the procedure is simply a short wire (approximately 10 cm)
connected to the center conductor of a coaxial cable that protrudes from the end of the cable.
If signals radiated using the stub to verify antenna integrity require significantly more power
than previous integrity checks, then further investigation is warranted. AIR6236 can be used to
verify the performance of the antenna.
There are two different mounting schemes for baluns of available 104 cm rod antennas with
respect to the counterpoise. Some are designed to be mounted underneath the counterpoise
while others are designed for top mounting. Either technique is acceptable provided the
desired 0.5 meter electrical length is achieved with the mounting scheme.
The nominal 10 pF capacitor used with the rod antenna in 5.18.3.4c(3) as part of the system
check simulates the capacitance of the rod element to the outside world. The actual rod
capacitance depends on its width, so the manufacturer’s recommended value should be used if
253
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
available. With the rod antenna, the electric field present induces a voltage in the rod that is
applied to the matching network circuitry. One of the functions of the matching network is to
convert the high impedance input of the antenna element to the 50 ohm impedance of the
measurement receiver. The 10 pF capacitor ensures that the correct source impedance is
present during the check. Some antennas have a nominal 10 pF capacitor built into the rod
balun for calibration purposes and some require that an external capacitor be used.
For measurement system checks, establishing the correct voltage at the input to the 10 pF
capacitor can be confusing dependent upon the design of the antenna and the associated
accessories. Since, the electrical length of the 104 cm rod is 0.5 m, the conversion factor for
the induced voltage at the input to the 10 pF capacitor is 6 dB/m. If the limit at the
measurement system check frequency is 34 dBμV/m, the required field level to use for
measurement system check is 6 dB less than this value or 28 dBμV/m. The voltage level that
must be injected is:
28 dBμV/m – 6 dB/m = 22 dBμV
Since the input impedance at the 10 pF capacitor is very high, a signal source must be loaded
with 50 ohms (termination load or measurement receiver) to ensure that the correct voltage is
applied. A “tee” connection is used with the signal source connected to the first leg, the 50 ohm
load connected to the second leg, and the center conductor of the third leg connected to the 10
pF capacitor.
Accessories provided for rod antennas, such as calibration networks or voltage dividers, to
assist in signal injection and calibration have been found to have stray capacitance issues that
produce incorrect readings. The technique shown on Figure RE102-8 must be used. This
same technique should be used to determine calibration factors for the rod matching network.
A network analyzer signal output can be used to drive the 10 pF capacitor with the 50 ohm
termination connection routed to one of the analyzer receive ports (T) and the matching
network routed to the second receive port (R). With the analyzer operating in the mode to
produce T/R, the antenna factor is directly produced.
The stray capacitance issue mentioned above has also been found to result in incorrect factors
being supplied by organizations that calibrate rod antennas due to the use of incorrectly
designed calibration networks.
Some rod antennas include high pass filters that can be turned on and off by small switches
internal to the matching network. Caution should be exercised to ensure that the antennas
factors being used include the effect of any switches that are activated.
The antenna positioning requirements in this procedure are based on likely points of radiation
and antenna patterns. At frequencies below several hundred MHz, radiation is most likely to
originate from EUT cabling. The 104 cm rod and biconical antennas have wide pattern
coverage. The equation on Figure RE102-7 is based on the rod and biconical being placed at
least every 3 meters along the test setup boundary. The double ridge horns have narrower
beamwidths. However, the shorter wavelengths above 200 MHz will result in radiation from
EUT apertures and portions of cabling close to EUT interfaces. The requirements for antenna
positioning above 200 MHz are based on including EUT apertures and lengths of cabling at
least one quarter wavelength.
All the specified antennas are linearly polarized. Above 30 MHz, measurements must be
performed to measure both horizontal and vertical components of the radiated field.
Measurements with the 104 cm rod are performed only for vertical polarization. This antenna
configuration is not readily adapted for horizontal measurements.
254
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
For equipment or subsystems that have enclosures or cabling in various parts of a platform,
data may need to be taken for more than one configuration. For example, in an aircraft
installation where a pod is located outside of aircraft structure and its associated cabling is
internal to structure, two different limits may be applicable. Different sets of data may need to
be generated to isolate different emissions from the pod housing and from cabling. The non-
relevant portion of the equipment would need to be protected with appropriate shielding during
each evaluation.
A.5.19 (5.19) RE103, radiated emissions, antenna spurious and harmonic outputs.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are essentially identical with CE106 for
transmitters in the transmit mode from 10 kHz to 40 GHz. There are no requirements for
receivers or transmitters in the standby mode. Most of the discussion under CE106 also
applies to RE103. A distinction between the requirements is that RE103 testing includes effects
due to antenna characteristics. The test itself is considerably more difficult.
It should be noted that for simplification the absolute measurement limits are given in terms of
power and not power spectral density. To be accurate the measured power should be given in
terms of power per receiver bandwidth e.g. above 1 GHz the limit is more correctly stated in
units of dBm/MHz since in that frequency range the receiver bandwidth is 1 MHz per Table II.
Test procedures: Since the test procedure measures emissions radiating from an antenna
connected to a controlled impedance, shielded, transmission line, the measurement results
should be largely independent of the test setup configuration. Therefore, it is not necessary to
maintain the basic test setup described in the main body of this standard.
The test procedure is laborious and will require a large open area to meet antenna separation
distances. Equations in the test procedure specify minimum acceptable antenna separations
based on antenna size and operating frequency of the EUT. Antenna pattern searches in both
azimuth and elevation are required at the spurious and harmonic emissions to maximize the
level of the detected signal and account for antenna characteristics.
Sensitivity of the measurement system may need enhancement by use of preamplifiers and the
entire test needs to be coordinated with local frequency allocation authorities. All recorded data
has to be corrected for space loss and antenna gain before comparisons to the limit.
As shown on Figures RE103-1 and RE103-2, shielding might be necessary around the
measurement system and associated RF components to prevent the generation of spurious
responses in the measurement receiver. The need for such shielding can be verified by
comparing measurement runs with the input connector of the measurement receiver terminated
in its characteristic impedance and with the EUT in both transmitting and stand-by modes or
with the EUT turned off. Also, the receiving or transmit antenna may be replaced with a dummy
load to determine if any significant effects are occurring through cable coupling.
The RF cable from the receive antenna to the measurement receiver should be kept as short as
possible to minimize signal loss and signal pick-up.
The band-rejection filters and networks shown on Figures RE103-1 and RE103-2 are needed to
block the transmitter fundamental and thus reduce the tendency of the measurement receiver
to generate spurious responses or exhibit suppression effects because of the presence of
strong out-of-band signals. These rejection networks and filters require calibration over the
frequency range of test.
Some caution needs to be exercised in applying Table II of the main body of this standard. In
5.19.3.4d(4) of the test procedure, a power monitor is used to measure the output power of the
255
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
EUT. In conjunction with the antenna gain, this value is used to calculate the effective radiated
power (ERP) of the equipment. In 5.19.3.4d(5) of the test procedure, the measurement
receiver is used to measure the power from a receiving antenna. This result is also used to
calculate an ERP. For the two measurements to be comparable, the measurement receiver
bandwidth needs to be sufficiently large to include at least 90% of the power of the signal
present at the tuned frequency. If the bandwidth in Table II of the main body of the standard is
not appropriate, a suitable measurement receiver bandwidth should be proposed in the EMITP.
For measurement of the magnitude of harmonic and spurious emissions with respect of the
fundamental, the bandwidths of Table II will normally produce acceptable results, regardless of
whether the bandwidth is large enough to process 90% of the power. Since the signal
bandwidth of harmonic and spurious emissions is usually the same as the fundamental, use of
a common bandwidth for measuring both the fundamental and the emissions will provide a
correct relative reading of the amplitudes.
A.5.20 (5.20) RS101, radiated susceptibility, magnetic fields.
Applicability and limits: This requirement is specialized and intended primarily to ensure that
performance of equipment potentially susceptible to low frequency magnetic fields from 30 Hz
to 100 kHz is not degraded. RE101 is a complimentary requirement governing the radiated
magnetic field emissions from equipment and subsystems. The RE101 discussion is also
applicable to this requirement.
The Navy RS101 limit was established by measurement of magnetic field radiation from power
distribution components (transformers and cables), and the magnetic field environment of Navy
platforms. The Navy RS101 limit from 30 Hz to 2 kHz was derived from the worst case
magnetic field radiation from a power transformer (~170 dBpT) and applicable cable types
(DSGU-400), and takes into account the user equipment power line harmonic content and
maximum anticipated power consumption. The Navy RS101 limit above 2 kHz is based on the
measured magnetic field environment of Navy platforms.
The aircraft applicability is limited to equipment located next to or near high current devices
such as generator equipment, de-icing equipment, or motor driven equipment like large cable
reels. RS101 is not necessarily for ASW equipment, but rather systems exposed to ASW
equipment, generators, cable reels, etc. It is also applicable to external systems exposed to
magnetic fields from the Electromagnetic Aircraft Launch System (EMALS).
In past versions of this standard, the Navy RS101 and RE101 limits had the same general
shape with the RS101 limit being higher than the RE101 limit. In this version, there is a
deviation from this pattern where the difference between the two limits is greater in some
regions than in the past. This change is due to a recognition that there are localized areas on
the platforms where there are sources of higher level magnetic fields that must be tolerated.
The acceptance of these higher levels within the platform is not justification for overall
relaxation of the RE101 limit. Also, there is the possibility that the emissions from the EUT may
couple into a larger physical area than that evaluated under the RS101 test procedure.
The Army has maintained the basic relationship of the RS101 and RE101 limits having the
same shape. The RS101 limit is based on 5 mV (independent of frequency) being induced in a
12.7 cm (5 inch) diameter loop.
Test procedures: Laboratory tests have been performed to assess the possibility of using the
13.3 cm loop sensor specified in the RE101 test procedure instead of the 4 cm loop sensor
used in this test procedure to verify the radiated field. The testing revealed that the 13.3 cm
loop sensor did not provide the desired result due to variation of the radiated field over the area
256
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
of the loop sensor. Due to its smaller size, the 4 cm loop sensor provides an accurate measure
of the field near the axis of the radiating loop. A generic correction factor curve was included in
MIL-STD-462D to convert from the voltage indicated by the measurement receiver to the
magnetic field in dBpT. However, the various manufacturers use different construction
techniques that cause the actual factor to vary somewhat. Therefore, it is necessary to use the
manufacturers’ supplied data.
The primary test procedure requires that testing be performed at each electrical interface
connector. On some small size EUTs, connectors may be closely spaced such that more than
one connector can be effectively illuminated for a particular loop position. The EMITP should
address this circumstance.
Helmholtz coils generate a relatively uniform magnetic field that is more representative of the
environment experienced on some platforms, particularly submarines. For this reason, the AC
Helmholtz coil test option is preferred for submarine applications. In addition to providing a
more realistic test bed, Helmholtz coils will, in general, reduce test time. Application of the
guidelines and analytical expressions presented herein should enable users to design and
construct Helmholtz coils for RS101 testing.
AC Helmholtz coils may be designed in accordance with the following guidance.
a. A closed form solution for the magnetic flux density produced along the axis of a
series-driven system of two identical circular coils is:
 NIr 2  
Bz  o  1

1 
2  z 2  r 2 

3/2

d  z 2  r 2  3/2 

where,
Bz = magnetic flux density, Teslas
µo = permeability of free space, Henrys/meter
N = number of turns (same for each coil)
I = current, Amperes
r = coil radius, meters
d = coil separation, meters
z = distance along common axis, meters
For a standard Helmholtz coil configuration, d = r. At the center of the test volume (z =
r/2), the above expression can be simplified:
Bz 
8.99 10  N I
7
r
b. The coil impedance can be estimated using general expressions for an RL series
circuit. The dominant term for frequencies below 100 kHz is the coil inductance that is
the sum of each coil’s series inductance (L) and the mutual inductance (M) between
the two coils:
LTotal = 2(L + M)
where:
M = α N2 r, α = 0.494 x 10-6 Henrys/meter
257
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
The series inductance can be estimated using the following expression for the external
inductance of a circular coil where the wire bundle cross section is circular in shape
and small relative to the coil radius:
  16r  
L  N 2 r 0 ln    2
  a  
where: a = diameter of wire bundle cross section, meters
There are several practical limitations that must be considered when designing AC Helmholtz
coils.
a. The coil drive current is limited by coil impedance. The dominant term in the coil
impedance is the coil inductive reactance. Because it is proportional to the square of
the number of turns (N), the coils should be designed with a minimum number of turns
needed to meet the low frequency test limit. Depending on coil size, it may be
necessary to construct the coils with one or more taps so the number of turns can be
reduced at higher frequencies.
b. The coil self-resonant frequency must be greater than 100 kHz. At self-resonance, it
may not be practical to generate sufficient drive current to achieve the test limit.
c. A series voltage drop will exist across each coil that is proportional to the product of
the coil impedance and coil drive current. Because the voltage drops are separated in
space by the distance between the coils, a voltage gradient will exist (electric field in
V/m). This field is maximum near the perimeter of circular coils. If the EUT is relatively
small compared to the available test volume, this effect may not be a concern.
However, if the EUT is near the coil perimeter, or if the electric field magnitude is
significant relative to the RS103 electric field susceptibility requirement, then steps
should be taken to minimize the electric field.
It may not be practical using commonly available laboratory power amplifiers to achieve the
RS101 test limit for coils much larger than a meter in diameter. Consideration should be given
to tailoring the test limit if a larger Helmholtz coil is used. For example, it may be proposed that
the radiated test level exceed the limit by 3dB, rather than the 6 dB required for Helmholtz coils.
Any tailoring requires approval from the procuring activity.
Prior to initial use, the coils must be tested to ensure they are capable of generating the
required magnetic flux densities from 30 Hz to 100 kHz. Sufficient margin (2-3 dB) should be
available to compensate for the potential loading effect of nearby metallic structures or
magnetic material. It must be confirmed that the first indication of self-resonance appears
above the RS101 upper frequency limit of 100 kHz. For frequencies above 10 kHz, the
magnitude of the electric field component in the test volume should be determined either by
direct measurement, or it should be approximated by measuring the voltage drop across the
coils and dividing by coil separation distance. Unless the electric field component is much less
than the RS103 electric field susceptibility limit, the coils should be enclosed in a non-
continuous electrostatic shield to prevent ambiguity when interpreting susceptibility test results.
A.5.21 (5.21) RS103, radiated susceptibility, electric field.
Applicability and limits: The requirements are applicable from 10 kHz to 40 GHz for both the
EUT enclosures and EUT associated cabling. The basic concern is to ensure that equipment
will operate without degradation in the presence of electromagnetic fields generated by antenna
transmissions both onboard and external to the platform.
258
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
There is no implied relationship between this requirement and RE102. The RE102 limit is
placed primarily to protect antenna-connected receivers while RS103 simulates fields resulting
from antenna transmissions.
The limits specified for different platforms are simply based on levels expected to be
encountered during the service life of the equipment. They do not necessarily represent the
worst-case environment to which the equipment may be exposed. RF environments can be
highly variable, particularly for emitters not located on the platform. The limits are placed at
levels that are considered to be adequate to cover most situations, including design levels for
“back door” effects (excluding direct coupling to platform antennas or externally mounted
devices) resulting from RF high power threat emitters. The aircraft carrier hanger deck is not a
totally enclosed area. Investigation of the electromagnetic environment in the aircraft carrier
hangar deck on 9 aircraft carriers showed levels in the HF band (2 to 30 MHz) up to 42 V/m.
Therefore, equipment located in the hanger deck is required to meet the same 50 V/m level as
equipment in non-metallic ships (below deck) from 2 to 30 MHz.
An example which demonstrates the variability of environments for ground installations and the
need for effective tailoring of requirements is the installation of equipment in a large ground-
based radar facility. Some of these facilities transmit power levels over one megawatt and the
back lobes from the antennas can be substantial. Suitable design levels for equipment that will
be used in the facility or nearby need to be imposed.
For aircraft and ships, different limits are specified depending on whether the equipment
receives protection from platform structure. This distinction is not made for Army ground
systems, such as tanks, because the same equipment used inside a structure is often used in
other applications where protection is not available.
The 200 V/m requirement for Army aircraft regardless of the location or criticality of the
equipment is based on the use of Army aircraft. Portions of the external environment accepted
for most of the Army's aircraft is higher than 200 V/m. Army aircraft, especially rotary wing,
have flight profiles that are almost exclusively nap-of-the-earth (NOE). The NOE profiles allow
for much closer and longer duration encounters with high power emitters. This approach is
similar to the FAA approach that recommends that Visual Flight Rules (VFR) helicopters be
qualified to levels higher than fixed wing aircraft.
For submarines, the RS103 limit now distinguishes between equipment located internal versus
external to the pressure hull. For equipment installed internal to the pressure hull, 10 V/m is
now specified above 30 MHz to account for portable transmitters used within the submarine.
For equipment located external to the pressure hull, stricter limits are imposed to more closely
reflect the electromagnetic environment. The external RS103 limits should be applied only to
equipment that is required to be fully operational when located above the waterline. Separate
limits are specified, which are less severe, for equipment that is “external” to the pressure hull
but located with the submarine superstructure (metallic boundary).
Using circularly polarized fields is not allowed due to problems with using the spiral conical
antennas specified in versions of MIL-STD-462 in the past. Circularly polarized fields were
convenient since they avoided the need to rotate a linearly polarized antenna to obtain both
polarizations of the radiated field. However, problems existed with this antenna. At some
frequencies, the antenna pattern of the conical log spiral is not centered on the antenna axis.
Also, the circular polarization of the conical log spiral creates confusion in its proper application.
The EUT and associated cabling can be expected to respond more readily to linearly polarized
fields. If a second spiral conical were used to calibrate the field radiated from the first spiral
conical antenna, it would indicate an electric field 3 dB higher than a linearly polarized antenna.
259
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
The question arises whether a 3 dB higher field should be used for a spiral conical transmit
antenna to obtain response characteristics similar to a linearly polarized field. Similarly, if a
spiral conical antenna were used to calibrate a linearly polarized field, the indication would be 3
dB below the true electric field strength.
Possible tailoring by the procuring activity for contractual documents is to modify the required
levels and required frequency ranges based on the emitters on and near a particular
installation. Actual field levels can be calculated from characteristics of the emitters, distances
between the emitters and the equipment, and intervening shielding. MIL-HDBK-235 provides
information on land, air, and sea based RF emitters, both hostile and friendly, which contribute
to the overall electromagnetic environment. The possible use of the equipment in other
installations and the potential addition or relocation of RF emitters needs to be considered.
Other possible tailoring is to change from the standard 1 kHz, square wave modulation or use
additional modulations based on actual platform environments.
In revision F of this standard, RS103 requirements for surface ships and submarines are
included at the tuned frequency of antenna-connected receiver; there is no relaxation as for
other platforms. The use of wireless devices such as radio frequency identification (RFID) tags,
handheld transceivers, wireless local area network (WLAN), etc. is increasing rapidly for below
deck applications. The requirement is to protect receivers at their tuned frequency, from the
intentional emissions of wireless (RF generating) devices used in close proximity to the receiver
when sufficient isolation is provided by the platform (for example, path loss from sea water
between the emitter and receive antenna for submarines) such that the receiver’s antenna does
not detect significant levels from wireless devices. The requirement is intended to ensure the
equipment (receiver) does not respond to the electric fields generated internal to the structure
and is not to restrict signals received via the antenna. The electric field strength at a distance
of 1.0 m from a typical wireless device with an effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP) of 100
mW (typical of 802.11 wireless LAN access points, RFID, and wireless communications) is 1.73
V/m. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules defines power limitations for WLANs in
FCC Part 15.247 and requires effective isotropic radiated power (EIRP) to be 1 W or less; this
equates to an electric field strength of 5.5 V/m at a distance of 1 m. It should be noted that for
fixed, point-to-point systems that use higher gain directive antennas an EIRP of 4.0 W is
permitted by the FCC.
Revision G of this standard has further changed the applicability of RS103 for tuned receivers.
The exemption at the tuned frequency to meet RS103 is in place for Air Force and Army
equipment. For Navy equipment, RS103 is applicable at the tuned frequency unless the
antenna is permanently attached to the equipment being tested. The reason for this is that on
Navy installations, the antenna may be situated a far distance from the receiver, so these
services want the test to apply to a receiver. Since the exemption at the tuned frequency is
installation dependent, it may be extended to other systems as tailoring to this standard with
procuring activity approval. For equipment where the antenna is permanently attached to the
equipment, such as portable equipment or WiFi transmitters, the expectation is that there will
be interference at the tuned frequency that is a “front door” event. In those cases, the
requirement is that the antenna/receiver work after application of the E-field. Therefore, during
the test, responses when RS103 is at the tuned frequency are allowed.
For Navy aircraft, testing has shown susceptibilities below 100MHz that were not found with
CS114, especially in EUTs with many connectors (think common vs. differential mode). In
addition, use of HF has increased greatly in the Navy. The lower start frequency for Navy
aircraft to 2MHz is due to increased HF exposure. Navy aircraft that are strictly land-based
should start testing at 30 MHz.
260
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
Test procedures: Test facilities are permitted to select appropriate electric field generating
apparatus. Any electric field generating device such as antenna, long wire, TEM cell,
reverberating chamber (using mode tuned techniques) or parallel strip line capable of
generating the required electric field may be used. Fields should be maintained as uniform as
possible over the test setup boundary. Above 30 MHz, both horizontally and vertically polarized
fields must be generated. This requirement may limit the use of certain types of apparatus.
Only vertically polarized measurements are required below 30 MHz due to the difficulty of
orienting available test equipment for horizontal measurements.
Electric field sensors are located at least 30 cm above the ground plane below 1 GHz to
minimize electromagnetic boundary conditions of the ground plane affecting the field that is
present at the longer wavelengths. At and above 1 GHz, these effects are less pronounced
and the volumes being illuminated by antennas that typically have higher gain are smaller.
Therefore, the sensors need to be positioned in the main antenna beam and located at a height
where the EUT is being radiated.
The requirement to ensure that the E-field sensor is displaying the fundamental frequency is
primarily concerned with the biconical antenna, which has poor characteristics at the lower
frequencies. Harmonics, which are down from the fundamental in power, may radiate higher
levels than the fundamental due to the antenna being more efficient at the harmonic
frequencies. The primary way to avoid this effect is to use a transmission line radiator or a
physically larger transmit antenna at the lower frequencies (approximately below 70 MHz).
This version of MIL-STD-461 allows larger distances than 1 meter between the transmit
antenna and the EUT boundary. This approach is actually preferable, where amplifier power is
available to obtain the required field, since more of the EUT is illuminated at one antenna
position.
When testing large equipment, there may be a need to use antennas with wider beamwidths so
that the EUT and sensor are within the 3dB beamwidth. It may also be achieved by moving the
antenna farther away to satisfy the requirement. This may require the use of more powerful
amplifiers to achieve the required field strength.
Monitoring requirements emphasize measuring true electric field. While emission testing for
radiated electric fields does not always measure true electric field, sensors with adequate
sensitivity are available for field levels generated for susceptibility testing. Physically small and
electrically short sensors are required so that the electric field does not vary substantially over
the pickup element resulting in the measurement of a localized field. Broadband sensors not
requiring tuning are available.
The use of more than one sensor is acceptable provided all sensors are within the beamwidth
of the transmit antenna. The effective field is determined by taking the average of the readings.
For example, if the readings of three sensors are 30, 22, and 35 V/m, the effective electric field
level is (30 + 22 + 35)/3 = 29 V/m.
Different sensors may use various techniques to measure the field. At frequencies where far-
field conditions do not exist, sensors must be selected which have electric field sensing
elements. Sensors that detect magnetic field or power density and convert to electric field are
not acceptable. Under far-field conditions, all sensors will produce the same result. Correction
factors must be applied for modulated test signals for equivalent peak detection as discussed
under 4.3.10.1. A typical procedure for determining the correction factor for these sensors is as
follows:
a. Generate a field at a selected frequency using an unmodulated source.
261
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
b. Adjust the field to obtain a reading on the sensor display near full scale and note the
value.
c. Modulate the field as required (normally 1 kHz pulse, 50% duty cycle) and ensure the
field has the same peak value. A measurement receiver with the peak detector
selected and receiving antenna can be used to make this determination.
d. Note the reading on the sensor display.
e. Divide the first reading by the second reading to determine the correction factor
(Subtract the two readings if the field is displayed in terms of dB).
f. Repeat the procedure at several frequencies to verify the consistency of the technique.
For equipment or subsystems that have enclosures or cabling in various parts of a platform,
data may need to be taken for more than one configuration. For example, in an aircraft
installation where a pod is located outside of aircraft structure and its associated cabling is
internal to structure, two different limits may be applicable. Different sets of data may need to
be generated to evaluate potential pod susceptibility due to coupling through the housing
versus coupling from cabling. The non-relevant portion of the equipment would need to be
protected with appropriate shielding.
Reverberating chambers, using mode tuned techniques, have been popular for performing
shielded effectiveness evaluations and, in some cases, have been used for radiated
susceptibility testing of equipment and subsystems. The concept used in reverberating
chambers is to excite available electromagnetic wave propagation modes to set up variable
standing wave patterns in the chamber. A transmit antenna is used to launch an
electromagnetic wave. An irregular shaped tuner is rotated to excite the different modes and
modify the standing wave pattern in the chamber. Any physical location in the chamber will
achieve same peak field strength at some position of the paddle wheel.
Reverberation chambers have the advantage of producing relatively higher fields than other
techniques for a particular power input. Also, the orientation of EUT enclosures is less critical
since the all portions of the EUT will be exposed to the same peak field at some paddle wheel
position. The performance of a particular reverberation chamber is dependent upon a number
of factors including dimensions, Q of the chamber, number of available propagation modes, and
frequency range of use.
Some issues with reverberation chambers are as follows. The field polarization and distribution
with respect to the EUT layout are generally unknown at a point in time. If a problem is noted,
the point of entry into the EUT may not be apparent.
Reverberation chambers are sometimes treated as a good tool to determine potential problem
frequencies with conventional antenna procedures being used to evaluate areas of concern.
The performance of each chamber must be reviewed to determine the suitability of its use for
reverberation testing over a particular frequency range.
Reverberation chambers should be constructed in accordance with the following guidance in
order to function properly.
a. A tuner should be constructed of metal and installed with appropriate positioning
equipment to allow the tuner to be rotated 360 degrees in at least 200 evenly spaced
increments. The tuner should be constructed to be asymmetric with the smallest
dimension of the tuner being at least /3 of lowest frequency to be tested and the
262
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
longest dimension of the tuner being approximately 75% of the smallest chamber
dimension.
b. The enclosure should be free of any materials that might exhibit absorptive properties
such as tables, chairs, wood floors, sub-floors, shelves, and such. Support structures
should be constructed from high density foam.
c. Transmit and receive antennas should be at least 1.0 meter (λ/3 is the actual
limitation) from any wall or object and should be positioned to prevent direct alignment
between the main lobes of the two antennas or between the EUT and the main lobe of
either antenna.
d. The lower frequency limit is dependent on chamber size. To determine the lower
frequency limit for a given chamber, use one of the following methods:
(1) Using the following formula, determine the number of possible modes (N) which
can exist at a given frequency. If, for a given frequency, N is less than 100 then
the chamber should not be used at or below that frequency.
8 f 3
N  abd 3
3 c
where: a, b, and d are the chamber internal dimensions in meters
f is the operation frequency in Hz
c is the speed of propagation (3 x 108 m/s)
(2) Use the methods detailed in IEC 61000-4-21 for determining the lowest useable
frequency based on field uniformity. NOTE: the MODE-TUNED calibration
procedure outlined in IEC 6100-4-21 may be substituted for the procedure
outlined in 5.21.4.4. Substitution of the data from the IEC procedure into the
equations of 5.21.4.4 is not allowed.
(3) The method as written is based on a chamber suitable for use at and above 200
MHz. If a substantially larger chamber is used, Table XII values may be tailored
at and above 200 MHz, with a minimum of 12 paddle positions. Tailoring takes
into account the desired field uniformity when calculating the required number of
paddle positions.
e. In order to assure that the time response of the chamber is fast enough to
accommodate pulsed waveform testing (other than the 1 kHz, 50% duty cycle,
waveform specified), determination of the chamber time constant must be
accomplished using the following procedure:
(1) Calculate the chamber Q using:
 16 2V   Pave rec 

Q   
  Tx Rx  3   Pforward 
where Tx and Rx are the antenna efficiency factors for the Tx and Rx antennas
respectively and can be assumed to be 0.75 for a log periodic antenna and 0.9
for a horn antenna, V is the chamber volume (m3),  is the free space
wavelength (m) at the specific frequency, Pave rec is the average received power
263
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
over one tuner rotation, and Pforward is the forward power input to the chamber
over the tuner rotation at which Pave rec was measured.
(2) Calculate the chamber time constant, , using:

Q

2 f
where Q is the value calculated above, and f is the frequency (Hz)
(3) If the chamber time constant is greater than 0.4 of the pulse width of the
modulation waveform, absorber material must be added to the chamber or the
pulse width must be increased. If absorber material is added, repeat the
measurement and the Q calculation until the time constant requirement is
satisfied with the least possible absorber material. A new CLF  f  must be
defined if absorber material is required.
f. Prior to using the chamber, the effectiveness of the tuner should be evaluated at the
upper and lower frequencies to be used and at points between the endpoints not to
exceed 1 GHz spacing. To evaluate the stirring effectiveness, inject a CW signal into
the chamber at the desired frequency and record the net received power at 200
positions of the tuner evenly spaced over a 360 degree rotation of the tuner.
Determine the correlation coefficient between the original set of received power and
subsequent sets obtained by rotating the last data point of the original set to the
position of the first point and then shifting all the other points to the right as depicted
below.
Original data D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, . . . D200
Shifted data (1) D200, D1, D2, D3, D4, . . . D199
Shifted data (5) D196, D197, D198, D199, D200, D1, . . . D195
The correlation coefficient should drop to below 0.36 within five shifts of the data. This
will ensure that the tuner is operating properly. If the tuner fails this test, then the tuner
needs to be made either larger or more complex, or both.
g. National Bureau of Standards Technical Note 1092 and National Institute of Standards
and Technology Technical Note 1508 should be used as a guide in preparing a
shielded room for reverberation measurements.
A.5.22 (5.22) RS105, radiated susceptibility, transient, electromagnetic field.
Applicability and limits: This requirement is primarily intended for EUTs to withstand the fast
rise time, free-field transient environment of EMP. It applies for equipment enclosures which
are directly exposed to the incident field outside of the platform structure or for equipment
inside poorly shielded or unshielded platforms. This requirement may be tailored in adjustment
of the curve amplitude either higher or lower based on degree of field enhancement or
protection provided in the area of the platform where the equipment will be located. This
requirement is applicable only for EUT enclosures. The electrical interface cabling should be
264
MIL-STD-461G
APPENDIX A
protected in shielded conduit. Potential equipment responses due to cable coupling are
controlled under CS116.
Test procedures: To protect the EUT and actual and simulated loads and signal equipment,
all cabling should be treated with overall shielding; kept as short as possible within the test cell;
and oriented to minimize coupling to the EMP fields.
The EMP field is simulated in the laboratory using bounded wave TEM radiators such as TEM
cells and parallel plate transmission lines. To ensure the EUT does not significantly distort the
field in the test volume, the largest EUT dimension should be no more than a third of the
dimension between the radiating plates of the simulator. In these simulators the electric field is
perpendicular to the surfaces of the radiator. Since the polarization of the incident EMP field in
the installation is not known, the EUT must be tested in all orthogonal axes.
There is a requirement to first test at 10% of the specified limit and then increase the amplitude
in steps of 2 or 3 until the specified limit is reached for several reasons. This test has the
potential to burnout equipment and starting at lower levels provides a degree of protection.
Also, the equipment may exhibit susceptibility problems at lower test levels that do not occur at
higher test levels due to the presence of transient protection devices (TPDs). At lower test
levels, the devices might not actuate resulting in higher stresses on circuits than for higher
levels where they do actuate.
Common mode signals can result on cables with inadequate isolation or leaky connectors in the
presence of radiated fields. A method of checking for potential problems is as follows:
a. Measure the E-field with the B-dot or D-dot probe.
b. Invert the probe by rotating it 180 degrees.
c. Measure the E-field again and invert the signal.
d. Overlay and subtract the two signals.
e. The result is the common mode signal.
If any significant level is present, corrections to the setup should be undertaken, such as
tightening of connectors and introduction of additional isolation, such as better shielded cables,
alternative routing, or shielding barriers.
265
MIL-STD-461G
CONCLUDING MATERIAL
Custodians: Preparing activity:

Army – AV Air Force - 11
Navy - AS
Air Force - 11 (Project EMCS-2013-001)
DISA/JSC – DC5
Review activities:
Army – AT, CR, MD, MI, MR, TE
Navy – CG, EC, MC, OS, SH
Air Force – 13, 19, 84
NSA – NS
DTRA - DS
NOTE: The activities listed above were interested in this document as of the date of this
document. Since organizations and responsibilities can change, you should verify the currency
of the information above using the ASSIST Online database at https://assist.dla.mil/.
266

Mil STD 461g

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mil STD 461g

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mil STD 461g

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Downloaded from www.atecorp.

AMSC 9618 AREA EMCS

2. The stated interface requirements are considered necessary to provide reasonable

5. Comments, suggestions, or questions on this document should be addressed to

4.3 Verification requirements. ............................................................................................ 8

5. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................24

5.8.1 CS103 applicability. ...........................................................................................56

5.14 CS116, conducted susceptibility, damped sinusoidal transients, cables and

5.18.3.5 Data presentation. ......................................................................................113

5.22.3.2 Test equipment. .........................................................................................152

A.4.3.1 (4.3.1) Measurement tolerances. .................................................................174

A.5.1.1 (5.1.1) Units of frequency domain measurements. ......................................208

FIGURE 1. RF absorber loading diagram. ...............................................................................17

FIGURE CE101-5. Measurement system check. .....................................................................33

FIGURE A-1. Voltage probe for tests at user’s installation. ....................................................173

FIGURE A-14. CS104 General test setup. .............................................................................225

TABLE I. Absorption at normal incidence. ................................................................................. 9

TABLE A-I. Susceptibility testing times. .................................................................................203

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DoD)

DEFENSE STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM OFFICE (DSPO)

AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)/IEEE

INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)

3.1.9 Metric units.

FFT Fast Fourier Transform

4.3.2 Shielded enclosures.

TABLE I. Absorption at normal incidence.

Frequency Minimum absorption

4.3.3 Other test sites.

4.3.9 Operation of EUT.

4.3.10.2 Computer-controlled instrumentation.

TABLE II. Bandwidth and measurement time.

Minimum Dwell Time

4.3.10.3.2 Emission identification.

TABLE III. Susceptibility scanning.

Analog Scans Stepped Scans

4.3.10.4.3 Thresholds of susceptibility.

RF absorber placed above,

FIGURE 1. RF absorber loading diagram.

FIGURE 2. General test setup.

FIGURE 3. General test setup for non-conductive surface mounted EUT.

FIGURE 5. General test setup for free standing EUT.

FIGURE 6. LISN schematic.

FIGURE 7. LISN impedance.

TABLE IV. Emission and susceptibility requirements.

TABLE V. Requirement matrix.

Equipment and Subsystems Requirement Applicability

5.4 CE101, conducted emissions, audio frequency currents, power leads.

60 LIMIT SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:

10 100 1k 2.6 10k 100k

Limit Level (dB A)

fundamental* current greater than 1 ampere

Limit Level (dB A)

dB relaxation = 20 Log (fundamental* current).

10 100 1k 10k 100k

80 NOMINAL EUT SOURCE VOLTAGE APPLICABLE

1 10 100 1k 10k 100k

Data Recorder Measurement

FIGURE CE101-5. Measurement system check.

FIGURE CE101-6. Measurement setup.